Documents
Resources
Learning Center
Upload
Plans & pricing Sign in
Sign Out

Project Manual Maiden Lane Housing

VIEWS: 25 PAGES: 226

									        Project Manual

                        For



  Maiden Lane Housing
Yurok Indian Housing Authority



                   20 Units
                APN:305-261-050




                  Prepared by:

     David Pierce Architect
    346 Oeschger Lane, Ferndale, California 95536
      Phone 707-786-4266 Fax 707-786-4966
          Email davidpierce@frontiernet.net




            DATE: July 5th, 2011
         BID DATE: August 2nd, 2011
YIHA MAIDEN LANE                                         PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                                           JULY 5, 2011


                                                                      INDEX

                                                                                                                                                  Pages
COVER ........................................................................................................................................... 1
INDEX ............................................................................................................................................. 2
INVITATION TO BID....................................................................................................................... 1
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ...................................................................................................... 4
BID FORM ...................................................................................................................................... 1
REPRESENTATIONS, CERTIFICATIONS, AND OTHER STATEMENTS OF BIDDERS ............ 3
SHORT FORM CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ............................................................................ 9
GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS................................................. 19
INDIAN PREFERENCE .................................................................................................................. 1
YIHA SUE AND BE SUED STATEMENT....................................................................................... 1
PROTOCOL FOR INADVERTANT DISCOVERY OF ARTIFACTS ............................................... 1
NON-COLLUSIVE AFFIDAVIT ....................................................................................................... 1
SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER LIST ........................................................................................... 1
CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS CHECKLIST .......................................................................... 1
PREVIOUS PARTICIPATION CERTIFICATE ................................................................................ 4
CONTRACT FORMS ...................................................................................................................... 3
TERO Ordinance ............................................................................................................................ 25


SECTION 1                                     TITLE                                                                                       PAGES
01010 ....................... Summary of Work ......................................................................................... 2
01027 ....................... Applications for Payment .............................................................................. 3
01030 ....................... Bid Schedules and Alternates ...................................................................... 1
01153 ....................... Change Order Procedures ........................................................................... 2
01200 ....................... Project Meetings ........................................................................................... 2
01300 ....................... Submittals ..................................................................................................... 4
01340 ....................... Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples ................................................ 3
01400 ....................... Quality Control Service ................................................................................. 3
01700 ....................... Project Closeout ........................................................................................... 4
01740 ....................... Warranties .................................................................................................... 2


SECTION 2                                     TITLE                                                                                       PAGES
02110 ....................... Site Clearing ................................................................................................. 1
02200 ....................... Earthwork...................................................................................................... 6
02511 ....................... Hot-Mixed Asphalt ........................................................................................ 3
02880 ....................... Playground Equipment ................................................................................. 2


SECTION 3                                     TITLE                                                                                       PAGES
03300 ....................... Cast-In-Place Concrete .............................................................................. 11


SECTION 5                                     TITLE                                                                                       PAGES
05120 ....................... Structural Steel ............................................................................................. 6
YIHA MAIDEN LANE                                          PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                                             JULY 5, 2011

SECTION 6                                      TITLE                                                                                        PAGES
06100 ....................... Rough Carpentry .......................................................................................... 8
06192 ....................... Fabricated Wood Trusses ............................................................................ 2
06200 ....................... Finish Carpentry ........................................................................................... 3
06400 ....................... Prefinished Cabinets..................................................................................... 4
SECTION 7                                      TITLE                                                                                        PAGES
07200 ....................... Insulation ...................................................................................................... 2
07320 ....................... Composition Asphalt Shingles ...................................................................... 3
07461 ....................... Siding ............................................................................................................ 5
07600 ....................... Flashing and Sheet Metal ............................................................................. 2
07900 ....................... Joint Sealers ................................................................................................. 4


SECTION 8                                      TITLE                                                                                        PAGES
08210 ....................... Doors ............................................................................................................ 3
08361 ....................... Residential Overhead Doors ........................................................................ 4
085313 ..................... Vinyl Windows .............................................................................................. 5
08710 ....................... Door Hardware ............................................................................................. 3


SECTION 9                                      TITLE                                                                                        PAGES
09250 ....................... Gypsum Drywall............................................................................................ 4
09640 ....................... Resilient Flooring .......................................................................................... 3
09900 ....................... Painting ......................................................................................................... 5


SECTION 10                                      TITLE                                                                                       PAGES
10800 ....................... Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories ......................................................... 2


SECTION 11                                      TITLE                                                                                       PAGES
11452 ....................... Residential Appliances ................................................................................. 2


SECTION 12                                      TITLE                                                                                       PAGES
12512 ....................... Horizontal Louver Blinds ............................................................................... 3


SECTION 15                                      TITLE                                                                                       PAGES
15400 ....................... Plumbing ....................................................................................................... 6
15800. . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical Devices and Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 2


SECTION 16                                      TITLE                                                                                       PAGES
16010 ....................... Electrical General Requirements .................................................................. 6
16100 ....................... Basic Materials and Methods ....................................................................... 4
16400 ....................... Service and Distribution ................................................................................ 3
16500 ....................... Lighting ......................................................................................................... 1
16700 ....................... Communications ........................................................................................... 2
YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                JULY 5, 2011


INVITATION TO BID


Notice is hereby given that sealed bids are invited in single contract proposal for the construction of
twenty (20) units in eleven (11) buildings at 231 and 247 Maiden Lane in Crescent City, CA. Work
consists of construction of one 2,629sf duplex, two 1,117sf single family homes, and eight 3,174sf
duplexes, with a total built square footage of 35712 including houses and garages; including offsite
improvements on Maiden Lane and Iowa Streets, site utilities, playstructure, fencing, asphalt paving,
sidewalk, concrete foundations, wood framing, engineered trusses, siding, trim, doors, vinyl windows,
composition shingle roof, interior gypsum board, paint, floor finishes, cabinetry, plumbing, HVAC,
electrical, and lighting.

Bids will be accepted at the office of the Yurok Indian Housing Authority at 15540 N. Hwy 101, Klamath,
until the bid opening at 2:00pm, Tuesday, August 2nd, 2011. The bid opening will be open to bidders.

Construction Documents may be examined at the Yurok Indian Housing Authority, the office of David
Pierce Architect, 707-786-4266, davidpierce@frontiernet.net and at the following locations:
        Humboldt Builders Exchange                                          Eureka, CA
        North Coast Builders Exchange                                       Santa Rosa, CA
        Shasta Builders Exchange                                            Redding, CA
        Del Norte Builders Exchange                                         Crescent City, CA
        Medford Builders Exchange                                           Medford, OR
        Klamath Falls Builders Exchange                                     Klamath Falls, OR
        Placer County Builders Exchange                                     Auburn, CA

Prime bidders may obtain pdf bidding documents from the Architect's office. Paper copies of the plans
may be purchased from the Architect for the cost of reproduction (approximately $135).

All bids must be accompanied by a negotiable bid guarantee which shall not be less than five percent
(5%) of the amount of the bid. The bid guarantee may be a certified check, bank draft, U.S. Government
Bonds at par value, a bid bond secured by a surety company acceptable to the U.S. Government, or an
irrevocable Letter of Credit.

A TERO Tax of 3% is required to be included in the Bid Price.

Indian Preference is given to Indian-owned firms and enterprises, in accordance with the HUD
Instructions to Bidders HUD-5369 Section12 and HUD-5369-A Section 8, and the Indian Preference
Specification Section as included in the Project Manual.

A performance and payment bond are required.

A mandatory Pre-Bid meeting is scheduled for 2:00pm, July 19th, 2011 at 15540 North Highway 101,
Klamath, followed by a site walk.

Questions about this project are to be directed in writing to David Pierce via email,
davidpierce@frontiernet.net.

Judith Marasco
Yurok Indian Housing Authority

Publish Dates: 6/30, 7/5

                                            END OF SECTION




INVITATION TO BID                                                                                  PAGE 1
                                     U.S. Department of Housing and
                                     Urban Development
                                     Office of Public and Indian Housing




                               Instructions to Bidders for Contracts
                               Public and Indian Housing Programs




Previous edition is obsolete                                               form HUD-5369 (10/2002)
Instructions to Bidders for Contracts
Public and Indian Housing Programs
Table of Contents
Clause                                                                Page           2. Explanations and Interpretations to Prospective
1.   Bid Preparation and Submission                                    1                Bidders
2.   Explanations and Interpretations to Prospective Bidders 1                       (a) Any prospective bidder desiring an explanation or interpretation
                                                                                     of the solicitation, specifications, drawings, etc., must request it at
3.   Amendments to Invitations for Bids                                1             least 7 days before the scheduled time for bid opening. Requests
4.   Responsibility of Prospective Contractor                          1             may be oral or written. Oral requests must be confirmed in writing.
5.   Late Submissions, Modifications, and Withdrawal of Bids 1                       The only oral clarifications that will be provided will be those clearly
                                                                                     related to solicitation procedures, i.e., not substantive technical
6.   Bid Opening                                                       2
                                                                                     information. No other oral explanation or interpretation will be
7.   Service of Protest                                                2             provided. Any information given a prospective bidder concerning
8.   Contract Award                                                    2             this solicitation will be furnished promptly to all other prospective
9.   Bid Guarantee                                                     3             bidders as a written amendment to the solicitation, if that information
                                                                                     is necessary in submitting bids, or if the lack of it would be prejudicial
10. Assurance of Completion                                            3
                                                                                     to other prospective bidders.
11. Preconstruction Conference                                         3
                                                                                     (b) Any information obtained by, or provided to, a bidder other than
12. Indian Preference Requirements                                     3
                                                                                     by formal amendment to the solicitation shall not constitute a change
                                                                                     to the solicitation.
1. Bid Preparation and Submission
(a) Bidders are expected to examine the specifications, drawings,                    3. Amendments to Invitations for Bids
all instructions, and, if applicable, the construction site (see also the            (a) If this solicitation is amended, then all terms and conditions
contract clause entitled Site Investigation and Conditions Affect-                   which are not modified remain unchanged.
ing the Work of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construc-
tion). Failure to do so will be at the bidders’ risk.                                (b) Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of any amendment to this
                                                                                     solicitation (1) by signing and returning the amendment, (2) by
(b) All bids must be submitted on the forms provided by the Public                   identifying the amendment number and date on the bid form, or (3)
Housing Agency/Indian Housing Authority (PHA/IHA). Bidders shall                     by letter, telegram, or facsimile, if those methods are authorized in
furnish all the information required by the solicitation. Bids must be               the solicitation. The PHA/IHA must receive acknowledgement by the
signed and the bidder’s name typed or printed on the bid sheet and                   time and at the place specified for receipt of bids. Bids which fail to
each continuation sheet which requires the entry of information by                   acknowledge the bidder’s receipt of any amendment will result in the
the bidder. Erasures or other changes must be initialed by the person                rejection of the bid if the amendment(s) contained information which
signing the bid. Bids signed by an agent shall be accompanied by                     substantively changed the PHA’s/IHA’s requirements.
evidence of that agent’s authority. (Bidders should retain a copy of
their bid for their records.)                                                        (c) Amendments will be on file in the offices of the PHA/IHA and the
                                                                                     Architect at least 7 days before bid opening.
(c) Bidders must submit as part of their bid a completed form HUD-
5369-A, “Representations, Certifications, and Other Statements of                    4. Responsibility of Prospective Contractor
Bidders.”                                                                            (a) The PHA/IHA will award contracts only to responsible prospec-
                                                                                     tive contractors who have the ability to perform successfully under
(d) All bid documents shall be sealed in an envelope which shall be
                                                                                     the terms and conditions of the proposed contract. In determining
clearly marked with the words “Bid Documents,” the Invitation for
                                                                                     the responsibility of a bidder, the PHA/IHA will consider such matters
Bids (IFB) number, any project or other identifying number, the
                                                                                     as the bidder’s:
bidder’s name, and the date and time for receipt of bids.
                                                                                         (1) Integrity;
(e) If this solicitation requires bidding on all items, failure to do so will
disqualify the bid. If bidding on all items is not required, bidders                     (2) Compliance with public policy;
should insert the words “No Bid” in the space provided for any item                      (3) Record of past performance; and
on which no price is submitted.                                                          (4) Financial and technical resources (including construction
(f) Unless expressly authorized elsewhere in this solicitation, alter-                       and technical equipment).
nate bids will not be considered.                                                    (b) Before a bid is considered for award, the bidder may be re-
(g) Unless expressly authorized elsewhere in this solicitation, bids                 quested by the PHA/IHA to submit a statement or other documenta-
submitted by telegraph or facsimile (fax) machines will not be                       tion regarding any of the items in paragraph (a) above. Failure by the
considered.                                                                          bidder to provide such additional information shall render the bidder
                                                                                     nonresponsible and ineligible for award.
(h) If the proposed contract is for a Mutual Help project (as de-
scribed in 24 CFR Part 905, Subpart E) that involves Mutual Help
contributions of work, material, or equipment, supplemental informa-
tion regarding the bid advertisement is provided as an attachment to
this solicitation.




Previous edition is obsolete                                           Page 1 of 4                                               form HUD-5369 (10/2002)
5.   Late Submissions, Modifications, and Withdrawal of Bids                  6. Bid Opening
(a) Any bid received at the place designated in the solicitation after        All bids received by the date and time of receipt specified in the
the exact time specified for receipt will not be considered unless it is      solicitation will be publicly opened and read. The time and place of
received before award is made and it:                                         opening will be as specified in the solicitation. Bidders and other
                                                                              interested persons may be present.
      (1) Was sent by registered or certified mail not later than the
fifth calendar day before the date specified for receipt of offers (e.g.,     7. Service of Protest
an offer submitted in response to a solicitation requiring receipt of         (a) Definitions. As used in this provision:
offers by the 20th of the month must have been mailed by the 15th);
                                                                                   “Interested party” means an actual or prospective bidder whose
     (2) Was sent by mail, or if authorized by the solicitation, was          direct economic interest would be affected by the award of the
sent by telegram or via facsimile, and it is determined by the PHA/IHA        contract.
that the late receipt was due solely to mishandling by the PHA/IHA
after receipt at the PHA/IHA; or                                                   “Protest” means a written objection by an interested party to this
                                                                              solicitation or to a proposed or actual award of a contract pursuant
    (3) Was sent by U.S. Postal Service Express Mail Next Day                 to this solicitation.
Service - Post Office to Addressee, not later than 5:00 p.m. at the
place of mailing two working days prior to the date specified for             (b) Protests shall be served on the Contracting Officer by obtaining
receipt of proposals. The term “working days” excludes weekends               written and dated acknowledgement from —
and observed holidays.
(b) Any modification or withdrawal of a bid is subject to the same                 Judith Marasco
conditions as in paragraph (a) of this provision.                                  Yurok Indian Housing Authority
(c) The only acceptable evidence to establish the date of mailing of               15540 US Hwy 101 North
a late bid, modification, or withdrawal sent either by registered or               Klamath, CA 95548-9351
certified mail is the U.S. or Canadian Postal Service postmark both
on the envelope or wrapper and on the original receipt from the U.S.
or Canadian Postal Service. Both postmarks must show a legible
date or the bid, modification, or withdrawal shall be processed as if
mailed late. “Postmark” means a printed, stamped, or otherwise                [Contracting Officer designate the official or location where a protest
placed impression (exclusive of a postage meter machine impres-               may be served on the Contracting Officer]
sion) that is readily identifiable without further action as having been      (c) All protests shall be resolved in accordance with the PHA’s/
supplied and affixed by employees of the U.S. or Canadian Postal              IHA’s protest policy and procedures, copies of which are maintained
Service on the date of mailing. Therefore, bidders should request the         at the PHA/IHA.
postal clerk to place a hand cancellation bull’s-eye postmark on both
the receipt and the envelope or wrapper.                                      8. Contract Award
                                                                              (a) The PHA/IHA will evaluate bids in response to this solicitation
(d) The only acceptable evidence to establish the time of receipt at the
                                                                              without discussions and will award a contract to the responsible
PHA/IHA is the time/date stamp of PHA/IHA on the proposal wrapper or
                                                                              bidder whose bid, conforming to the solicitation, will be most advan-
other documentary evidence of receipt maintained by the PHA/IHA.
                                                                              tageous to the PHA/IHA considering only price and any price-related
(e) The only acceptable evidence to establish the date of mailing of          factors specified in the solicitation.
a late bid, modification, or withdrawal sent by Express Mail Next Day
                                                                              (b) If the apparent low bid received in response to this solicitation
Service-Post Office to Addressee is the date entered by the post
                                                                              exceeds the PHA’s/IHA’s available funding for the proposed contract
office receiving clerk on the “Express Mail Next Day Service-Post
                                                                              work, the PHA/IHA may either accept separately priced items (see
Office to Addressee” label and the postmark on both the envelope or
                                                                              8(e) below) or use the following procedure to determine contract
wrapper and on the original receipt from the U.S. Postal Service.
                                                                              award. The PHA/IHA shall apply in turn to each bid (proceeding in
“Postmark” has the same meaning as defined in paragraph (c) of this
                                                                              order from the apparent low bid to the high bid) each of the separately
provision, excluding postmarks of the Canadian Postal Service.
                                                                              priced bid deductible items, if any, in their priority order set forth in
Therefore, bidders should request the postal clerk to place a legible
                                                                              this solicitation. If upon the application of the first deductible item to
hand cancellation bull’s eye postmark on both the receipt and Failure
                                                                              all initial bids, a new low bid is within the PHA’s/IHA’s available
by a bidder to acknowledge receipt of the envelope or wrapper.
                                                                              funding, then award shall be made to that bidder. If no bid is within
(f) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this provision, a late modifica-         the available funding amount, then the PHA/IHA shall apply the
tion of an otherwise successful bid that makes its terms more                 second deductible item. The PHA/IHA shall continue this process
favorable to the PHA/IHA will be considered at any time it is received        until an evaluated low bid, if any, is within the PHA’s/IHA’s available
and may be accepted.                                                          funding. If upon the application of all deductibles, no bid is within the
                                                                              PHA’s/IHA’s available funding, or if the solicitation does not request
(g) Bids may be withdrawn by written notice, or if authorized by this
                                                                              separately priced deductibles, the PHA/IHA shall follow its written
solicitation, by telegram (including mailgram) or facsimile machine
                                                                              policy and procedures in making any award under this solicitation.
transmission received at any time before the exact time set for
opening of bids; provided that written confirmation of telegraphic or         (c) In the case of tie low bids, award shall be made in accordance
facsimile withdrawals over the signature of the bidder is mailed and          with the PHA’s/IHA’s written policy and procedures.
postmarked prior to the specified bid opening time. A bid may be
                                                                              (d) The PHA/IHA may reject any and all bids, accept other than the
withdrawn in person by a bidder or its authorized representative if,
                                                                              lowest bid (e.g., the apparent low bid is unreasonably low), and waive
before the exact time set for opening of bids, the identity of the person
                                                                              informalities or minor irregularities in bids received, in accordance
requesting withdrawal is established and the person signs a receipt
                                                                              with the PHA’s/IHA’s written policy and procedures.
for the bid.

Previous edition is obsolete                                        Page 2 of 4                                           form HUD-5369 (10/2002)
(e) Unless precluded elsewhere in the solicitation, the PHA/IHA              (c) Each bond shall clearly state the rate of premium and the total
may accept any item or combination of items bid.                             amount of premium charged. The current power of attorney for the
                                                                             person who signs for the surety company must be attached to the
(f) The PHA/IHA may reject any bid as nonresponsive if it is
                                                                             bond. The effective date of the power of attorney shall not precede
materially unbalanced as to the prices for the various items of work
                                                                             the date of the bond. The effective date of the bond shall be on or after
to be performed. A bid is materially unbalanced when it is based on
                                                                             the execution date of the contract.
prices significantly less than cost for some work and prices which are
significantly overstated for other work.                                     (d) Failure by the successful bidder to obtain the required assur-
                                                                             ance of completion within the time specified, or within such extended
(g) A written award shall be furnished to the successful bidder within
                                                                             period as the PHA/IHA may grant based upon reasons determined
the period for acceptance specified in the bid and shall result in a
                                                                             adequate by the PHA/IHA, shall render the bidder ineligible for
binding contract without further action by either party.
                                                                             award. The PHA/IHA may then either award the contract to the next
9. Bid Guarantee (applicable to construction and equip-                      lowest responsible bidder or solicit new bids. The PHA/IHA may
   ment contracts exceeding $25,000)                                         retain the ineligible bidder’s bid guarantee.
All bids must be accompanied by a negotiable bid guarantee which             11. Preconstruction Conference (applicable to construction
shall not be less than five percent (5%) of the amount of the bid. The           contracts)
bid guarantee may be a certified check, bank draft, U.S. Government
                                                                             After award of a contract under this solicitation and prior to the start
Bonds at par value, or a bid bond secured by a surety company
                                                                             of work, the successful bidder will be required to attend a
acceptable to the U.S. Government and authorized to do business in
                                                                             preconstruction conference with representatives of the PHA/IHA and
the state where the work is to be performed. In the case where the
                                                                             its architect/engineer, and other interested parties convened by the
work under the contract will be performed on an Indian reservation
                                                                             PHA/IHA. The conference will serve to acquaint the participants with
area, the bid guarantee may also be an irrevocable Letter of Credit
                                                                             the general plan of the construction operation and all other require-
(see provision 10, Assurance of Completion, below). Certified
                                                                             ments of the contract (e.g., Equal Employment Opportunity, Labor
checks and bank drafts must be made payable to the order of the
                                                                             Standards). The PHA/IHA will provide the successful bidder with the
PHA/IHA. The bid guarantee shall insure the execution of the
                                                                             date, time, and place of the conference.
contract and the furnishing of a method of assurance of completion
by the successful bidder as required by the solicitation. Failure to         12. Indian Preference Requirements (applicable only if
submit a bid guarantee with the bid shall result in the rejection of the         this solicitation is for a contract to be performed on a
bid. Bid guarantees submitted by unsuccessful bidders will be                    project for an Indian Housing Authority)
returned as soon as practicable after bid opening.
                                                                             (a) HUD has determined that the contract awarded under this
10. Assurance of Completion                                                  solicitation is subject to the requirements of section 7(b) of the Indian
(a) Unless otherwise provided in State law, the successful bidder            Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450e(b)).
shall furnish an assurance of completion prior to the execution of any       Section 7(b) requires that any contract or subcontract entered into for
contract under this solicitation. This assurance may be [Contracting         the benefit of Indians shall require that, to the greatest extent feasible
Officer check applicable items] —                                                  (1) Preferences and opportunities for training and employment
[X ] (1) a performance and payment bond in a penal sum of 100                (other than core crew positions; see paragraph (h) below) in connec-
percent of the contract price; or, as may be required or permitted by        tion with the administration of such contracts or subcontracts be
State law;                                                                   given to qualified “Indians.” The Act defines “Indians” to mean
                                                                             persons who are members of an Indian tribe and defines “Indian
[X] (2) separate performance and payment bonds, each for 50                  tribe” to mean any Indian tribe, band, nation, or other organized
percent or more of the contract price;                                       group or community, including any Alaska Native village or regional
                                                                             or village corporation as defined in or established pursuant to the
[X ] (3) a 20 percent cash escrow;
                                                                             Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act, which is recognized as eligible
[X ] (4) a 25 percent irrevocable letter of credit; or,                      for the special programs and services provided by the United States
                                                                             to Indians because of their status as Indians; and,
[ ] (5) an irrevocable letter of credit for 10 percent of the total
contract price with a monitoring and disbursements agreement with                 (2) Preference in the award of contracts or subcontracts in
the IHA (applicable only to contracts awarded by an IHA under the            connection with the administration of contracts be given to Indian
Indian Housing Program).                                                     organizations and to Indian-owned economic enterprises, as de-
                                                                             fined in section 3 of the Indian Financing Act of 1974 (25 U.S.C.
(b) Bonds must be obtained from guarantee or surety companies
                                                                             1452). That Act defines “economic enterprise” to mean any Indian-
acceptable to the U.S. Government and authorized to do business in
                                                                             owned commercial, industrial, or business activity established or
the state where the work is to be performed. Individual sureties will
                                                                             organized for the purpose of profit, except that the Indian ownership
not be considered. U.S. Treasury Circular Number 570, published
                                                                             must constitute not less than 51 percent of the enterprise; “Indian
annually in the Federal Register, lists companies approved to act as
                                                                             organization” to mean the governing body of any Indian tribe or entity
sureties on bonds securing Government contracts, the maximum
                                                                             established or recognized by such governing body; “Indian” to mean
underwriting limits on each contract bonded, and the States in which
                                                                             any person who is a member of any tribe, band, group, pueblo, or
the company is licensed to do business. Use of companies listed in
                                                                             community which is recognized by the Federal Government as
this circular is mandatory. Copies of the circular may be downloaded
                                                                             eligible for services from the Bureau of Indian Affairs and any
on the U.S. Department of Treasury website http://
                                                                             “Native” as defined in the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act; and
www.fms.treas.gov/c570/index.html, or ordered for a minimum fee
                                                                             Indian “tribe” to mean any Indian tribe, band, group, pueblo, or
by contacting the Government Printing Office at (202) 512-2168.
                                                                             community including Native villages and Native groups (including




Previous edition is obsolete                                       Page 3 of 4                                           form HUD-5369 (10/2002)
corporations organized by Kenai, Juneau, Sitka, and Kodiak) as                (f) (1) All bidders must submit with their bids a statement describ-
defined in the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act, which is recog-           ing how they will provide Indian preference in the award of subcon-
nized by the Federal Government as eligible for services from the             tracts. The specific requirements of that statement and the factors
Bureau of Indian Affairs.                                                     to used by the IHA in determining the statement’s adequacy are
                                                                              included as an attachment to this solicitation. Any bid that fails to
(b) (1) The successful Contractor under this solicitation shall com-
                                                                              include the required statement shall be rejected as nonresponsive.
ply with the requirements of this provision in awarding all subcon-
                                                                              The IHA may require that comparable statements be provided by
tracts under the contract and in providing training and employment
                                                                              subcontractors to the successful Contractor, and may require the
opportunities.
                                                                              Contractor to reject any bid or proposal by a subcontractor that fails
     (2) A finding by the IHA that the contractor, either (i) awarded         to include the statement.
a subcontract without using the procedure required by the IHA, (ii)
                                                                                   (2) Bidders and prospective subcontractors shall submit a
falsely represented that subcontracts would be awarded to Indian
                                                                              certification (supported by credible evidence) to the IHA in any
enterprises or organizations; or, (iii) failed to comply with the
                                                                              instance where the bidder or subcontractor believes it is infeasible to
contractor’s employment and training preference bid statement shall
                                                                              provide Indian preference in subcontracting. The acceptance or
be grounds for termination of the contract or for the assessment of
                                                                              rejection by the IHA of the certification shall be final. Rejection shall
penalties or other remedies.
                                                                              disqualify the bid from further consideration.
(c) If specified elsewhere in this solicitation, the IHA may restrict the
                                                                              (g) All bidders must submit with their bids a statement detailing their
solicitation to qualified Indian-owned enterprises and Indian organi-
                                                                              employment and training opportunities and their plans to provide
zations. If two or more (or a greater number as specified elsewhere
                                                                              preference to Indians in implementing the contract; and the number
in the solicitation) qualified Indian-owned enterprises or organiza-
                                                                              or percentage of Indians anticipated to be employed and trained.
tions submit responsive bids, award shall be made to the qualified
                                                                              Comparable statements from all proposed subcontractors must be
enterprise or organization with the lowest responsive bid. If fewer
                                                                              submitted. The criteria to be used by the IHA in determining the
than the minimum required number of qualified Indian-owned enter-
                                                                              statement(s)’s adequacy are included as an attachment to this
prises or organizations submit responsive bids, the IHA shall reject
                                                                              solicitation. Any bid that fails to include the required statement(s), or
all bids and readvertise the solicitation in accordance with paragraph
                                                                              that includes a statement that does not meet minimum standards
(d) below.
                                                                              required by the IHA shall be rejected as nonresponsive.
(d) If the IHA prefers not to restrict the solicitation as described in
                                                                              (h) Core crew employees. A core crew employee is an individual
paragraph (c) above, or if after having restricted a solicitation an
                                                                              who is a bona fide employee of the contractor at the time the bid is
insufficient number of qualified Indian enterprises or organizations
                                                                              submitted; or an individual who was not employed by the bidder at the
submit bids, the IHA may advertise for bids from non-Indian as well
                                                                              time the bid was submitted, but who is regularly employed by the
as Indian-owned enterprises and Indian organizations. Award shall
                                                                              bidder in a supervisory or other key skilled position when work is
be made to the qualified Indian enterprise or organization with the
                                                                              available. Bidders shall submit with their bids a list of all core crew
lowest responsive bid if that bid is -
                                                                              employees.
     (1) Within the maximum HUD-approved budget amount estab-
                                                                              (i) Preference in contracting, subcontracting, employment, and
lished for the specific project or activity for which bids are being
                                                                              training shall apply not only on-site, on the reservation, or within the
solicited; and
                                                                              IHA’s jurisdiction, but also to contracts with firms that operate outside
     (2) No more than the percentage specified in 24 CFR 905.175(c)           these areas (e.g., employment in modular or manufactured housing
higher than the total bid price of the lowest responsive bid from any         construction facilities).
qualified bidder. If no responsive bid by a qualified Indian-owned
                                                                              (j) Bidders should contact the IHA to determine if any additional
economic enterprise or organization is within the stated range of the
                                                                              local preference requirements are applicable to this solicitation.
total bid price of the lowest responsive bid from any qualified
enterprise, award shall be made to the bidder with the lowest bid.            (k) The IHA [X ] does [ ] does not [Contracting Officer check
                                                                              applicable box] maintain lists of Indian-owned economic enterprises
(e) Bidders seeking to qualify for preference in contracting or
                                                                              and Indian organizations by specialty (e.g., plumbing, electrical,
subcontracting shall submit proof of Indian ownership with their bids.
                                                                              foundations), which are available to bidders to assist them in meeting
Proof of Indian ownership shall include but not be limited to:
                                                                              their responsibility to provide preference in connection with the
     (1) Certification by a tribe or other evidence that the bidder is        administration of contracts and subcontracts.
an Indian. The IHA shall accept the certification of a tribe that an          13. Contractor Approval Check List
individual is a member.                                                       Prior to Award, the Apparent Low Bidder will provide the Owner the
                                                                              information required in the Contractor Approval Check List included
    (2) Evidence such as stock ownership, structure, manage-
                                                                              in this Project Manual.
ment, control, financing and salary or profit sharing arrangements of
                                                                              14. Prevailing Wages
the enterprise.
                                                                              Federal Davis Bacon prevailing wages current on the day bids are
                                                                              due shall be paid by the Contractor for all work in this project.
                                                                              15. Project Safety Plan
                                                                              Upon Award the successful bidder shall provide a copy of the
                                                                              project safety plan.
                                                                              16. TERO Permit
                                                                              Upon notification that a contractor is low bid, they shall make
                                                                              application for a TERO permit. The bid will not be considered
                                                                              responsive unitl a TERO Permit has been obtained.



Previous edition is obsolete                                        Page 4 of 4                                           form HUD-5369 (10/2002)
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                             PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                          JULY 5, 2011
 1
 2   BID FORM
 3   Bid:     YIHA Maiden Lane Development                                                     Date: 8/2/2011
 4
 5   To:      Yurok Indian Housing Authority                                                   Time: 2:00 PM
 6   The undersigned bidder declares that he has carefully examined the drawings and specifications, that he
 7   has made an examination of the site of the project and has made such investigations necessary to
 8   determine the character of material and the conditions to be encountered. The undersigned declares that
 9   he is properly licensed and qualified to do this work. The undersigned hereby proposes to furnish all
10   material and labor and perform all work to complete the above referenced project in accordance with
11   drawings and specification as prepared by the firm of: David Pierce Architect, 346 Oeschger Lane,
12
13   Ferndale, CA 95536, 707-786-4266, FAX: 707-786-4966.
14
15   and to be bound by the following documents:
16              Invitation to Bid                                                  General Conditions HUD 5370
17              Instructions to Bidders HUD-5369                                   Contract Forms
18              Bid Form                                                           Specifications and Drawings
19              Representations Certifications,                                    Addenda (if any)
20
21              and Other Statements of Bidders HUD 5369-A                         Construction Contract
22
23   Base Project - this includes all portions of the project described in the plans and specifications.
24   We propose to perform all work for the lump sum of __________________ dollars. This bid includes a
25   TERO tax amount of 3% of the bid.
26   Project Breakdown:         TERO……………………………………
27                              Permit Fee Allowance…………………
28                              Utility Hookup Allowance……………...
29                              Septic Tank Removal Allowance…….
30                              Rock Removal Allowance…………….
31                              Alternate 1 Residential Appliances….
32                              Alternate 2 Playstructure……………..
33                              All Other Work………………………...
34                              TOTAL ______________________________________
35   Completion time is 365 calendar days. It is further agreed that unless extended in accordance with "The
36   General Conditions of the Contract for Construction" that I, the undersigned, will pay as liquidated
37   damages to the Owner for any delay beyond the completion day named above the sum of Three Hundred
38
39   Dollars ($300) per calendar day per unit for each day required beyond that project's completion date.
40   The undersigned also agrees that he will commence work within ten (10) days of execution of contract
41   and that he will order all materials and equipment under contract within thirty (30) days of execution
42   thereof. The Contractor will guarantee all bids for a period of thirty (30) days. The undersigned agrees
43   that if the undersigned fails to execute a satisfactory contract within ten (10) days of being notified that the
44   project has been awarded to them, then this proposal shall be null and void and the enclosed bid
45
46   guarantee shall be forfeited.
47   The undersigned acknowledges receipt of Addendum Numbers: ________________________________
48   Attached are the following:
49           Representations, Certifications and Other Statements of Bidders HUD-5369-A
50           Non-Collusive Affidavit
51           Subcontractor/Supplier List
52           Bid Guarantee
53   Post Bid Information Required:
54           Contractor Approval Checklist - within 5 working days of Bid Opening.
55           Previous Partition Certificate HUD 2530 – within 3 working days of Bid Opening.
56
57           Inadvertent Discovery Attachment
58   FIRM NAME:
59
60   ADDRESS:
61
62   CALIFORNIA CONTRACTOR’S LISCENSE #
63
64
65   BY:
66                                                     Authorized Signature
67
68   NAME/TITLE
69                                                     Please Print or Type
70   TELEPHONE:                                                                    DATE:
71
72                                                     END OF BID FORM



     BID FORM                                                                                                        PAGE 1
                                     U.S. Department of Housing
                                     and Urban Development
                                     Office of Public and Indian Housing




                                 Representations, Certifications,
                                and Other Statements of Bidders
                               Public and Indian Housing Programs




Previous edition is obsolete                                               form HUD-5369-A (11/92)
Representations, Certifications,
and Other Statements of Bidders
Public and Indian Housing Programs

Table of Contents
Clause                                                                 Page                     (iii) As an agent, has not personally participated, and will not
1.   Certificate of Independent Price Determination                     1             participate in any action contrary to subparagraphs (a)(1) through
                                                                                      (a)(3) above.
2.   Contingent Fee Representation and Agreement                        1
                                                                                      (c) If the bidder deletes or modifies subparagraph (a)2 above, the
3.   Certification and Disclosure Regarding Payments                                  bidder must furnish with its bid a signed statement setting forth in detail
     to Influence Certain Federal Transactions                          1
                                                                                      the circumstances of the disclosure.
4.   Organizational Conflicts of Interest Certification                 2
                                                                                      [X] [Contracting Officer check if following paragraph is applicable]
5.   Bidder's Certification of Eligibility                              2
                                                                                      (d) Non-collusive affidavit. (applicable to contracts for construction
6.   Minimum Bid Acceptance Period                                      2             and equipment exceeding $50,000)
7.   Small, Minority, Women-Owned Business Concern                                         (1) Each bidder shall execute, in the form provided by the PHA/
      Representation                                                    2             IHA, an affidavit to the effect that he/she has not colluded with any other
8.   Indian-Owned Economic Enterprise and Indian                                      person, firm or corporation in regard to any bid submitted in response
     Organization Representation                                        2             to this solicitation. If the successful bidder did not submit the affidavit
9.   Certification of Eligibility Under the Davis-Bacon Act             3             with his/her bid, he/she must submit it within three (3) working days of
10. Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities                           3             bid opening. Failure to submit the affidavit by that date may render the
                                                                                      bid nonresponsive. No contract award will be made without a properly
11. Clean Air and Water Certification                                   3
                                                                                      executed affidavit.
12. Previous Participation Certificate                                  3
                                                                                           (2) A fully executed "Non-collusive Affidavit" [X] is, [ ] is not
13. Bidder's Signature                                                  3             included with the bid.
                                                                                      2.    Contingent Fee Representation and Agreement
1.     Certificate of Independent Price Determination
                                                                                      (a) Definitions. As used in this provision:
(a) The bidder certifies that--
                                                                                          "Bona fide employee" means a person, employed by a bidder and
     (1) The prices in this bid have been arrived at independently,                   subject to the bidder's supervision and control as to time, place, and
without, for the purpose of restricting competition, any consultation,                manner of performance, who neither exerts, nor proposes to exert
communication, or agreement with any other bidder or competitor                       improper influence to solicit or obtain contracts nor holds out as being
relating to (i) those prices, (ii) the intention to submit a bid, or (iii) the        able to obtain any contract(s) through improper influence.
methods or factors used to calculate the prices offered;
                                                                                           "Improper influence" means any influence that induces or tends
     (2) The prices in this bid have not been and will not be knowingly               to induce a PHA/IHA employee or officer to give consideration or to act
disclosed by the bidder, directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or               regarding a PHA/IHA contract on any basis other than the merits of the
competitor before bid opening (in the case of a sealed bid solicitation)              matter.
or contract award (in the case of a competitive proposal solicitation)
                                                                                      (b) The bidder represents and certifies as part of its bid that, except
unless otherwise required by law; and
                                                                                      for full-time bona fide employees working solely for the bidder, the
    (3) No attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder to                     bidder:
induce any other concern to submit or not to submit a bid for the
                                                                                         (1) [ ] has, [ ] has not employed or retained any person or
purpose of restricting competition.
                                                                                      company to solicit or obtain this contract; and
(b) Each signature on the bid is considered to be a certification by the
                                                                                          (2) [ ] has, [ ] has not paid or agreed to pay to any person or
signatory that the signatory--
                                                                                      company employed or retained to solicit or obtain this contract any
     (1) Is the person in the bidder's organization responsible for                   commission, percentage, brokerage, or other fee contingent upon or
determining the prices being offered in this bid or proposal, and that                resulting from the award of this contract.
the signatory has not participated and will not participate in any action
                                                                                      (c) If the answer to either (a)(1) or (a)(2) above is affirmative, the
contrary to subparagraphs (a)(l) through (a)(3) above; or
                                                                                      bidder shall make an immediate and full written disclosure to the PHA/
      (2) (i) Has been authorized, in writing, to act as agent for the                IHA Contracting Officer.
following principals in certifying that those principals have not partici-
                                                                                      (d) Any misrepresentation by the bidder shall give the PHA/IHA the
pated, and will not participate in any action contrary to subparagraphs
                                                                                      right to (1) terminate the contract; (2) at its discretion, deduct from
(a)(l) through (a)(3) above.
                                                                                      contract payments the amount of any commission, percentage,
_______________________________________________ [insert                               brokerage, or other contingent fee; or (3) take other remedy pursuant
full name of person(s) in the bidder's organization responsible for                   to the contract.
determining the prices offered in this bid or proposal, and the title of his
or her position in the bidder's organization];                                        3.    Certification and Disclosure Regarding Payments to
                                                                                            Influence Certain Federal Transactions (applicable to
          (ii) As an authorized agent, does certify that the principals                     contracts exceeding $100,000)
named in subdivision (b)(2)(i) above have not participated, and will not
                                                                                      (a) The definitions and prohibitions contained in Section 1352 of title
participate, in any action contrary to subparagraphs (a)(1) through
                                                                                      31, United States Code, are hereby incorporated by reference in
(a)(3) above; and
                                                                                      paragraph (b) of this certification.


Previous edition is obsolete                                             Page1 of 3                                                    form HUD-5369-A (11/92)
(b) The bidder, by signing its bid, hereby certifies to the best of his or         6.    Minimum Bid Acceptance Period
her knowledge and belief as of December 23, 1989 that:                             (a) "Acceptance period," as used in this provision, means the number
     (1) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid              of calendar days available to the PHA/IHA for awarding a contract from
to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or             the date specified in this solicitation for receipt of bids.
employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or                        (b) This provision supersedes any language pertaining to the accep-
employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress on                    tance period that may appear elsewhere in this solicitation.
his or her behalf in connection with the awarding of a contract resulting
                                                                                   (c) The PHA/IHA requires a minimum acceptance period of
from this solicitation;
                                                                                   [Contracting Officer insert time period] calendar days.
     (2) If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds (including
                                                                                   (d) In the space provided immediately below, bidders may specify a
profit or fee received under a covered Federal transaction) have been
                                                                                   longer acceptance period than the PHA's/IHA's minimum requirement.
paid, or will be paid, to any person for influencing or attempting to
                                                                                   The bidder allows the following acceptance period:  calendar days.
influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Con-
gress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a                     (e) A bid allowing less than the PHA's/IHA's minimum acceptance
Member of Congress on his or her behalf in connection with this                    period will be rejected.
solicitation, the bidder shall complete and submit, with its bid, OMB              (f) The bidder agrees to execute all that it has undertaken to do, in
standard form LLL, "Disclosure of Lobbying Activities;" and                        compliance with its bid, if that bid is accepted in writing within (1) the
    (3) He or she will include the language of this certification in all           acceptance period stated in paragraph (c) above or (2) any longer
subcontracts at any tier and require that all recipients of subcontract            acceptance period stated in paragraph (d) above.
awards in excess of $100,000 shall certify and disclose accordingly.               7.    Small, Minority, Women-Owned Business Concern
(c) Submission of this certification and disclosure is a prerequisite for                Representation
making or entering into this contract imposed by section 1352, title 31,           The bidder represents and certifies as part of its bid/ offer that it --
United States Code. Any person who makes an expenditure prohibited
under this provision or who fails to file or amend the disclosure form             (a) [ ] is, [ ] is not a small business concern. "Small business
to be filed or amended by this provision, shall be subject to a civil              concern," as used in this provision, means a concern, including its
penalty of not less than $10,000, and not more than $100,000, for each             affiliates, that is independently owned and operated, not dominant in
such failure.                                                                      the field of operation in which it is bidding, and qualified as a small
                                                                                   business under the criteria and size standards in 13 CFR 121.
(d) Indian tribes (except those chartered by States) and Indian
organizations as defined in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination             (b) [ ] is, [ ] is not a women-owned business enterprise. "Women-
and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450B) are exempt from the                  owned business enterprise," as used in this provision, means a
requirements of this provision.                                                    business that is at least 51 percent owned by a woman or women who
                                                                                   are U.S. citizens and who also control and operate the business.
4.     Organizational Conflicts of Interest Certification                          (c) [ ] is, [ ] is not a minority business enterprise. "Minority business
The bidder certifies that to the best of its knowledge and belief and              enterprise," as used in this provision, means a business which is at
except as otherwise disclosed, he or she does not have any organiza-               least 51 percent owned or controlled by one or more minority group
tional conflict of interest which is defined as a situation in which the           members or, in the case of a publicly owned business, at least 51
nature of work to be performed under this proposed contract and the                percent of its voting stock is owned by one or more minority group
bidder's organizational, financial, contractual, or other interests may,           members, and whose management and daily operations are con-
without some restriction on future activities:                                     trolled by one or more such individuals. For the purpose of this
(a) Result in an unfair competitive advantage to the bidder; or,                   definition, minority group members are:
(b) Impair the bidder's objectivity in performing the contract work.               (Check the block applicable to you)
[ ] In the absence of any actual or apparent conflict, I hereby certify            [ ] Black Americans                    [ ] Asian Pacific Americans
that to the best of my knowledge and belief, no actual or apparent                 [ ] Hispanic Americans                 [ ] Asian Indian Americans
conflict of interest exists with regard to my possible performance of this         [ ] Native Americans                   [ ] Hasidic Jewish Americans
procurement.
5.     Bidder's Certification of Eligibility                                       8.    Indian-Owned Economic Enterprise and Indian
                                                                                         Organization Representation (applicable only if this
(a) By the submission of this bid, the bidder certifies that to the best                 solicitation is for a contract to be performed on a project for an
of its knowledge and belief, neither it, nor any person or firm which has                Indian Housing Authority)
an interest in the bidder's firm, nor any of the bidder's subcontractors,
is ineligible to:                                                                  The bidder represents and certifies that it:
    (1) Be awarded contracts by any agency of the United States                    (a) [ ] is, [ ] is not an Indian-owned economic enterprise. "Economic
Government, HUD, or the State in which this contract is to be                      enterprise," as used in this provision, means any commercial, indus-
performed; or,                                                                     trial, or business activity established or organized for the purpose of
                                                                                   profit, which is at least 51 percent Indian owned. "Indian," as used in
     (2) Participate in HUD programs pursuant to 24 CFR Part 24.                   this provision, means any person who is a member of any tribe, band,
(b) The certification in paragraph (a) above is a material representa-             group, pueblo, or community which is recognized by the Federal
tion of fact upon which reliance was placed when making award. If it               Government as eligible for services from the Bureau of Indian Affairs
is later determined that the bidder knowingly rendered an erroneous                and any "Native" as defined in the Alaska Native Claims Settlement
certification, the contract may be terminated for default, and the bidder          Act.
may be debarred or suspended from participation in HUD programs                    (b) [ ] is, [ ] is not an Indian organization. "Indian organization," as
and other Federal contract programs.                                               used in this provision, means the governing body of any Indian tribe or
                                                                                   entity established or recognized by such governing body. Indian "tribe"



Previous edition is obsolete                                         Page 2 of 3                                                    form HUD-5369-A (11/92)
means any Indian tribe, band, group, pueblo, or community including                 Notice to Prospective Subcontractors of Requirement for
Native villages and Native groups (including corporations organized by              Certifications of Nonsegregated Facilities
Kenai, Juneau, Sitka, and Kodiak) as defined in the Alaska Native                   A Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted before
Claims Settlement Act, which is recognized by the Federal Govern-                   the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 which is not exempt
ment as eligible for services from the Bureau of Indian Affairs.                    from the provisions of the Equal Employment Opportunity clause of the
9.       Certification of Eligibility Under the Davis-Bacon Act                     prime contract. The certification may be submitted either for each
         (applicable to construction contracts exceeding $2,000)                    subcontract or for all subcontracts during a period (i.e., quarterly,
                                                                                    semiannually, or annually).
(a) By the submission of this bid, the bidder certifies that neither it nor
any person or firm who has an interest in the bidder's firm is a person             Note: The penalty for making false statements in bids is prescribed
or firm ineligible to be awarded contracts by the United States                     in 18 U.S.C. 1001.
Government by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR
5.12(a)(1).                                                                         11.   Clean Air and Water Certification (applicable to contracts
                                                                                          exceeding $100,000)
(b) No part of the contract resulting from this solicitation shall be
subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible to be awarded contracts              The bidder certifies that:
by the United States Government by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-
Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1).                                                     (a) Any facility to be used in the performance of this contract [ ] is,
                                                                                    [ ] is not listed on the Environmental Protection Agency List of Violating
(c) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U. S.              Facilities:
Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001.
                                                                                    (b) The bidder will immediately notify the PHA/IHA Contracting
10.      Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities (applicable to                   Officer, before award, of the receipt of any communication from the
         contracts exceeding $10,000)                                               Administrator, or a designee, of the Environmental Protection Agency,
(a) The bidder's attention is called to the clause entitled Equal                   indicating that any facility that the bidder proposes to use for the
Employment Opportunity of the General Conditions of the Contract                    performance of the contract is under consideration to be listed on the
for Construction.                                                                   EPA List of Violating Facilities; and,
(b) "Segregated facilities," as used in this provision, means any                   (c) The bidder will include a certification substantially the same as this
waiting rooms, work areas, rest rooms and wash rooms, restaurants                   certification, including this paragraph (c), in every nonexempt subcon-
and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage                 tract.
or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or                  12.   Previous Participation Certificate (applicable to
entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for                  construction and equipment contracts exceeding $50,000)
employees, that are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact
segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin                (a) The bidder shall complete and submit with his/her bid the Form
because of habit, local custom, or otherwise.                                       HUD-2530, "Previous Participation Certificate." If the successful
                                                                                    bidder does not submit the certificate with his/her bid, he/she must
(c) By the submission of this bid, the bidder certifies that it does not            submit it within three (3) working days of bid opening. Failure to submit
and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated                   the certificate by that date may render the bid nonresponsive. No
facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not and will not          contract award will be made without a properly executed certificate.
permit its employees to perform their services at any location under its
control where segregated facilities are maintained. The bidder agrees               (b) A fully executed "Previous Participation Certificate"
that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Employment          [ ] is, [ ] is not included with the bid.
Opportunity clause in the contract.
                                                                                    13.   Bidder's Signature
(d) The bidder further agrees that (except where it has obtained
identical certifications from proposed subcontractors for specific time             The bidder hereby certifies that the information contained in these
periods) prior to entering into subcontracts which exceed $10,000 and               certifications and representations is accurate, complete, and current.
are not exempt from the requirements of the Equal Employment
Opportunity clause, it will:                                                         ___________________________________________________________________
        (1) Obtain identical certifications from the proposed subcontrac-           (Signature and Date)

tors;
                                                                                     ___________________________________________________________________
        (2) Retain the certifications in its files; and                             (Typed or Printed Name)
     (3) Forward the following notice to the proposed subcontractors
(except if the proposed subcontractors have submitted identical                      ___________________________________________________________________
                                                                                    (Title)
certifications for specific time periods):
                                                                                     ___________________________________________________________________
                                                                                    (Company Name)



                                                                                    (Company Address)




Previous edition is obsolete                                          Page 3 of 3                                                    form HUD-5369-A (11/92)
                YUROK INDIAN HOUSING AUTHORITY


                            15540 N. Hwy. 101, Klamath, CA 95548
               Telephone (707) 482-1506 or (800) 281-4749 -- Fax (707) 482-3117

                  SHORT FORM CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
                                #-__-#

       This Agreement is made and entered on _________________, 200__, in
Klamath, California, by and between ________________, a __________ [corporation,
partnership, sole proprietor] (“Contractor”) and Yurok Indian Housing Authority
(“YIHA”), and Indian housing authority / Tribally Designated Housing Entity (TDHE) of
the Yurok Indian Tribe (“Tribe”), a federally recognized Indian Tribe.

RECITALS:
     1. The plans and specifications for this work (“the Work”) are contained the
        Technical Specifications and Drawings (see Paragraphs 1.2.5 and 1.2.6),
        which are incorporated herein by this reference.

     2. Contractor is properly licensed and qualified to perform the Work.

     3. Whenever this Agreement calls for YIHA approval or notification, the approval
        or notification must be signed by its Executive Director or his or her
        designee.

AGREEMENT:
        Wherefore, in consideration of the foregoing facts and the terms and
conditions as further stated herein, the parties hereby agree as follows.

1. PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK
       Contractor will perform the Work as further provided herein. The Work is
generally described as:

1.1      Time of Performance. Contractor shall commence the Work on ________,
20__, and shall complete the Work no later than ________, 20__. [Further instructions
or N/A]
Except for delays caused by a force majeure, Contractor shall pay liquidated damages
of $300.00 per day for each day following the completion date per unit house, until the
Work is Substantially Complete. “Substantially Complete” or “Substantial Completion”
shall mean the Work is completed in accordance with the Technical Specifications and
the Drawings and ready for acceptance and occupancy by YIHA, except for agreed
upon punch list items. The parties agree that actual damages resulting from delay are
difficult to estimate, but that the liquidated damages stipulated herein represent a
reasonable estimate based on the information currently available to the parties. “Force
majeure” means that any construction time period required under this Agreement, shall
be extended, and the obligations of Contractor suspended, by the number of days
during which the construction work is prevented due to fire, flood, the unusually severe
weather conditions, strikes, labor disputes, shortages, utility curtailments, power
failures, explosions, civil disturbances, government regulatory requirements or
approvals, acts of God, shortages of equipment or supplies, unavailability of
transportation, acts or omissions of third parties (other than subcontractors or supplies
to Contractor) or any other reason beyond the reasonable control of the Contractor.


                                              1
1.2   Identification of Contract Documents. This contract includes this Agreement
and the following documents which collectively shall constitute the Contract
Documents and contain all of the terms of this Agreement.

    17.1.1    Drawings (see Attachment A - Table of Contents)
    17.1.2    Soils Reports for Each Building
    17.1.3    Addenda
    17.1.4    Project Manual (see Attachment B - Table of Contents)
    17.1.5    Invitation to Bid
    17.1.6    Instructions to Bidders
    17.1.7    Representations, Certifications, and Other Statements of Bidders
    17.1.8    TERO Ordinance
    17.1.9    General Conditions
    17.1.10   Bid Form
    17.1.11   Additional Exhibits to be initialed and identified
                       Insurance Certificates
                       Bid Breakdown
                       Subcontractor/Supplier List


1.3 Construction of Contract Documents. Contractor will perform the Work in
    Compliance with the Contract Documents. If there is any inconsistency or conflict
    between the Drawings and the Technical Specifications, the specifications will
    prevail. If there is any inconsistency between the plans and the specifications or
    any other Contract Document and this agreement, the terms of this Agreement
    shall prevail.
1.4 Contractor Furnish Items. Contractor will furnish all necessary labor, materials,
    tools, equipment, and transportation necessary to perform the Work.
1.5 Use of Employees. Contractor must comply with all applicable federal labor
    standards, including the Davis-Bacon Act, the Copeland Act, the Fair Labor
    Standards Act and the regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor and Housing
    and Urban Development (“HUD”), implementing said standards, if the Contractor
    uses any employees or subcontractors in the performance of this Contract.
    Contractor shall comply with the Indian preference requirements adopted by HUD
    or the Tribe, including any applicable Tribal Employee Rights Ordinance
    (“T.E.R.O”). Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold YIHA harmless from and
    against any liabilities, damage, cost, or other expense that might arise from
    Contractor’s use of employees to perform services under this Agreement.
1.6 YIHA Inspector.        YIHA may designate an architect, engineer, other design
    professional, of applicable discipline or other inspector (“Inspector”) to supervise
    and/or inspect Contractor’s performance of the Work. The Inspector shall have no
    authority to change the Work, the compensation for performing the Work or the
    time for completing the Work without YIHA’s prior written approval. YIHA shall
    notify the Contractor in writing, if it designates and Inspector.
1.7 Site Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that it has inspected the work site
    and any improvements involving the Work and satisfied itself as to the conditions
    which can affect the Work or its cost.          Contactor has not relied on any
    representation by YIHA or its officers or employees as to the
           condition of the site or the houses or any condition that might affect the
           cost of performing this Agreement.



                                           2
1.8 New Products Required.         All equipment, materials or fixtures furnished by
    Contractor under this agreement shall be new and of the most suitable grade for
    the intended purpose, unless otherwise specifically provided.

1.9 Compliance with Laws. The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all
    applicable laws, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations. The Contractor shall
    secure and pay for all permits, fees, and licenses necessary for the proper
    execution and completion of the work. TERO permit required before starting work.
    (TERO fee will be deducted by YIHA and remitted to Yurok Tribe for the
    Contractor).

1.10    Protection of Site and Improvements. The Contractor shall preserve and
    protect the site, grounds and any involved improvements and shall not alter or
    damage any portion thereof, except as is absolutely necessary in order to perform
    the Work. The Contractor shall repair or replace, as directed by YIHA, any property
    that it damages, loses or destroys in violation of this paragraph.

1.11     Inspection of Work. The Contractor shall ensure that the Work is available
    for inspection by YIHA or its Inspector at all reasonable times and that no work is
    covered up or rendered incapable of inspection without prior notice to YIHA or its
    Inspector and a reasonable opportunity for inspection. The presence or absence of
    an YIHA inspector or the conduct of an inspection by YIHA or its Inspector shall
    not relieve the Contractor from any contract requirement or compliance with the
    Contract Documents.

1.12     Title. The Contractor warrants that it conveys full and complete title, free of
    all liens and encumbrances, to all materials, supplies, fixtures and equipment
    furnished to YIHA under this Agreement and agrees to fully defend and indemnify
    YIHA, its officers and employees, and the houses and homebuyers included in the
    Work from and against any claim, lien, charge, dept, cost, expense or liability
    arising from a breach of said warranty.

1.13     Warranties.      In addition to any other warranties in this contract, the
    Contractor warrants that the Work conforms to the contract requirements and is
    free of any defect in equipment, material or workmanship for a period of one year
    from the date of final acceptance of the Work by YIHA. If YIHA accepts any part of
    the Work before final acceptance of the entire Work, the warranty shall continue
    for the period of one year from the date of such partial acceptance. The Contractor
    shall remedy, at the Contractor’s expense, any failure to conform, or any defect.
    YIHA shall retain 2% of the Contract Amount to secure the Contractor’s warranty
    and shall remit the unused portion of the amount at the end of the warranty period
    (One Year). The time limit of this warranty shall not apply to any latent defects, or
    gross mistakes or fraud on the part of the Contractor.


2. CONTRACT PRICE

         YIHA shall pay the Contractor for performance of this Agreement the total sum
of $________________. The total sales price of all fixtures and materials used in
performing the Work is $___________________, exclusive of the charge for
installation.


3. PAYMENT OF CONTRACT PRICE

             3.1 YIHA shall pay Contractor an initial payment in accordance with the
General Conditions section 27.

                                           3
Forms required for payment: HUD-51001 page 1 and 2
                             HUD-51002
                             Certified Payroll WH-347 (U.S. Depart. Of Labor)
                             Lien Release

                 3.2 Prior to their installation into the Work, Contractor shall deliver and
properly store on the job site all materials and fixtures to be used in the Work. Each
installment payment shall include payment for all materials properly stored on the job
site prior to their installation. Title to all materials and fixtures properly stored on the job
site shall pass to YIHA prior to their installation. Until Substantial Completion, the
Contractor shall remain responsible to repair or replace any such stored materials and
fixtures which are lost or damaged, notwithstanding the transfer of title to YIHA.

                3.3 Contractor shall include in all of its subcontracts provisions which
are identical to Paragraph 2, stating separately the sales price of materials, exclusive
of the charge for installation, and Paragraph 3.2.

4. IDEMNIFIFACTION AND INSURANCE

         4.1 Indemnification. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless YIHA and
its officers, agents and employees from and against any claim, loss or damage,
including the legal and other costs of defending against any claim of damage or loss
by third parties, which arises out of the Contractor’s performance under this
Agreement, except for claims, losses or damages resulting from the sole and active
negligence or other wrongful conduct of YIHA or its officers, agents and employees.

       4.2 Insurance. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of this
Agreement insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property
which may arise from or in connection with the performance hereunder by the
Contractor, and its agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors.

         (1) Minimum Scope of Insurance. Coverage shall be at least as broad as:
               i. Insurance Services Office1 form number __GL002_(ED. 1/73) covering
                  Comprehensive General Liability and Insurance Service Office form
                  number __GL0404___ covering Broad Form Comprehensive General
                  Liability; or Insurance Services Office Commercial General Liability
                  coverage (“occurrence” form CG 0001).
              ii. Insurance Service Office form number CA 0001 (Ed. 1/78) covering
                  Automobile Liability, code 1 “any auto” and endorsement CA 0025.
             iii. Worker’s Compensation insurance as required by the Labor Code of the
                  State of California and Employer’s Liability Insurance, if Contractor has
                  employees who will directly or indirectly provide service or support
                  Contractor in its provision of services under this Contract.
         (2) Minimum Limits of Insurance. Contractor shall maintain limits no less than:
               i. General Liability: $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for
                  bodily injury, personal injury and property damage. If Commercial
                  General Liability Insurance or other form with a general aggregate limit
                  is used, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this
                  Work/location or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required
                  occurrence limit.
____________________________
1
  The Insurance Services Office (“ISO”) is an organization formed by insurance companies to develop
standard forms for different types of insurance. They number their forms. The reference to form number
refers to a standard insurance policy for different types of insurance, such as Comprehensive General
Liability (“CGL”) coverage which generally insures against claims for personal injury or property damage
based on negligent acts of the insured. Commercial Liability insurance is another type of liability insurance
covering a business against personal injury or property damage claims resulting from negligence.



                                                     4
     ii. Automobile Liability: $1,000,000 combined single limit per accident for
         bodily injury and property damage.
     iii.Worker’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability: Workers’
         compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of
         California and Employer’s Liability limits of $1,000,000 per accident.

       (3) Deductibles and Self-insured Retentions. Any deductibles or self-
insured retentions must be declared to and approved by YIHA. At the option of
YIHA, either the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-
insured retentions as respects YIHA, its officers, officials, employees and
volunteers; or Contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses
and related investigations, claim administration and defense expenses.

       (4) Other Insurance Provisions. The policies are to contain, or be
endorsed to contain, the following provisions:

       i.      General Liability and Automobile Liability Coverage’s.

              A.   YIHA, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers are to
                   be covered as insured(s) as respects: liability arising out of
                   activities performed by or on behalf of Contractor, products
                   and completed operations of Contractor, premises owned
                   occupied or used by Contractor, or automobiles owned,
                   leased, hired or borrowed by Contractor. The coverage shall
                   contain no special limitations on the scope of protection
                   afforded to YIHA, its officers, officials, employees, or
                   volunteers.

              B.   Contractor’s insurance coverage shall be primary insurance
                   as respects YIHA, its officers, officials, employees, and
                   volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by
                   YIHA, its officers, officials, employees, or volunteers shall be
                   in excess of Contractor’s insurance and shall not contribute
                   with it.

              C.   Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies
                   shall not affect coverage provided to YIHA, its officers,
                   officials, employees, or volunteers.

              D.   Contractor’s insurance shall apply separately to each
                   insured against whom a claim is made or suit is brought,
                   except with respect to the limits of the insurer’s liability.

       ii.     Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Coverage. The
               insurer shall agree to waive all rights of subrogation against
               YIHA, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers for losses
               arising from work performed by Contractor for YIHA.

       iii.    All Coverage’s. Each insurance policy required by this Section
               shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be
               suspended, voided, canceled by either party, reduced in
               coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days prior written
               notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given
               to YIHA.

       iv.     Acceptability of Insurers. Insurance is to be placed with insurers
               with a Best’s rating of no less than A.

                                    5
        (5) Verification of Coverage. Contactor shall furnish YIHA with certificates of
insurance and with original endorsements affecting coverage required by this Section.
The certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a
person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. All certificates and
endorsements are to be received and approved by YIHA before work commences.
YIHA reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance
policies, at any time.

       (6) Subcontractors. Contractor shall include all subcontractors and insured’s
under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each
subcontractor. All coverage(s) for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the
requirements stated herein.

5. TERMINATION

        This Agreement may only be terminated by YIHA:
1) for breach of the agreement;
 2) because funds are no longer available to pay Contractor for services provided
under this Agreement;
 or 3) YIHA has abandoned and does not wish to complete the project for which
Contractor was retained. YIHA shall notify Contractor of any alleged breach of the
agreement and of the action required to cure the breach. If Contractor fails to cure the
breach within the time specified in the notice, the contract shall be terminated as of
that time. If termination for lack of funds or abandonment of the project, the contract
shall terminate on the date notice of termination is given to Contractor. YIHA shall pay
the Contractor only for services performed and expenses incurred as of the effective
termination date, unless terminated because the Contractor has failed to satisfactorily
cure a breach after notice in which event YIHA shall:

       a. retain the unpaid portion of the Contract Price;

       b. take possession of all material and fixtures on the job site;

       c. have the right to complete the Work and recover from Contractor the
          difference between the retained portion of the Contract Price and the total
          cost to complete the Work, together with any other damages suffered by
          YIHA as a result of said breach.

6. MODIFICATION OF AGREEMENT

        YIHA may, from time to time, request changes in the Work, the time to
complete the Work or the compensation to be paid for the Work. Such changes must
be incorporated in written amendments to this Agreement. To be effective, all such
changes as referred to in this section must be agreed upon in writing by both parties to
this agreement.

7. ASSIGNMENT

        The Contractor shall not assign any interest in this Agreement, and shall not
transfer any interest in the same (whether by assignment or innovation), without the
prior written consent of YIHA.




                                           6
8. APPLICATION OF LAWS

        The parties hereby agree that all applicable Federal, State and local rules,
regulations and guidelines not written into this Agreement shall hereby prevail during
the period of this Agreement. Including but not limited to all OSHA Compliance on
Project and Inadvertent Discovery #34 (See Attached).

9. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

       It is the express intention of the parties hereto that Contractor is an
independent contractor and not an employee, joint venture, or partner of YIHA for any
purpose whatsoever. YIHA shall have no right to, and shall not control the manner or
prescribe the method of accomplishing those services contracted to and performed by
Contractor under this Agreement, and the general public and all governmental
agencies regulating such activity shall be so informed.

        Those provisions of this Agreement that reserve ultimate authority in YIHA
have been inserted solely to achieve compliance with federal and state laws, rules,
regulations, and interpretations thereof. No such provisions and no other provisions of
this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed as creating or establishing the
relationship of employer and employee between Contractor and YIHA.

        Contractor shall pay all estimated and actual federal and state income and self-
employment taxes that are due the state and federal government and shall furnish and
pay worker’s compensation insurance, unemployment insurance and any other
benefits required by law for himself and his employee’s, if any. Contractor agrees to
indemnify and hold YIHA and its officers, agents and employees harmless from and
against any claims or demands by federal, state or local government agencies for any
such taxes or benefits due but not paid by Contactor, including the legal costs
associated with defending against any audit, claim, demand or law suit.

        Contractor warrants and represents that it is a properly licensed for the work
performed under this Agreement with a substantial investment in its business and that
it maintains its own offices and staff which it will use in performing under this
Agreement.

10. GOVERNING LAW

        This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of California and any legal action concerning the agreement must be
filed and litigated in a proper court in Del Norte or Humboldt County.

11. SEVERABILITY

          If any provision of the Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to
be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless continue
in full force and effect without being impaired or invalidated in any way.

12. INTEGRATION

        This Agreement, including the exhibits attached hereto, contains the entire
agreement among the parties and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral or
written agreements, understandings, and representations among the parties. No
amendments to this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by all of the
parties.



                                            7
13. WAIVER

        No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed, or shall
constitute a waiver of any other provision, nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing
waiver. No waiver shall be binding unless executed in writing by the party making the
waiver.

14. NOTICES

        Whenever notice, payment or other communication is required or permitted
under this Agreement it shall be deemed to have been given when personally
delivered, faxed with an acknowledgment of receipt, 24 hours after sent by overnight
delivery service, or when deposited in the United States mail with proper first class
postage affixed thereto and addressed as follows:

       Contractor                              YIHA

                                               Yurok Indian Housing Authority
                                               Attention: Judith Marasco,
                                               Executive Director
                                               15540 U.S. Hwy 101 North
                                               Klamath, CA 95548
                                               FAX: (707) 482-3117

Either party may provide notice of an address change as provided in this Paragraph 14.

15. PARAGRAPH HEADINGS

       The paragraph headings contained herein are for convenience and reference
only and are not intended to define or limit the scope of this agreement.

16. DUPLICATE ORIGINALS

        This Agreement may be executed in one or more duplicate originals bearing
the original signature of both parties and when so executed any such duplicate original
shall be admissible as proof of the existence and terms of the Agreement between the
parties.

       MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS FOR FEDERAL GRANTS

      17.1 Contractor shall comply with Executive Order 11246 of September 24,
1965, entitled “Equal Employment Opportunity”, as amended by Executive Order
11375 of October 13, 1967, and as supplemented in Department of Labor regulations
(41 CFR chapter 60).

       17.2 Contractor shall comply with the Copeland “Anti-Kickback” Act (18
U.S.C. 874) as supplemented in Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 3).

      17.3      Contractor shall comply with Sections 103 and 107 of the Contract
Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 327-330) as supplemented by
Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5).

        17.4 Contractor shall provide YIHA, the U.S. Department of Housing and
Urban Development (“HUD”), the Comptroller General of the United States, or any of
their duly authorized representatives to any books, documents, papers, and records of


                                           8
the Contractor which are directly pertinent to that specific contract for the purpose of
making audit, examination, excerpts, and transcriptions.

      17.5 Contractor shall retain all records related to its performance under this
Agreement and YIHA’s payments hereunder for three years after final payment has
been made hereunder and all other pending matters are closed.

       17.6      Contractor shall comply with all applicable standards, orders, or
requirements issued under section 306 of the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 1857 (h)),
section 508 of the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. 1368), Executive Order 11738, and
Environmental Protection Agency regulations (40 CFR part 15).

        17.7 Contractor shall comply with all mandatory standards and policies
relating to energy efficiency which are contained in the state energy conservation plan
issued in compliance with the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (Pub. L. 94-163, 89
Stat. 871).

        WHEREFORE, the parties have entered this Agreement on the date first
written above.


Contractor                                          YIHA

By: _________________________                       By: ________________________
                                                               Judith Marasco

Title: ________________________                     Title: _____Executive Director___


California Contractor’s License Number ______________ [Number or N/A]




                                           9
General Conditions for Construction                                                   U.S. Department of Housing and Urban
                                                                                      Development
Contracts - Public Housing Programs                                                   Office of Public and Indian Housing
                                                                                      OMB Approval No. 2577-0157 (exp. 12/31/2011)

Applicability. This form is applicable to any
construction/development contract greater than $100,000.

This form includes those clauses required by OMB's common rule on grantee procurement, implemented at HUD in 24 CFR 85.36, and
those requirements set forth in Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 and its amendment by the Housing and
Community Development Act of 1992, implemented by HUD at 24 CFR Part 135. The form is required for construction contracts
awarded by Public Housing Agencies (PHAs).
The form is used by Housing Authorities in solicitations to provide necessary contract clauses. If the form were not used, HAs would be
unable to enforce their contracts.
Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 1.0 hours per response, including the time for reviewing
instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection
of information. Responses to the collection of information are required to obtain a benefit or to retain a benefit.
The information requested does not lend itself to confidentiality.
HUD may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently
valid OMB number.




                                                           Table of Contents
                                 Clause                           Page                               Clause                                 Page


1.    Definitions                                                  2              Administrative Requirements
2.    Contractor’s Responsibility for Work                         2      25.     Contract Period                                             9
3.    Architect’s Duties, Responsibilities and Authority           2      26.     Order of Precedence                                         9
4.    Other Contracts                                              3      27.     Payments                                                    9
      Construction Requirements                                           28.     Contract Modifications                                     10
5.    Preconstruction Conference and Notice to Proceed             3      29.     Changes                                                    10
6.    Construction Progress Schedule                               3      30.     Suspension of Work                                         11
7.    Site Investigation and Conditions Affecting the Work         3      31.     Disputes                                                   11
8.    Differing Site Conditions                                    4      32.     Default                                                    11
9.    Specifications and Drawings for Construction                 4      33.     Liquidated Damages                                         12
10.   As-Built Drawings                                            5      34.     Termination of Convenience                                 12
11.   Material and Workmanship                                     5      35.     Assignment of Contract                                     12
12.   Permits and Codes                                            5      36.     Insurance                                                  12
13.   Health, Safety, and Accident Prevention                      6      37.     Subcontracts                                               13
14.   Temporary Buildings and Transportation Materials             6      38.     Subcontracting with Small and Minority Firms, Women’s      13
                                                                                  Business Enterprise, and Labor Surplus Area Firms
15.   Availability and Use of Utility Services                     6      39.     Equal Employment Opportunity                               13
16.   Protection of Existing Vegetation, Structures, Equipment,           40.     Employment, Training, and Contracting Opportunities for    14
      Utilities, and Improvements                                  6              Low-Income Persons, Section 3 of the Housing and
                                                                                  Urban Development Act of 1968
17.   Temporary Buildings and Transportation Materials             7      41.     Interest of Members of Congress                            15
18.   Clean Air and Water                                          7      42.     Interest of Members, Officers, or Employees and Former     15
                                                                                  Members, Officers, or Employees
19.   Energy Efficiency                                            7      43.     Limitations on Payments Made to Influence                  15
20.   Inspection and Acceptance of Construction                    7      44.     Royalties and Patents                                      15
21.   Use and Possession Prior to Completion                       8      45.     Examination and Retention of Contractor’s Records          15
22.   Warranty of Title                                            8      46.     Labor Standards-Davis-Bacon and Related Acts               15
23.   Warranty of Construction                                     8      47.     Non-Federal Prevailing Wage Rates                          19
24.   Prohibition Against Liens                                    9      48.     Procurement of Recovered Materials                         19




Previous editions are obsolete                                     Page 1 of 19                                          form HUD-5370 (11/2006)
Replaces form HUD-5370-A                                                                                           ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G
1. Definitions                                                           (a) The Contractor shall furnish all necessary labor,
                                                                              materials, tools, equipment, and transportation necessary
(a) “Architect” means the person or other entity engaged by                   for performance of the work. The Contractor shall also
     the PHA to perform architectural, engineering, design,                   furnish all necessary water, heat, light, and power not
     and other services related to the work as provided for in                made available to the Contractor by the PHA pursuant to
     the contract. When a PHA uses an engineer to act in this                 the clause entitled Availability and Use of Utility Services
     capacity, the terms “architect” and “engineer” shall be                  herein.
     synonymous. The Architect shall serve as a technical                (b) The Contractor shall perform on the site, and with its own
     representative of the Contracting Officer. The Architect’s               organization, work equivalent to at least [      ] (12 percent
     authority is as set forth elsewhere in this contract.                    unless otherwise indicated) of the total amount of work to
(b) “Contract” means the contract entered into between the                    be performed under the order. This percentage may be
     PHA and the Contractor. It includes the forms of Bid, the                reduced by a supplemental agreement to this order if,
     Bid Bond, the Performance and Payment Bond or Bonds                      during performing the work, the Contractor requests a
     or other assurance of completion, the Certifications,                    reduction and the Contracting Officer determines that the
     Representations, and Other Statements of Bidders (form                   reduction would be to the advantage of the PHA.
     HUD-5370), these General Conditions of the Contract for             (c) At all times during performance of this contract and until
     Construction (form HUD-5370), the applicable wage rate                   the work is completed and accepted, the Contractor shall
     determinations from the U.S. Department of Labor, any                    directly superintend the work or assign and have on the
     special conditions included elsewhere in the contract, the               work site a competent superintendent who is satisfactory
     specifications, and drawings. It includes all formal                     to the Contracting Officer and has authority to act for the
     changes to any of those documents by addendum,                           Contractor.
     change order, or other modification.                                (d) The Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to
(c) “Contracting Officer” means the person delegated the au-                  persons or property that occur as a result of the
     thority by the PHA to enter into, administer, and/or                     Contractor’s fault or negligence, and shall take proper
     terminate this contract and designated as such in writing                safety and health precautions to protect the work, the
     to the Contractor. The term includes any successor                       workers, the public, and the property of others. The
     Contracting Officer and any duly authorized                              Contractor shall hold and save the PHA, its officers and
     representative of the Contracting Officer also designated                agents, free and harmless from liability of any nature
     in writing. The Contracting Officer shall be deemed the                  occasioned by the Contractor’s performance. The
     authorized agent of the PHA in all dealings with the                     Contractor shall also be responsible for all materials
     Contractor.                                                              delivered and work performed until completion and
(d) “Contractor” means the person or other entity entering                    acceptance of the entire work, except for any completed
     into the contract with the PHA to perform all of the work                unit of work which may have been accepted under the
     required under the contract.                                             contract.
(e) “Drawings” means the drawings enumerated in the                      (e) The Contractor shall lay out the work from base lines and
     schedule of drawings contained in the Specifications and                 bench marks indicated on the drawings and be
     as described in the contract clause entitled Specifications              responsible for all lines, levels, and measurements of all
     and Drawings for Construction herein.                                    work executed under the contract. The Contractor shall
(f) “HUD” means the United States of America acting through                   verify the figures before laying out the work and will be
     the Department of Housing and Urban Development                          held responsible for any error resulting from its failure to
     including the Secretary, or any other person designated                  do so.
     to act on its behalf. HUD has agreed, subject to the                (f) The Contractor shall confine all operations (including
     provisions of an Annual Contributions Contract (ACC), to                 storage of materials) on PHA premises to areas
     provide financial assistance to the PHA, which includes                  authorized or approved by the Contracting Officer.
     assistance in financing the work to be performed under              (g) The Contractor shall at all times keep the work area,
     this contract. As defined elsewhere in these General                     including storage areas, free from accumulations of
     Conditions or the contract documents, the determination                  waste materials. After completing the work and before
     of HUD may be required to authorize changes in the work                  final inspection, the Contractor shall (1) remove from the
     or for release of funds to the PHA for payment to the                    premises all scaffolding, equipment, tools, and materials
     Contractor. Notwithstanding HUD’s role, nothing in this                  (including rejected materials) that are not the property of
     contract shall be construed to create any contractual                    the PHA and all rubbish caused by its work; (2) leave the
     relationship between the Contractor and HUD.                             work area in a clean, neat, and orderly condition
(g) “Project” means the entire project, whether construction                  satisfactory to the Contracting Officer; (3) perform all
     or rehabilitation, the work for which is provided for in                 specified tests; and, (4) deliver the installation in
     whole or in part under this contract.                                    complete and operating condition.
(h) “PHA” means the Public Housing Agency organized                      (h) The Contractor’s responsibility will terminate when all
     under applicable state laws which is a party to this                     work has been completed, the final inspection made, and
     contract.                                                                the work accepted by the Contracting Officer. The
(j) “Specifications” means the written description of the                     Contractor will then be released from further obligation
     technical requirements for construction and includes the                 except as required by the warranties specified elsewhere
     criteria and tests for determining whether the                           in the contract.
     requirements are met.
(l) “Work” means materials, workmanship, and manufacture                 3. Architect’s Duties, Responsibilities, and Authority
     and fabrication of components.
                                                                         (a) The Architect for this contract, and any successor, shall
2. Contractor’s Responsibility for Work                                      be designated in writing by the Contracting Officer.

Previous editions are obsolete                                 Page 2 of 19                                      form HUD-5370 (11/2006)
Replaces form HUD-5370-A                                                                                   ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G
(b) The Architect shall serve as the Contracting Officer’s
     technical representative with respect to architectural,              6. Construction Progress Schedule
     engineering, and design matters related to the work
     performed under the contract. The Architect may provide              (a) The Contractor shall, within five days after the work
     direction on contract performance. Such direction shall be               commences on the contract or another period of time
     within the scope of the contract and may not be of a                     determined by the Contracting Officer, prepare and
     nature which: (1) institutes additional work outside the                 submit to the Contracting Officer for approval three
     scope of the contract; (2) constitutes a change as defined               copies of a practicable schedule showing the order in
     in the Changes clause herein; (3) causes an increase or                  which the Contractor proposes to perform the work, and
     decrease in the cost of the contract; (4) alters the                     the dates on which the Contractor contemplates starting
     Construction Progress Schedule; or (5) changes any of                    and completing the several salient features of the work
     the other express terms or conditions of the contract.                   (including acquiring labor, materials, and equipment). The
(c) The Architect’s duties and responsibilities may include but               schedule shall be in the form of a progress chart of
     shall not be limited to:                                                 suitable scale to indicate appropriately the percentage of
     (1) Making periodic visits to the work site, and on the                  work scheduled for completion by any given date during
         basis of his/her on-site inspections, issuing written                the period. If the Contractor fails to submit a schedule
         reports to the PHA which shall include all observed                  within the time prescribed, the Contracting Officer may
         deficiencies. The Architect shall file a copy of the                 withhold approval of progress payments or take other
         report with the Contractor’s designated representative               remedies under the contract until the Contractor submits
         at the site;                                                         the required schedule.
     (2) Making modifications in drawings and technical                   (b) The Contractor shall enter the actual progress on the
         specifications and assisting the Contracting Officer in              chart as required by the Contracting Officer, and
         the preparation of change orders and other contract                  immediately deliver three copies of the annotated
         modifications for issuance by the Contracting Officer;               schedule to the Contracting Officer. If the Contracting
     (3) Reviewing and making recommendations with respect                    Officer determines, upon the basis of inspection
         to - (i) the Contractor’s construction progress                      conducted pursuant to the clause entitled Inspection and
         schedules; (ii) the Contractor’s shop and detailed                   Acceptance of Construction, herein that the Contractor is
         drawings; (iii) the machinery, mechanical and other                  not meeting the approved schedule, the Contractor shall
         equipment and materials or other articles proposed                   take steps necessary to improve its progress, including
         for use by the Contractor; and, (iv) the Contractor’s                those that may be required by the Contracting Officer,
         price breakdown and progress payment estimates;                      without additional cost to the PHA. In this circumstance,
         and,                                                                 the Contracting Officer may require the Contractor to
    (4) Assisting in inspections, signing Certificates of                     increase the number of shifts, overtime operations, days
         Completion, and making recommendations with                          of work, and/or the amount of construction plant, and to
         respect to acceptance of work completed under the                    submit for approval any supplementary schedule or
         contract.                                                            schedules in chart form as the Contracting Officer deems
                                                                              necessary to demonstrate how the approved rate of
4. Other Contracts                                                            progress will be regained.
                                                                          (c) Failure of the Contractor to comply with the requirements
  The PHA may undertake or award other contracts for                          of the Contracting Officer under this clause shall be
  additional work at or near the site of the work under this                  grounds for a determination by the Contracting Officer
  contract. The Contractor shall fully cooperate with the                     that the Contractor is not prosecuting the work with
  other contractors and with PHA employees and shall                          sufficient diligence to ensure completion within the time
  carefully adapt scheduling and performing the work under                    specified in the Contract. Upon making this
  this contract to accommodate the additional work, heeding                   determination, the Contracting Officer may terminate the
  any direction that may be provided by the Contracting                       Contractor’s right to proceed with the work, or any
  Officer. The Contractor shall not commit or permit any act                  separable part of it, in accordance with the Default clause
  that will interfere with the performance of work by any                     of this contract.
  other contractor or by PHA employees
                                                                          7. Site Investigation and Conditions Affecting the Work
Construction Requirements
                                                                          (a) The Contractor acknowledges that it has taken steps
5. Pre-construction Conference and Notice to Proceed                          reasonably necessary to ascertain the nature and
                                                                              location of the work, and that it has investigated and
(a) Within ten calendar days of contract execution, and prior                 satisfied itself as to the general and local conditions
    to the commencement of work, the Contractor shall                         which can affect the work or its cost, including but not
    attend a preconstruction conference with representatives                  limited to, (1) conditions bearing upon transportation,
    of the PHA, its Architect, and other interested parties                   disposal, handling, and storage of materials; (2) the
    convened by the PHA. The conference will serve to                         availability of labor, water, electric power, and roads;(3)
    acquaint the participants with the general plan of the                    uncertainties of weather, river stages, tides, or similar
    construction operation and all other requirements of the                  physical conditions at the site; (4) the conformation and
    contract. The PHA will provide the Contractor with the                    conditions of the ground; and (5) the character of
    date, time, and place of the conference.                                  equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during
(b) The contractor shall begin work upon receipt of a written                 work performance. The Contractor also acknowledges
    Notice to Proceed from the Contracting Officer or                         that it has satisfied itself as to the character, quality, and
    designee. The Contractor shall not begin work prior to                    quantity of surface and subsurface materials or obstacles
    receiving such notice.                                                    to be encountered insofar as this information is

Previous editions are obsolete                                  Page 3 of 19                                      form HUD-5370 (11/2006)
Replaces form HUD-5370-A                                                                                    ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G
    reasonably ascertainable from an inspection of the site,                    promptly submitted to the Contracting Officer, who shall
    including all exploratory work done by the PHA, as well                     promptly make a determination in writing. Any adjustment
    as from the drawings and specifications made a part of                      by the Contractor without such a determination shall be at
    this contract. Any failure of the Contractor to take the                    its own risk and expense. The Contracting Officer shall
    actions described and acknowledged in this paragraph                        furnish from time to time such detailed drawings and
    will not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for                     other information as considered necessary, unless
    estimating properly the difficulty and cost of successfully                 otherwise provided.
    performing the work, or for proceeding to successfully                  (b) Wherever in the specifications or upon the drawings the
    perform the work without additional expense to the PHA.                     words “directed”, “required”, “ordered”, “designated”,
(b) The PHA assumes no responsibility for any conclusions                       “prescribed”, or words of like import are used, it shall be
    or interpretations made by the Contractor based on the                      understood that the “direction”, “requirement”, “order”,
    information made available by the PHA. Nor does the                         “designation”, or “prescription”, of the Contracting Officer
    PHA assume responsibility for any understanding                             is intended and similarly the words “approved”,
    reached or representation made concerning conditions                        “acceptable”, “satisfactory”, or words of like import shall
    which can affect the work by any of its officers or agents                  mean “approved by”, or “acceptable to”, or “satisfactory
    before the execution of this contract, unless that                          to” the Contracting Officer, unless otherwise expressly
    understanding or representation is expressly stated in                      stated.
    this contract.                                                          (c) Where “as shown”, “as indicated”, “as detailed”, or words
                                                                                of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the
8. Differing Site Conditions                                                    reference is made to the drawings accompanying this
                                                                                contract unless stated otherwise. The word “provided” as
(a) The Contractor shall promptly, and before the conditions                    used herein shall be understood to mean “provide
    are disturbed, give a written notice to the Contracting                     complete in place” that is “furnished and installed”.
    Officer of (1) subsurface or latent physical conditions at              (d) “Shop drawings” means drawings, submitted to the PHA
    the site which differ materially from those indicated in this               by the Contractor, subcontractor, or any lower tier
    contract, or (2) unknown physical conditions at the site(s),                subcontractor, showing in detail (1) the proposed
    of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those                    fabrication and assembly of structural elements and (2)
    ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as                          the installation (i.e., form, fit, and attachment details) of
    inhering in work of the character provided for in the                       materials of equipment. It includes drawings, diagrams,
    contract.                                                                   layouts, schematics, descriptive literature, illustrations,
(b) The Contracting Officer shall investigate the site                          schedules, performance and test data, and similar
    conditions promptly after receiving the notice. Work shall                  materials furnished by the Contractor to explain in detail
    not proceed at the affected site, except at the                             specific portions of the work required by the contract. The
    Contractor’s risk, until the Contracting Officer has                        PHA may duplicate, use, and disclose in any manner and
    provided written instructions to the Contractor. If the                     for any purpose shop drawings delivered under this
    conditions do materially so differ and cause an increase                    contract.
    or decrease in the Contractor’s cost of, or the time                    (e) If this contract requires shop drawings, the Contractor
    required for, performing any part of the work under this                    shall coordinate all such drawings, and review them for
    contract, whether or not changed as a result of the                         accuracy, completeness, and compliance with other
    conditions, the Contractor shall file a claim in writing to                 contract requirements and shall indicate its approval
    the PHA within ten days after receipt of such instructions                  thereon as evidence of such coordination and review.
    and, in any event, before proceeding with the work. An                      Shop drawings submitted to the Contracting Officer
    equitable adjustment in the contract price, the delivery                    without evidence of the Contractor’s approval may be
    schedule, or both shall be made under this clause and                       returned for resubmission. The Contracting Officer will
    the contract modified in writing accordingly.                               indicate an approval or disapproval of the shop drawings
(c) No request by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment                    and if not approved as submitted shall indicate the PHA’s
    to the contract under this clause shall be allowed, unless                  reasons therefore. Any work done before such approval
    the Contractor has given the written notice required;                       shall be at the Contractor’s risk. Approval by the
    provided, that the time prescribed in (a) above for giving                  Contracting Officer shall not relieve the Contractor from
    written notice may be extended by the Contracting                           responsibility for any errors or omissions in such
    Officer.                                                                    drawings, nor from responsibility for complying with the
(d) No request by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment                    requirements of this contract, except with respect to
    to the contract for differing site conditions shall be                      variations described and approved in accordance with (f)
    allowed if made after final payment under this contract.                    below.
                                                                            (f) If shop drawings show variations from the contract
9. Specifications and Drawings for Construction                                 requirements, the Contractor shall describe such
                                                                                variations in writing, separate from the drawings, at the
(a) The Contractor shall keep on the work site a copy of the                    time of submission. If the Architect approves any such
    drawings and specifications and shall at all times give the                 variation and the Contracting Officer concurs, the
    Contracting Officer access thereto. Anything mentioned                      Contracting Officer shall issue an appropriate
    in the specifications and not shown on the drawings, or                     modification to the contract, except that, if the variation is
    shown on the drawings and not mentioned in the                              minor or does not involve a change in price or in time of
    specifications, shall be of like effect as if shown or                      performance, a modification need not be issued.
    mentioned in both. In case of difference between                        (g) It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to make
    drawings and specifications, the specifications shall                       timely requests of the PHA for such large scale and full
    govern. In case of discrepancy in the figures, in the                       size drawings, color schemes, and other additional
    drawings, or in the specifications, the matter shall be                     information, not already in his possession, which shall be

Previous editions are obsolete                                    Page 4 of 19                                     form HUD-5370 (11/2006)
Replaces form HUD-5370-A                                                                                     ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G
     required in the planning and production of the work. Such                      machinery and mechanical and other equipment.
     requests may be submitted as the need arises, but each                         When required by this contract or by the Contracting
     such request shall be filed in ample time to permit                            Officer, the Contractor shall also obtain the
     appropriate action to be taken by all parties involved so                      Contracting Officer’s approval of the material or
     as to avoid delay.                                                             articles which the Contractor contemplates
(h) The Contractor shall submit to the Contracting Officer for                      incorporating into the work. When requesting
     approval four copies (unless otherwise indicated) of all                       approval, the Contractor shall provide full information
     shop drawings as called for under the various headings                         concerning the material or articles. Machinery,
     of these specifications. Three sets (unless otherwise                          equipment, material, and articles that do not have the
     indicated) of all shop drawings, will be retained by the                       required approval shall be installed or used at the risk
     PHA and one set will be returned to the Contractor. As                         of subsequent rejection.
     required by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor, upon                  (2) When required by the specifications or the
     completing the work under this contract, shall furnish a                       Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall submit
     complete set of all shop drawings as finally approved.                         appropriately marked samples (and certificates
     These drawings shall show all changes and revisions                            related to them) for approval at the Contractor’s
     made up to the time the work is completed and accepted.                        expense, with all shipping charges prepaid. The
(i) This clause shall be included in all subcontracts at any                        Contractor shall label, or otherwise properly mark on
     tier. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to                      the container, the material or product represented, its
     ensure that all shop drawings prepared by subcontractors                       place of origin, the name of the producer, the
     are submitted to the Contracting Officer.                                      Contractor’s name, and the identification of the
                                                                                    construction project for which the material or product
10. As-Built Drawings                                                               is intended to be used.
                                                                               (3) Certificates shall be submitted in triplicate, describing
(a) “As-built drawings,” as used in this clause, means                              each sample submitted for approval and certifying
    drawings submitted by the Contractor or subcontractor at                        that the material, equipment or accessory complies
    any tier to show the construction of a particular structure                     with contract requirements. The certificates shall
    or work as actually completed under the contract. “As-                          include the name and brand of the product, name of
    built drawings” shall be synonymous with “Record                                manufacturer, and the location where produced.
    drawings.”                                                                  (4) Approval of a sample shall not constitute a waiver of
(b) As required by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor                          the PHA right to demand full compliance with contract
    shall provide the Contracting Officer accurate information                      requirements. Materials, equipment and accessories
    to be used in the preparation of permanent as-built                             may be rejected for cause even though samples have
    drawings. For this purpose, the Contractor shall record on                      been approved.
    one set of contract drawings all changes from the                           (5) Wherever materials are required to comply with
    installations originally indicated, and record final locations                  recognized standards or specifications, such
    of underground lines by depth from finish grade and by                          specifications shall be accepted as establishing the
    accurate horizontal offset distances to permanent surface                       technical qualities and testing methods, but shall not
    improvements such as buildings, curbs, or edges of                              govern the number of tests required to be made nor
    walks.                                                                          modify other contract requirements. The Contracting
(c) This clause shall be included in all subcontracts at any                        Officer may require laboratory test reports on items
    tier. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to                       submitted for approval or may approve materials on
    ensure that all as-built drawings prepared by                                   the basis of data submitted in certificates with
    subcontractors are submitted to the Contracting Officer.                        samples. Check tests will be made on materials
                                                                                    delivered for use only as frequently as the Contracting
11. Material and Workmanship                                                        Officer determines necessary to insure compliance of
                                                                                    materials with the specifications. The Contractor will
(a) All equipment, material, and articles furnished under this                      assume all costs of retesting materials which fail to
    contract shall be new and of the most suitable grade for                        meet contract requirements and/or testing materials
    the purpose intended, unless otherwise specifically                             offered in substitution for those found deficient.
    provided in this contract. References in the contract to                    (6) After approval, samples will be kept in the Project
    equipment, material, articles, or patented processes by                         office until completion of work. They may be built into
    trade name, make, or catalog number, shall be regarded                          the work after a substantial quantity of the materials
    as establishing a standard of quality and shall not be                          they represent has been built in and accepted.
    construed as limiting competition. The Contractor may, at              (c) Requirements concerning lead-based paint. The
    its option, use any equipment, material, article, or                        Contractor shall comply with the requirements concerning
    process that, in the judgment of, and as approved by the                    lead-based paint contained in the Lead-Based Paint
    Contracting Officer, is equal to that named in the                          Poisoning Prevention Act (42 U.S.C. 4821-4846) as
    specifications, unless otherwise specifically provided in                   implemented by 24 CFR Part 35.
    this contract.
(b) Approval of equipment and materials.                                   12. Permits and Codes
    (1) The Contractor shall obtain the Contracting Officer’s
         approval of the machinery and mechanical and other                (a) The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all
         equipment to be incorporated into the work. When                      applicable laws, ordinances, codes, rules and
         requesting approval, the Contractor shall furnish to                  regulations. Notwithstanding the requirement of the
         the Contracting Officer the name of the manufacturer,                 Contractor to comply with the drawings and specifications
         the model number, and other information concerning                    in the contract, all work installed shall comply with all
         the performance, capacity, nature, and rating of the                  applicable codes and regulations as amended by any

Previous editions are obsolete                                   Page 5 of 19                                     form HUD-5370 (11/2006)
Replaces form HUD-5370-A                                                                                    ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G
    waivers. Before installing the work, the Contractor shall
    examine the drawings and the specifications for                        14. Temporary Heating
    compliance with applicable codes and regulations
    bearing on the work and shall immediately report any                        The Contractor shall provide and pay for temporary
    discrepancy it may discover to the Contracting Officer.                     heating, covering, and enclosures necessary to properly
    Where the requirements of the drawings and                                  protect all work and materials against damage by
    specifications fail to comply with the applicable code or                   dampness and cold, to dry out the work, and to facilitate
    regulation, the Contracting Officer shall modify the                        the completion of the work. Any permanent heating
    contract by change order pursuant to the clause entitled                    equipment used shall be turned over to the PHA in the
    Changes herein to conform to the code or regulation.                        condition and at the time required by the specifications.
(b) The Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, fees,
    and licenses necessary for the proper execution and                    15. Availability and Use of Utility Services
    completion of the work. Where the PHA can arrange for
    the issuance of all or part of these permits, fees and                 (a) The PHA shall make all reasonably required amounts of
    licenses, without cost to the Contractor, the contract                     utilities available to the Contractor from existing outlets
    amount shall be reduced accordingly.                                       and supplies, as specified in the contract. Unless
                                                                               otherwise provided in the contract, the amount of each
13. Health, Safety, and Accident Prevention                                    utility service consumed shall be charged to or paid for by
                                                                               the Contractor at prevailing rates charged to the PHA or,
(a) In performing this contract, the Contractor shall:                         where the utility is produced by the PHA, at reasonable
    (1) Ensure that no laborer or mechanic shall be required                   rates determined by the Contracting Officer. The
         to work in surroundings or under working conditions                   Contractor shall carefully conserve any utilities furnished
         which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to                      without charge.
         his/her health and/or safety as determined under                  (b) The Contractor, at its expense and in a manner
         construction safety and health standards promulgated                  satisfactory to the Contracting Officer, shall install and
         by the Secretary of Labor by regulation;                              maintain all necessary temporary connections and
    (2) Protect the lives, health, and safety of other persons;                distribution lines, and all meters required to measure the
    (3) Prevent damage to property, materials, supplies, and                   amount of each utility used for the purpose of determining
         equipment; and,                                                       charges. Before final acceptance of the work by the PHA,
    (4) Avoid work interruptions.                                              the Contractor shall remove all the temporary
(b) For these purposes, the Contractor shall:                                  connections, distribution lines, meters, and associated
     (1) Comply with regulations and standards issued by the                   paraphernalia.
         Secretary of Labor at 29 CFR Part 1926. Failure to
         comply may result in imposition of sanctions pursuant             16. Protection of Existing Vegetation, Structures,
         to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act                   Equipment, Utilities, and Improvements
         (Public Law 91-54, 83 Stat. 96), 40 U.S.C. 3701 et
         seq.; and                                                         (a) The Contractor shall preserve and protect all structures,
    (2) Include the terms of this clause in every subcontract                  equipment, and vegetation (such as trees, shrubs, and
         so that such terms will be binding on each                            grass) on or adjacent to the work site, which are not to be
         subcontractor.                                                        removed under this contract, and which do not
(c) The Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of                        unreasonably interfere with the work required under this
     exposure data on all accidents incident to work                           contract.
     performed under this contract resulting in death,                     (b) The Contractor shall only remove trees when specifically
     traumatic injury, occupational disease, or damage to                      authorized to do so, and shall avoid damaging vegetation
     property, materials, supplies, or equipment, and shall                    that will remain in place. If any limbs or branches of trees
     report this data in the manner prescribed by 29 CFR Part                  are broken during performance of this contract, or by the
     1904.                                                                     careless operation of equipment, or by workmen, the
(d) The Contracting Officer shall notify the Contractor of any                 Contractor shall trim those limbs or branches with a clean
     noncompliance with these requirements and of the                          cut and paint the cut with a tree-pruning compound as
     corrective action required. This notice, when delivered to                directed by the Contracting Officer.
     the Contractor or the Contractor’s representative at the              (c) The Contractor shall protect from damage all existing
     site of the work, shall be deemed sufficient notice of the                improvements and utilities (1) at or near the work site and
     noncompliance and corrective action required. After                       (2) on adjacent property of a third party, the locations of
     receiving the notice, the Contractor shall immediately                    which are made known to or should be known by the
     take corrective action. If the Contractor fails or refuses to             Contractor. Prior to disturbing the ground at the
     take corrective action promptly, the Contracting Officer                  construction site, the Contractor shall ensure that all
     may issue an order stopping all or part of the work until                 underground utility lines are clearly marked.
     satisfactory corrective action has been taken. The                    (d) The Contractor shall shore up, brace, underpin, secure,
     Contractor shall not base any claim or request for                        and protect as necessary all foundations and other parts
     equitable adjustment for additional time or money on any                  of existing structures adjacent to, adjoining, and in the
     stop order issued under these circumstances.                              vicinity of the site, which may be affected by the
(e) The Contractor shall be responsible for its subcontractors’                excavations or other operations connected with the
     compliance with the provisions of this clause. The                        construction of the project.
     Contractor shall take such action with respect to any                 (e) Any equipment temporarily removed as a result of work
     subcontract as the PHA, the Secretary of Housing and                      under this contract shall be protected, cleaned, and
     Urban Development, or the Secretary of Labor shall                        replaced in the same condition as at the time of award of
     direct as a means of enforcing such provisions.                           this contract.

Previous editions are obsolete                                   Page 6 of 19                                     form HUD-5370 (11/2006)
Replaces form HUD-5370-A                                                                                    ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G
(f) New work which connects to existing work shall                           The contactor shall comply with the Clean Air Act, as
     correspond in all respects with that to which it connects               amended, 42 USC 7401 et seq., the Federal Water
     and/or be similar to existing work unless otherwise                     Pollution Control Water Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. 1251
     required by the specifications.                                         et seq., and standards issued pursuant thereto in the
(g) No structural members shall be altered or in any way                     facilities in which this contract is to be performed.
     weakened without the written authorization of the
     Contracting Officer, unless such work is clearly specified         19. Energy Efficiency
     in the plans or specifications.
(h) If the removal of the existing work exposes discolored or                The Contractor shall comply with mandatory standards
     unfinished surfaces, or work out of alignment, such                     and policies relating to energy efficiency which are
     surfaces shall be refinished, or the material replaced as               contained in the energy conservation plan issued in
     necessary to make the continuous work uniform and                       compliance with the Energy Policy and Conservation Act
     harmonious. This, however, shall not be construed to                    (Pub.L. 94-163) for the State in which the work under the
     require the refinishing or reconstruction of dissimilar                 contract is performed.
     finishes previously exposed, or finished surfaces in good
     condition, but in different planes or on different levels          20. Inspection and Acceptance of Construction
     when brought together by the removal of intervening
     work, unless such refinishing or reconstruction is                 (a) Definitions. As used in this clause -
     specified in the plans or specifications.                             (1) “Acceptance” means the act of an authorized
(i) The Contractor shall give all required notices to any                   representative of the PHA by which the PHA approves
     adjoining or adjacent property owner or other party before             and assumes ownership of the work performed under this
     the commencement of any work.                                          contract. Acceptance may be partial or complete.
(j) The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the                   (2) “Inspection” means examining and testing the work
     PHA from any damages on account of settlement or the                   performed under the contract (including, when
     loss of lateral support of adjoining property, any damages             appropriate, raw materials, equipment, components, and
     from changes in topography affecting drainage, and from                intermediate assemblies) to determine whether it
     all loss or expense and all damages for which the PHA                  conforms to contract requirements.
     may become liable in consequence of such injury or                    (3) “Testing” means that element of inspection that
     damage to adjoining and adjacent structures and their                  determines the properties or elements, including
     premises.                                                              functional operation of materials, equipment, or their
(k) The Contractor shall repair any damage to vegetation,                   components, by the application of established scientific
     structures, equipment, utilities, or improvements,                     principles and procedures.
     including those that are the property of a third party,            (b) The Contractor shall maintain an adequate inspection
     resulting from failure to comply with the requirements of              system and perform such inspections as will ensure that
     this contract or failure to exercise reasonable care in                the work performed under the contract conforms to
     performing the work. If the Contractor fails or refuses to             contract requirements. All work is subject to PHA
     repair the damage promptly, the Contracting Officer may                inspection and test at all places and at all reasonable
     have the necessary work performed and charge the cost                  times before acceptance to ensure strict compliance with
     to the Contractor.                                                     the terms of the contract.
                                                                        (c) PHA inspections and tests are for the sole benefit of the
17. Temporary Buildings and Transportation of Materials                     PHA and do not: (1) relieve the Contractor of
                                                                            responsibility for providing adequate quality control
(a) Temporary buildings (e.g., storage sheds, shops, offices,               measures; (2) relieve the Contractor of responsibility for
    sanitary facilities) and utilities may be erected by the                loss or damage of the material before acceptance; (3)
    Contractor only with the approval of the Contracting                    constitute or imply acceptance; or, (4) affect the
    Officer and shall be built with labor and materials                     continuing rights of the PHA after acceptance of the
    furnished by the Contractor without expense to the PHA.                 completed work under paragraph (j) below.
    The temporary buildings and utilities shall remain the              (d) The presence or absence of the PHA inspector does not
    property of the Contractor and shall be removed by the                  relieve the Contractor from any contract requirement, nor
    Contractor at its expense upon completion of the work.                  is the inspector authorized to change any term or
    With the written consent of the Contracting Officer, the                condition of the specifications without the Contracting
    buildings and utilities may be abandoned and need not                   Officer’s written authorization. All instructions and
    be removed.                                                             approvals with respect to the work shall be given to the
(b) The Contractor shall, as directed by the Contracting                    Contractor by the Contracting Officer.
    Officer, use only established roadways, or use temporary            (e) The Contractor shall promptly furnish, without additional
    roadways constructed by the Contractor when and as                      charge, all facilities, labor, and material reasonably
    authorized by the Contracting Officer. When materials are               needed for performing such safe and convenient
    transported in prosecuting the work, vehicles shall not be              inspections and tests as may be required by the
    loaded beyond the loading capacity recommended by the                   Contracting Officer. The PHA may charge to the
    manufacturer of the vehicle or prescribed by any federal,               Contractor any additional cost of inspection or test when
    state, or local law or regulation. When it is necessary to              work is not ready at the time specified by the Contractor
    cross curbs or sidewalks, the Contractor shall protect                  for inspection or test, or when prior rejection makes
    them from damage. The Contractor shall repair or pay for                reinspection or retest necessary. The PHA shall perform
    the repair of any damaged curbs, sidewalks, or roads.                   all inspections and tests in a manner that will not
                                                                            unnecessarily delay the work. Special, full size, and
18. Clean Air and Water                                                     performance tests shall be performed as described in the
                                                                            contract.

Previous editions are obsolete                                Page 7 of 19                                    form HUD-5370 (11/2006)
Replaces form HUD-5370-A                                                                                ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G
(f) The PHA may conduct routine inspections of the                              occupied without proper remuneration therefore. If prior
      construction site on a daily basis.                                       possession or use by the PHA delays the progress of the
(g) The Contractor shall, without charge, replace or correct                    work or causes additional expense to the Contractor, an
      work found by the PHA not to conform to contract                          equitable adjustment shall be made in the contract price
      requirements, unless the PHA decides that it is in its                    or the time of completion, and the contract shall be
      interest to accept the work with an appropriate                           modified in writing accordingly.
      adjustment in contract price. The Contractor shall
      promptly segregate and remove rejected material from                 22. Warranty of Title
      the premises.
(h) If the Contractor does not promptly replace or correct                      The Contractor warrants good title to all materials,
      rejected work, the PHA may (1) by contract or otherwise,                  supplies, and equipment incorporated in the work and
      replace or correct the work and charge the cost to the                    agrees to deliver the premises together with all
      Contractor, or (2) terminate for default the Contractor’s                 improvements thereon free from any claims, liens or
      right to proceed.                                                         charges, and agrees further that neither it nor any other
(i) If any work requiring inspection is covered up without ap-                  person, firm or corporation shall have any right to a lien
      proval of the PHA, it must, if requested by the Contracting               upon the premises or anything appurtenant thereto.
      Officer, be uncovered at the expense of the Contractor. If
      at any time before final acceptance of the entire work, the          23. Warranty of Construction
      PHA considers it necessary or advisable, to examine
      work already completed by removing or tearing it out, the            (a) In addition to any other warranties in this contract, the
      Contractor, shall on request, promptly furnish all                        Contractor warrants, except as provided in paragraph (j)
      necessary facilities, labor, and material. If such work is                of this clause, that work performed under this contract
      found to be defective or nonconforming in any material                    conforms to the contract requirements and is free of any
      respect due to the fault of the Contractor or its                         defect in equipment, material, or workmanship performed
      subcontractors, the Contractor shall defray all the                       by the Contractor or any subcontractor or supplier at any
      expenses of the examination and of satisfactory                           tier. This warranty shall continue for a period of ________
      reconstruction. If, however, such work is found to meet                   (one year unless otherwise indicated) from the date of
      the requirements of the contract, the Contracting Officer                 final acceptance of the work. If the PHA takes possession
      shall make an equitable adjustment to cover the cost of                   of any part of the work before final acceptance, this
      the examination and reconstruction, including, if                         warranty shall continue for a period of (one year unless
      completion of the work was thereby delayed, an                            otherwise indicated) from the date that the PHA takes
      extension of time.                                                        possession.
(j) The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer, in                (b) The Contractor shall remedy, at the Contractor’s
      writing, as to the date when in its opinion all or a                      expense, any failure to conform, or any defect. In
      designated portion of the work will be substantially                      addition, the Contractor shall remedy, at the Contractor’s
      completed and ready for inspection. If the Architect                      expense, any damage to PHA-owned or controlled real or
      determines that the state of preparedness is as                           personal property when the damage is the result of—
      represented, the PHA will promptly arrange for the                       (1) The Contractor’s failure to conform to contract require-
      inspection. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, the                    ments; or
      PHA shall accept, as soon as practicable after completion                (2) Any defects of equipment, material, workmanship or
      and inspection, all work required by the contract or that                      design furnished by the Contractor.
      portion of the work the Contracting Officer determines               (c) The Contractor shall restore any work damaged in
      and designates can be accepted separately. Acceptance                     fulfilling the terms and conditions of this clause. The
      shall be final and conclusive except for latent defects,                  Contractor’s warranty with respect to work repaired or
      fraud, gross mistakes amounting to fraud, or the PHA’s                    replaced will run for (one year unless otherwise indicated)
      right under any warranty or guarantee.                                    from the date of repair or replacement.
                                                                           (d) The Contracting Officer shall notify the Contractor, in
21. Use and Possession Prior to Completion                                      writing, within a reasonable time after the discovery of
                                                                                any failure, defect or damage.
(a) The PHA shall have the right to take possession of or use              (e) If the Contractor fails to remedy any failure, defect, or
    any completed or partially completed part of the work.                      damage within a reasonable time after receipt of notice,
    Before taking possession of or using any work, the                          the PHA shall have the right to replace, repair or
    Contracting Officer shall furnish the Contractor a list of                  otherwise remedy the failure, defect, or damage at the
    items of work remaining to be performed or corrected on                     Contractor’s expense.
    those portions of the work that the PHA intends to take                (f) With respect to all warranties, express or implied, from
    possession of or use. However, failure of the Contracting                   subcontractors, manufacturers, or suppliers for work
    Officer to list any item of work shall not relieve the                      performed and materials furnished under this contract,
    Contractor of responsibility for complying with the terms                   the Contractor shall:
    of the contract. The PHA’s possession or use shall not be                  (1) Obtain all warranties that would be given in normal
    deemed an acceptance of any work under the contract.                             commercial practice;
(b) While the PHA has such possession or use, the                              (2) Require all warranties to be executed in writing, for the
    Contractor shall be relieved of the responsibility for (1)                       benefit of the PHA; and,
    the loss of or damage to the work resulting from the                       (3) Enforce all warranties for the benefit of the PHA.
    PHA’s possession or use, notwithstanding the terms of                  (g) In the event the Contractor’s warranty under paragraph
    the clause entitled Permits and Codes herein; (2) all                       (a) of this clause has expired, the PHA may bring suit at
    maintenance costs on the areas occupied; and, (3)                           its own expense to enforce a subcontractor’s,
    furnishing heat, light, power, and water used in the areas                  manufacturer’s or supplier’s warranty.

Previous editions are obsolete                                   Page 8 of 19                                      form HUD-5370 (11/2006)
Replaces form HUD-5370-A                                                                                     ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G
(h) Unless a defect is caused by the negligence of the                            basis for determining progress payments. The breakdown
     Contractor or subcontractor or supplier at any tier, the                     shall be approved by the Contracting Officer and must be
     Contractor shall not be liable for the repair of any defect                  acceptable to HUD. If the contract covers more than one
     of material or design furnished by the PHA nor for the                       project, the Contractor shall furnish a separate
     repair of any damage that results from any defect in PHA                     breakdown for each. The values and quantities employed
     furnished material or design.                                                in making up this breakdown are for determining the
(i) Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, the                    amount of progress payments and shall not be construed
     establishment of the time periods in paragraphs (a) and                      as a basis for additions to or deductions from the contract
     (c) above relate only to the specific obligation of the                      price. The Contractor shall prorate its overhead and profit
     Contractor to correct the work, and have no relationship                     over the construction period of the contract.
     to the time within which its obligation to comply with the              (d) The Contractor shall submit, on forms provided by the
     contract may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time                       PHA, periodic estimates showing the value of the work
     within which proceedings may be commenced to                                 performed during each period based upon the approved
     establish the Contractor’s liability with respect to its                     breakdown of the contract price. Such estimates shall be
     obligation other than specifically to correct the work.                                                     14
                                                                                  submitted not later than _________ days in advance of
(j) This warranty shall not limit the PHA’s rights under the                      the date set for payment and are subject to correction
     Inspection and Acceptance of Construction clause of this                     and revision as required. The estimates must be
     contract with respect to latent defects, gross mistakes or                   approved by the Contracting Officer with the concurrence
     fraud.                                                                       of the Architect prior to payment. If the contract covers
                                                                                  more than one project, the Contractor shall furnish a
24. Prohibition Against Liens                                                     separate progress payment estimate for each.
                                                                             (e) Along with each request for progress payments and the
    The Contractor is prohibited from placing a lien on the                       required estimates, the Contractor shall furnish the
    PHA’s property. This prohibition shall apply to all                           following certification, or payment shall not be made:
    subcontractors at any tier and all materials suppliers.                       I hereby certify, to the best of my knowledge and belief,
                                                                                  that:
Administrative Requirements                                                      (1) The amounts requested are only for performance in
                                                                                       accordance with the specifications, terms, and
25. Contract Period                                                                    conditions of the contract;
                                                                                 (2) Payments to subcontractors and suppliers have been
    The Contractor shall complete all work required under                              made from previous payments received under the
                           365
    this contract within _______ calendar days of the                                  contract, and timely payments will be made from the
    effective date of the contract, or within the time schedule                        proceeds of the payment covered by this certification,
    established in the notice to proceed issued by the                                 in accordance with subcontract agreements; and,
    Contracting Officer.                                                         (3) This request for progress payments does not include
                                                                                       any amounts which the prime contractor intends to
26. Order of Provisions                                                                withhold or retain from a subcontractor or supplier in
                                                                                       accordance with the terms and conditions of the
    In the event of a conflict between these General                                   subcontract.
    Conditions and the Specifications, the General
    Conditions shall prevail. In the event of a conflict between                    _________________________________________
    the contract and any applicable state or local law or                           Name:
    regulation, the state or local law or regulation shall
    prevail; provided that such state or local law or regulation                    _________________________________________
    does not conflict with, or is less restrictive than applicable                  Title:
    federal law, regulation, or Executive Order. In the event
    of such a conflict, applicable federal law, regulation, and                     _________________________________________
    Executive Order shall prevail.                                                  Date:

27. Payments                                                                 (f) Except as otherwise provided in State law, the PHA shall
                                                                                  retain ten (10) percent of the amount of progress
(a) The PHA shall pay the Contractor the price as provided in                     payments until completion and acceptance of all work
    this contract.                                                                under the contract; except, that if upon completion of 50
(b) The PHA shall make progress payments approximately                            percent of the work, the Contracting Officer, after
    every 30 days as the work proceeds, on estimates of                           consulting with the Architect, determines that the
    work accomplished which meets the standards of quality                        Contractor’s performance and progress are satisfactory,
    established under the contract, as approved by the                            the PHA may make the remaining payments in full for the
    Contracting Officer. The PHA may, subject to written                          work subsequently completed. If the Contracting Officer
    determination and approval of the Contracting Officer,                        subsequently determines that the Contractor’s
    make more frequent payments to contractors which are                          performance and progress are unsatisfactory, the PHA
    qualified small businesses.                                                   shall reinstate the ten (10) percent (or other percentage
(c) Before the first progress payment under this contract, the                    as provided in State law) retainage until such time as the
    Contractor shall furnish, in such detail as requested by                      Contracting Officer determines that performance and
    the Contracting Officer, a breakdown of the total contract                    progress are satisfactory.
    price showing the amount included therein for each                       (g) The Contracting Officer may authorize material delivered
    principal category of the work, which shall substantiate                      on the site and preparatory work done to be taken into
    the payment amount requested in order to provide a                            consideration when computing progress payments.

Previous editions are obsolete                                     Page 9 of 19                                    form HUD-5370 (11/2006)
Replaces form HUD-5370-A                                                                                     ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G
     Material delivered to the Contractor at locations other                     responsibilities of the parties (e.g., change in the PHA
     than the site may also be taken into consideration if the                   address). All other contract modifications shall be in the
     Contractor furnishes satisfactory evidence that (1) it has                  form of supplemental agreements signed by the
     acquired title to such material; (2) the material is properly               Contractor and the Contracting Officer.
     stored in a bonded warehouse, storage yard, or similar                  (c) When a proposed modification requires the approval of
     suitable place as may be approved by the Contracting                        HUD prior to its issuance (e.g., a change order that
     Officer; (3) the material is insured to cover its full value;               exceeds the PHA’s approved threshold), such
     and (4) the material will be used to perform this contract.                 modification shall not be effective until the required
     Before any progress payment which includes delivered                        approval is received by the PHA.
     material is made, the Contractor shall furnish such
     documentation as the Contracting Officer may require to                 29. Changes
     assure the protection of the PHA’s interest in such
     materials. The Contractor shall remain responsible for                  (a) The Contracting Officer may, at any time, without notice
     such stored material notwithstanding the transfer of title                   to the sureties, by written order designated or indicated to
     to the PHA.                                                                  be a change order, make changes in the work within the
(h) All material and work covered by progress payments                            general scope of the contract including changes:
     made shall, at the time of payment become the sole                          (1) In the specifications (including drawings and designs);
     property of the PHA, but this shall not be construed as (1)                 (2) In the method or manner of performance of the work;
     relieving the Contractor from the sole responsibility for all               (3) PHA-furnished facilities, equipment, materials,
     material and work upon which payments have been                                   services, or site; or,
     made or the restoration of any damaged work; or, (2)                        (4) Directing the acceleration in the performance of the
     waiving the right of the PHA to require the fulfillment of all                    work.
     of the terms of the contract. In the event the work of the              (b) Any other written order or oral order (which, as used in
     Contractor has been damaged by other contractors or                          this paragraph (b), includes direction, instruction,
     persons other than employees of the PHA in the course                        interpretation, or determination) from the Contracting
     of their employment, the Contractor shall restore such                       Officer that causes a change shall be treated as a
     damaged work without cost to the PHA and to seek                             change order under this clause; provided, that the
     redress for its damage only from those who directly                          Contractor gives the Contracting Officer written notice
     caused it.                                                                   stating (1) the date, circumstances and source of the
(i) The PHA shall make the final payment due the Contractor                       order and (2) that the Contractor regards the order as a
     under this contract after (1) completion and final                           change order.
     acceptance of all work; and (2) presentation of release of              (c) Except as provided in this clause, no order, statement or
     all claims against the PHA arising by virtue of this                         conduct of the Contracting Officer shall be treated as a
     contract, other than claims, in stated amounts, that the                     change under this clause or entitle the Contractor to an
     Contractor has specifically excepted from the operation of                   equitable adjustment.
     the release. Each such exception shall embrace no more                  (d) If any change under this clause causes an increase or
     than one claim, the basis and scope of which shall be                        decrease in the Contractor’s cost of, or the time required
     clearly defined. The amounts for such excepted claims                        for the performance of any part of the work under this
     shall not be included in the request for final payment. A                    contract, whether or not changed by any such order, the
     release may also be required of the assignee if the                          Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment
     Contractor’s claim to amounts payable under this contract                    and modify the contract in writing. However, except for a
     has been assigned.                                                           adjustment based on defective specifications, no
(j) Prior to making any payment, the Contracting Officer may                      proposal for any change under paragraph (b) above shall
     require the Contractor to furnish receipts or other                          be allowed for any costs incurred more than 20 days (5
     evidence of payment from all persons performing work                         days for oral orders) before the Contractor gives written
     and supplying material to the Contractor, if the                             notice as required. In the case of defective specifications
     Contracting Officer determines such evidence is                              for which the PHA is responsible, the equitable
     necessary to substantiate claimed costs.                                     adjustment shall include any increased cost reasonably
(k) The PHA shall not; (1) determine or adjust any claims for                     incurred by the Contractor in attempting to comply with
     payment or disputes arising there under between the                          the defective specifications.
     Contractor and its subcontractors or material suppliers;                (e) The Contractor must assert its right to an adjustment
     or, (2) withhold any moneys for the protection of the                        under this clause within 30 days after (1) receipt of a
     subcontractors or material suppliers. The failure or                         written change order under paragraph (a) of this clause,
     refusal of the PHA to withhold moneys from the                               or (2) the furnishing of a written notice under paragraph
     Contractor shall in nowise impair the obligations of any                     (b) of this clause, by submitting a written statement
     surety or sureties under any bonds furnished under this                      describing the general nature and the amount of the
     contract.                                                                    proposal. If the facts justify it, the Contracting Officer may
                                                                                  extend the period for submission. The proposal may be
28. Contract Modifications                                                        included in the notice required under paragraph (b)
                                                                                  above. No proposal by the Contractor for an equitable
(a) Only the Contracting Officer has authority to modify any                      adjustment shall be allowed if asserted after final
    term or condition of this contract. Any contract                              payment under this contract.
    modification shall be authorized in writing.                             (f) The Contractor’s written proposal for equitable adjustment
(b) The Contracting Officer may modify the contract                               shall be submitted in the form of a lump sum proposal
    unilaterally (1) pursuant to a specific authorization stated                  supported with an itemized breakdown of all increases
    in a contract clause (e.g., Changes); or (2) for                              and decreases in the contract in at least the following
    administrative matters which do not change the rights or                      details:

Previous editions are obsolete                                     Page 10 of 19                                      form HUD-5370 (11/2006)
Replaces form HUD-5370-A                                                                                       ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G
     (1) Direct Costs. Materials (list individual items, the                    been so suspended, delayed, or interrupted by any other
          quantity and unit cost of each, and the aggregate                     cause, including the fault or negligence of the Contractor
          cost); Transportation and delivery costs associated                   or for which any equitable adjustment is provided for or
          with materials; Labor breakdowns by hours or unit                     excluded under any other provision of this contract.
          costs (identified with specific work to be performed);            (c) A claim under this clause shall not be allowed (1) for any
          Construction equipment exclusively necessary for the                  costs incurred more than 20 days before the Contractor
          change; Costs of preparation and/ or revision to shop                 shall have notified the Contracting Officer in writing of the
          drawings resulting from the change; Worker’s                          act or failure to act involved (but this requirement shall
          Compensation and Public Liability Insurance;                          not apply as to a claim resulting from a suspension
          Employment taxes under FICA and FUTA; and, Bond                       order); and, (2) unless the claim, in an amount stated, is
          Costs when size of change warrants revision.                          asserted in writing as soon as practicable after the
    (2) Indirect Costs. Indirect costs may include overhead,                    termination of the suspension, delay, or interruption, but
          general and administrative expenses, and fringe                       not later than the date of final payment under the
          benefits not normally treated as direct costs.                        contract.
    (3) Profit. The amount of profit shall be negotiated and
          may vary according to the nature, extent, and                     31. Disputes
          complexity of the work required by the change.
     The allowability of the direct and indirect costs shall be             (a) “Claim,” as used in this clause, means a written demand
     determined in accordance with the Contract Cost                             or written assertion by one of the contracting parties
     Principles and Procedures for Commercial Firms in Part                      seeking, as a matter of right, the payment of money in a
     31 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (48 CFR 1-31),                     sum certain, the adjustment or interpretation of contract
     as implemented by HUD Handbook 2210.18, in effect on                        terms, or other relief arising under or relating to the
     the date of this contract. The Contractor shall not be                      contract. A claim arising under the contract, unlike a
     allowed a profit on the profit received by any                              claim relating to the contract, is a claim that can be
     subcontractor. Equitable adjustments for deleted work                       resolved under a contract clause that provides for the
     shall include a credit for profit and may include a credit                  relief sought by the claimant. A voucher, invoice, or other
     for indirect costs. On proposals covering both increases                    routine request for payment that is not in dispute when
     and decreases in the amount of the contract, the                            submitted is not a claim. The submission may be
     application of indirect costs and profit shall be on the net-               converted to a claim by complying with the requirements
     change in direct costs for the Contractor or subcontractor                  of this clause, if it is disputed either as to liability or
     performing the work.                                                        amount or is not acted upon in a reasonable time.
(g) The Contractor shall include in the proposal its request                (b) Except for disputes arising under the clauses entitled
     for time extension (if any), and shall include sufficient                   Labor Standards - Davis Bacon and Related Acts, herein,
     information and dates to demonstrate whether and to                         all disputes arising under or relating to this contract,
     what extent the change will delay the completion of the                     including any claims for damages for the alleged breach
     contract in its entirety.                                                   thereof which are not disposed of by agreement, shall be
(h) The Contracting Officer shall act on proposals within 30                     resolved under this clause.
     days after their receipt, or notify the Contractor of the              (c) All claims by the Contractor shall be made in writing and
     date when such action will be taken.                                        submitted to the Contracting Officer for a written decision.
(i) Failure to reach an agreement on any proposal shall be a                     A claim by the PHA against the Contractor shall be
     dispute under the clause entitled Disputes herein.                          subject to a written decision by the Contracting Officer.
     Nothing in this clause, however, shall excuse the                      (d) The Contracting Officer shall, within 60 (unless otherwise
     Contractor from proceeding with the contract as changed.                    indicated) days after receipt of the request, decide the
(j) Except in an emergency endangering life or property, no                      claim or notify the Contractor of the date by which the
     change shall be made by the Contractor without a prior                      decision will be made.
     order from the Contracting Officer.                                    (e) The Contracting Officer’s decision shall be final unless
                                                                                 the Contractor (1) appeals in writing to a higher level in
30. Suspension of Work                                                           the PHA in accordance with the PHA’s policy and
                                                                                 procedures, (2) refers the appeal to an independent
(a) The Contracting Officer may order the Contractor in                          mediator or arbitrator, or (3) files suit in a court of
    writing to suspend, delay, or interrupt all or any part of the               competent jurisdiction. Such appeal must be made within
    work of this contract for the period of time that the                        (30 unless otherwise indicated) days after receipt of the
    Contracting Officer determines appropriate for the                           Contracting Officer’s decision.
    convenience of the PHA.                                                 (f) The Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance
(b) If the performance of all or any part of the work is, for an                 of this contract, pending final resolution of any request for
    unreasonable period of time, suspended, delayed, or                          relief, claim, appeal, or action arising under or relating to
    interrupted (1) by an act of the Contracting Officer in the                  the contract, and comply with any decision of the
    administration of this contract, or (2) by the Contracting                   Contracting Officer.
    Officer’s failure to act within the time specified (or within a
    reasonable time if not specified) in this contract an                   32. Default
    adjustment shall be made for any increase in the cost of
    performance of the contract (excluding profit) necessarily               (a) If the Contractor refuses or fails to prosecute the work, or
    caused by such unreasonable suspension, delay, or                           any separable part thereof, with the diligence that will
    interruption and the contract modified in writing                           insure its completion within the time specified in this
    accordingly. However, no adjustment shall be made                           contract, or any extension thereof, or fails to complete
    under this clause for any suspension, delay, or                             said work within this time, the Contracting Officer may, by
    interruption to the extent that performance would have                      written notice to the Contractor, terminate the right to

Previous editions are obsolete                                    Page 11 of 19                                     form HUD-5370 (11/2006)
Replaces form HUD-5370-A                                                                                     ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G
     proceed with the work (or separable part of the work) that                   completion of the work together with any increased costs
     has been delayed. In this event, the PHA may take over                       occasioned the PHA in completing the work.
     the work and complete it, by contract or otherwise, and                 (c) If the PHA does not terminate the Contractor’s right to
     may take possession of and use any materials,                                proceed, the resulting damage will consist of liquidated
     equipment, and plant on the work site necessary for                          damages until the work is completed or accepted.
     completing the work. The Contractor and its sureties shall
     be liable for any damage to the PHA resulting from the                  34. Termination for Convenience
     Contractor’s refusal or failure to complete the work within
     the specified time, whether or not the Contractor’s right to            (a) The Contracting Officer may terminate this contract in
     proceed with the work is terminated. This liability includes                whole, or in part, whenever the Contracting Officer
     any increased costs incurred by the PHA in completing                       determines that such termination is in the best interest of
     the work.                                                                   the PHA. Any such termination shall be effected by
(b) The Contractor’s right to proceed shall not be terminated                    delivery to the Contractor of a Notice of Termination
     or the Contractor charged with damages under this                           specifying the extent to which the performance of the
     clause if—                                                                  work under the contract is terminated, and the date upon
    (1) The delay in completing the work arises from                             which such termination becomes effective.
         unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without                 (b) If the performance of the work is terminated, either in
         the fault or negligence of the Contractor. Examples of                  whole or in part, the PHA shall be liable to the Contractor
         such causes include (i) acts of God, or of the public                   for reasonable and proper costs resulting from such
         enemy, (ii) acts of the PHA or other governmental                       termination upon the receipt by the PHA of a properly
         entity in either its sovereign or contractual capacity,                 presented claim setting out in detail: (1) the total cost of
         (iii) acts of another contractor in the performance of a                the work performed to date of termination less the total
         contract with the PHA, (iv) fires, (v) floods, (vi)                     amount of contract payments made to the Contractor; (2)
         epidemics, (vii) quarantine restrictions, (viii) strikes,               the cost (including reasonable profit) of settling and
         (ix) freight embargoes, (x) unusually severe weather,                   paying claims under subcontracts and material orders for
         or (xi) delays of subcontractors or suppliers at any tier               work performed and materials and supplies delivered to
         arising from unforeseeable causes beyond the control                    the site, payment for which has not been made by the
         and without the fault or negligence of both the                         PHA to the Contractor or by the Contractor to the
         Contractor and the subcontractors or suppliers; and                     subcontractor or supplier; (3) the cost of preserving and
    (2) The Contractor, within days (10 days unless otherwise                    protecting the work already performed until the PHA or
         indicated) from the beginning of such delay (unless                     assignee takes possession thereof or assumes
         extended by the Contracting Officer) notifies the                       responsibility therefore; (4) the actual or estimated cost of
         Contracting Officer in writing of the causes of delay.                  legal and accounting services reasonably necessary to
         The Contracting Officer shall ascertain the facts and                   prepare and present the termination claim to the PHA;
         the extent of the delay. If, in the judgment of the                     and (5) an amount constituting a reasonable profit on the
         Contracting Officer, the findings of fact warrant such                  value of the work performed by the Contractor.
         action, time for completing the work shall be extended              (c) The Contracting Officer will act on the Contractor’s claim
         by written modification to the contract. The findings of                within days (60 days unless otherwise indicated) of
         the Contracting Officer shall be reduced to a written                   receipt of the Contractor’s claim.
         decision which shall be subject to the provisions of                (d) Any disputes with regard to this clause are expressly
         the Disputes clause of this contract.                                   made subject to the provisions of the Disputes clause of
(c) If, after termination of the Contractor’s right to proceed, it               this contract.
     is determined that the Contractor was not in default, or
     that the delay was excusable, the rights and obligations                35. Assignment of Contract
     of the parties will be the same as if the termination had
     been for convenience of the PHA.                                              The Contractor shall not assign or transfer any interest in
                                                                                   this contract; except that claims for monies due or to
33. Liquidated Damages                                                             become due from the PHA under the contract may be
                                                                                   assigned to a bank, trust company, or other financial
(a) If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the time                   institution. Such assignments of claims shall only be
    specified in the contract, or any extension, as specified in                   made with the written concurrence of the Contracting
    the clause entitled Default of this contract, the Contractor                   Officer. If the Contractor is a partnership, this contract
    shall pay to the PHA as liquidated damages, the sum of                         shall inure to the benefit of the surviving or remaining
        1000.00
    $___________ Contracting Officer insert amount] for                            member(s) of such partnership as approved by the
    each day of delay. If different completion dates are                           Contracting Officer.
    specified in the contract for separate parts or stages of
    the work, the amount of liquidated damages shall be                      36. Insurance
    assessed on those parts or stages which are delayed. To
    the extent that the Contractor’s delay or nonperformance                 (a) Before commencing work, the Contractor and each
    is excused under another clause in this contract,                             subcontractor shall furnish the PHA with certificates of
    liquidated damages shall not be due the PHA. The                              insurance showing the following insurance is in force and
    Contractor remains liable for damages caused other than                       will insure all operations under the Contract:
    by delay.                                                                    (1) Workers’ Compensation, in accordance with state or
(b) If the PHA terminates the Contractor’s right to proceed,                           Territorial Workers’ Compensation laws.
    the resulting damage will consist of liquidated damages                      (2) Commercial General Liability with a combined single
    until such reasonable time as may be required for final                            limit for bodily injury and property damage of not less
                                                                                               2,000,000
                                                                                       than $________ [Contracting Officer insert amount]

Previous editions are obsolete                                     Page 12 of 19                                      form HUD-5370 (11/2006)
Replaces form HUD-5370-A                                                                                       ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G
         per occurrence to protect the Contractor and each                       (2) “Subcontractor” means any supplier, vendor, or firm
         subcontractor against claims for bodily injury or death                      that furnishes supplies, materials, equipment, or
         and damage to the property of others. This shall                             services to or for the Contractor or another
         cover the use of all equipment, hoists, and vehicles                         subcontractor.
         on the site(s) not covered by Automobile Liability                  (b) The Contractor shall not enter into any subcontract with
         under (3) below. If the Contractor has a “claims-                        any subcontractor who has been temporarily denied
         made” policy, then the following additional                              participation in a HUD program or who has been
         requirements apply: the policy must provide a                            suspended or debarred from participating in contracting
         “retroactive date” which must be on or before the                        programs by any agency of the United States
         execution date of the Contract; and the extended                         Government or of the state in which the work under this
         reporting period may not be less than five years                         contract is to be performed.
         following the completion date of the Contract.                      (c) The Contractor shall be as fully responsible for the acts or
   (3) Automobile Liability on owned and non -owned motor                         omissions of its subcontractors, and of persons either
         vehicles used on the site(s) or in connection therewith                  directly or indirectly employed by them as for the acts or
         for a combined single limit for bodily injury and                        omissions of persons directly employed by the
                                              2,000,000
         property damage of not less than $______                                 Contractor.
         [Contracting Officer insert amount] per occurrence.                 (d) The Contractor shall insert appropriate clauses in all
(b) Before commencing work, the Contractor shall furnish the                      subcontracts to bind subcontractors to the terms and
    PHA with a certificate of insurance evidencing that                           conditions of this contract insofar as they are applicable
    Builder’s Risk (fire and extended coverage) Insurance on                      to the work of subcontractors.
    all work in place and/or materials stored at the building                (e) Nothing contained in this contract shall create any
    site(s), including foundations and building equipment, is                     contractual relationship between any subcontractor and
    in force. The Builder’s Risk Insurance shall be for the                       the PHA or between the subcontractor and HUD.
    benefit of the Contractor and the PHA as their interests
    may appear and each shall be named in the policy or                      38. Subcontracting with Small and Minority Firms,
    policies as an insured. The Contractor in installing                          Women’s Business Enterprise, and Labor Surplus
    equipment supplied by the PHA shall carry insurance on                        Area Firms
    such equipment from the time the Contractor takes
    possession thereof until the Contract work is accepted by                    The Contractor shall take the following steps to ensure
    the PHA. The Builder’s Risk Insurance need not be                            that, whenever possible, subcontracts are awarded to
    carried on excavations, piers, footings, or foundations                      small business firms, minority firms, women’s business
    until such time as work on the superstructure is started. It                 enterprises, and labor surplus area firms:
    need not be carried on landscape work. Policies shall                    (a) Placing qualified small and minority businesses and
    furnish coverage at all times for the full cash value of all                 women’s business enterprises on solicitation lists;
    completed construction, as well as materials in place                    (b) Ensuring that small and minority businesses and
    and/or stored at the site(s), whether or not partial                         women’s business enterprises are solicited whenever
    payment has been made by the PHA. The Contractor                             they are potential sources;
    may terminate this insurance on buildings as of the date                 (c) Dividing total requirements, when economically feasible,
    taken over for occupancy by the PHA. The Contractor is                       into smaller tasks or quantities to permit maximum
    not required to carry Builder’s Risk Insurance for                           participation by small and minority businesses and
    modernization work which does not involve structural                         women’s business enterprises;
    alterations or additions and where the PHA’s existing fire               (d) Establishing delivery schedules, where the requirements
    and extended coverage policy can be endorsed to                              of the contract permit, which encourage participation by
    include such work.                                                           small and minority businesses and women’s business
(c) All insurance shall be carried with companies which are                      enterprises; and
    financially responsible and admitted to do business in the               (e) Using the services and assistance of the U.S. Small
    State in which the project is located. If any such                           Business Administration, the Minority Business
    insurance is due to expire during the construction period,                   Development Agency of the U.S. Department of
    the Contractor (including subcontractors, as applicable)                     Commerce, and State and local governmental small
    shall not permit the coverage to lapse and shall furnish                     business agencies.
    evidence of coverage to the Contracting Officer. All
    certificates of insurance, as evidence of coverage, shall                39. Equal Employment Opportunity
    provide that no coverage may be canceled or non-
    renewed by the insurance company until at least 30 days                      During the performance of this contract, the Contractor
    prior written notice has been given to the Contracting                       agrees as follows:
    Officer.                                                                 (a) The Contractor shall not discriminate against any
                                                                                 employee or applicant for employment because of race,
37. Subcontracts                                                                 color, religion, sex, national origin, or handicap.
                                                                             (b) The Contractor shall take affirmative action to ensure that
(a) Definitions. As used in this contract -                                      applicants are employed, and that employees are treated
    (1) “Subcontract” means any contract, purchase order, or                     during employment without regard to their race, color,
        other purchase agreement, including modifications                        religion, sex, national origin, or handicap. Such action
        and change orders to the foregoing, entered into by a                    shall include, but not be limited to, (1) employment, (2)
        subcontractor to furnish supplies, materials,                            upgrading, (3) demotion, (4) transfer, (5) recruitment or
        equipment, and services for the performance of the                       recruitment advertising, (6) layoff or termination, (7) rates
        prime contract or a subcontract.                                         of pay or other forms of compensation, and (8) selection
                                                                                 for training, including apprenticeship.

Previous editions are obsolete                                     Page 13 of 19                                     form HUD-5370 (11/2006)
Replaces form HUD-5370-A                                                                                      ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G
(c) The Contractor shall post in conspicuous places available              (a) The work to be performed under this contract is subject to
     to employees and applicants for employment the notices                     the requirements of section 3 of the Housing and Urban
     to be provided by the Contracting Officer that explain this                Development Act of 1968, as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1701u
     clause.                                                                    (section 3). The purpose of section 3 is to ensure that
(d) The Contractor shall, in all solicitations or advertisements                employment and other economic opportunities generated
     for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor,                    by HUD assistance or HUD-assisted projects covered by
     state that all qualified applicants will receive                           section 3, shall, to the greatest extent feasible, be
     consideration for employment without regard to race,                       directed to low- and very low-income persons, particularly
     color, religion, sex, national origin, or handicap.                        persons who are recipients of HUD assistance for
(e) The Contractor shall send, to each labor union or                           housing.
     representative of workers with which it has a collective              (b) The parties to this contract agree to comply with HUD's
     bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding,                   regulations in 24 CFR Part 135, which implement section
     the notice to be provided by the Contracting Officer                       3. As evidenced by their execution of this contract, the
     advising the labor union or workers’ representative of the                 parties to this contract certify that they are under no
     Contractor’s commitments under this clause, and post                       contractual or other impediment that would prevent them
     copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to                    from complying with the Part 135 regulations.
     employees and applicants for employment.                              (c) The contractor agrees to send to each labor organization
(f) The Contractor shall comply with Executive Order 11246,                     or representative of workers with which the contractor
     as amended, and the rules, regulations, and orders of the                  has a collective bargaining agreement or other
     Secretary of Labor.                                                        understanding, if any, a notice advising the labor
(g) The Contractor shall furnish all information and reports                    organization or workers' representative of the contractor's
     required by Executive Order 11246, as amended, Section                     commitments under this section 3 clause, and will post
     503 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, and                     copies of the notice in conspicuous places at the work
     by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of                      site where both employees and applicants for training
     Labor, or pursuant thereto. The Contractor shall permit                    and employment positions can see the notice. The notice
     access to its books, records, and accounts by the                          shall describe the section 3 preference, shall set forth
     Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to                        minimum number and job titles subject to hire, availability
     ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and                     of apprenticeship and training positions, the qualifications
     orders.                                                                    for each; and the name and location of the person(s)
(h) In the event of a determination that the Contractor is not                  taking applications for each of the positions; and the
     in compliance with this clause or any rule, regulation, or                 anticipated date the work shall begin.
     order of the Secretary of Labor, this contract may be                 (d) The contractor agrees to include this section 3 clause in
     canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part,                    every subcontract subject to compliance with regulations
     and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further                  in 24 CFR Part 135, and agrees to take appropriate
     Government contracts, or Federally assisted construction                   action, as provided in an applicable provision of the
     contracts under the procedures authorized in Executive                     subcontract or in this section 3 clause, upon a finding that
     Order 11246, as amended. In addition, sanctions may be                     the subcontractor is in violation of the regulations in 24
     imposed and remedies invoked against the Contractor as                     CFR Part 135. The contractor will not subcontract with
     provided in Executive Order 11246, as amended, the                         any subcontractor where the contractor has notice or
     rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor,                  knowledge that the subcontractor has been found in
     or as otherwise provided by law.                                           violation of the regulations in 24 CFR Part 135.
(i) The Contractor shall include the terms and conditions of                (e) The contractor will certify that any vacant employment
     this clause in every subcontract or purchase order unless                  positions, including training positions, that are filled (1)
     exempted by the rules, regulations, or orders of the                       after the contractor is selected but before the contract is
     Secretary of Labor issued under Executive Order 11246,                     executed, and (2) with persons other than those to whom
     as amended, so that these terms and conditions will be                     the regulations of 24 CFR Part 135 require employment
     binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The                             opportunities to be directed, were not filled to circumvent
     Contractor shall take such action with respect to any                      the contractor's obligations under 24 CFR Part 135.
     subcontract or purchase order as the Secretary of                      (f) Noncompliance with HUD's regulations in 24 CFR Part
     Housing and Urban Development or the Secretary of                          135 may result in sanctions, termination of this contract
     Labor may direct as a means of enforcing such                              for default, and debarment or suspension from future
     provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance;                         HUD assisted contracts.
     provided that if the Contractor becomes involved in, or is            (g) With respect to work performed in connection with section
     threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor                 3 covered Indian housing assistance, section 7(b) of the
     as a result of such direction, the Contractor may request                  Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act
     the United States to enter into the litigation to protect the              (25 U.S.C. 450e) also applies to the work to be
     interests of the United States.                                            performed under this contract. Section 7(b) requires that
(j) Compliance with the requirements of this clause shall be                    to the greatest extent feasible (i) preference and
     to the maximum extent consistent with, but not in                          opportunities for training and employment shall be given
     derogation of, compliance with section 7(b) of the Indian                  to Indians, and (ii) preference in the award of contracts
     Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act and the                    and subcontracts shall be given to Indian organizations
     Indian Preference clause of this contract.                                 and Indian-owned Economic Enterprises. Parties to this
40. Employment, Training, and Contracting                                       contract that are subject to the provisions of section 3
     Opportunities for Low-Income Persons, Section 3 of                         and section 7(b)agree to comply with section 3 to the
     the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968.                             maximum extent feasible, but not in derogation of
                                                                                compliance with section 7(b).


Previous editions are obsolete                                   Page 14 of 19                                     form HUD-5370 (11/2006)
Replaces form HUD-5370-A                                                                                    ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G
41. Interest of Members of Congress                                          (a) The PHA, HUD, or Comptroller General of the United
                                                                                 States, or any of their duly authorized representatives
    No member of or delegate to the Congress of the United                       shall, until 3 years after final payment under this contract,
    States of America shall be admitted to any share or part                     have access to and the right to examine any of the
    of this contract or to any benefit that may arise therefrom.                 Contractor’s directly pertinent books, documents, papers,
                                                                                 or other records involving transactions related to this
42. Interest of Members, Officers, or Employees and                              contract for the purpose of making audit, examination,
    Former Members, Officers, or Employees                                       excerpts, and transcriptions.
                                                                             (b) The Contractor agrees to include in first-tier subcontracts
    No member, officer, or employee of the PHA, no member                        under this contract a clause substantially the same as
    of the governing body of the locality in which the project                   paragraph (a) above. “Subcontract,” as used in this
    is situated, no member of the governing body of the                          clause, excludes purchase orders not exceeding
    locality in which the PHA was activated, and no other                        $10,000.
    public official of such locality or localities who exercises             (c) The periods of access and examination in paragraphs (a)
    any functions or responsibilities with respect to the                        and (b) above for records relating to (1) appeals under
    project, shall, during his or her tenure, or for one year                    the Disputes clause of this contract, (2) litigation or
    thereafter, have any interest, direct or indirect, in this                   settlement of claims arising from the performance of this
    contract or the proceeds thereof.                                            contract, or (3) costs and expenses of this contract to
                                                                                 which the PHA, HUD, or Comptroller General or any of
43. Limitations on Payments made to Influence Certain                            their duly authorized representatives has taken exception
    Federal Financial Transactions                                               shall continue until disposition of such appeals, litigation,
                                                                                 claims, or exceptions.
(a) The Contractor agrees to comply with Section 1352 of
    Title 31, United States Code which prohibits the use of                  46. Labor Standards - Davis-Bacon and Related Acts
    Federal appropriated funds to pay any person for
    influencing or attempting to influence an officer or                         If the total amount of this contract exceeds $2,000, the
    employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, and                            Federal labor standards set forth in the clause below
    officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a                         shall apply to the development or construction work to be
    Member of Congress in connection with any of the                             performed under the contract.
    following covered Federal actions: the awarding of any                   (a) Minimum Wages.
    Federal contract; the making of any Federal grant; the                       (1) All laborers and mechanics employed under this
    making of any Federal loan; the entering into of any                         contract in the development or construction of the
    cooperative agreement; or the modification of any                            project(s) involved will be paid unconditionally and not
    Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.                     less often than once a week, and without subsequent
(b) The Contractor further agrees to comply with the                             deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll
    requirement of the Act to furnish a disclosure (OMB                          deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the
    Standard Form LLL, Disclosure of Lobbying Activities) if                     Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR Part
    any funds other than Federal appropriated funds                              3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits
    (including profit or fee received under a covered Federal                    (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment
    transaction) have been paid, or will be paid, to any                         computed at rates not less than those contained in the
    person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer                 wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is
    or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an                          attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of
    officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a                         any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist
    Member of Congress in connection with a Federal                              between the Contractor and such laborers and
    contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.                             mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably
                                                                                 anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under Section
44. Royalties and Patents                                                        1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or
                                                                                 mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers
    The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. It                  or mechanics, subject to the provisions of 29 CFR
    shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any                     5.5(a)(1)(iv); also, regular contributions made or costs
    patent rights and shall save the PHA harmless from loss                      incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often
    on account thereof; except that the PHA shall be                             than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which
    responsible for all such loss when a particular design,                      cover the regular weekly period, are deemed to be
    process or the product of a particular manufacturer or                       constructively made or incurred during such weekly
    manufacturers is specified and the Contractor has no                         period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the
    reason to believe that the specified design, process, or                     appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits in the wage
    product is an infringement. If, however, the Contractor                      determination for the classification of work actually
    has reason to believe that any design, process or product                    performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in
    specified is an infringement of a patent, the Contractor                     29 CFR 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing
    shall promptly notify the Contracting Officer. Failure to                    work in more than one classification may be
    give such notice shall make the Contractor responsible                       compensated at the rate specified for each classification
    for resultant loss.                                                          for the time actually worked therein; provided, that the
                                                                                 employer’s payroll records accurately set forth the time
45. Examination and Retention of Contractor’s Records                            spent in each classification in which work is performed.
                                                                                 The wage determination (including any additional
                                                                                 classification and wage rates conformed under 29 CFR
                                                                                 5.5(a)(1)(ii) and the Davis-Bacon poster (WH-1321) shall

Previous editions are obsolete                                     Page 15 of 19                                     form HUD-5370 (11/2006)
Replaces form HUD-5370-A                                                                                      ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G
    be posted at all times by the Contractor and its                                 amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in
    subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and                        providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or
    accessible place where it can be easily seen by the                              program; provided, that the Secretary of Labor has
    workers.                                                                         found, upon the written request of the Contractor, that
    (2) (i) Any class of laborers or mechanics, including                            the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have
              helpers, which is not listed in the wage                               been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the
              determination and which is to be employed under                        Contractor to set aside in a separate account assets
              the contract shall be classified in conformance                        for the meeting of obligations under the plan or
              with the wage determination. HUD shall approve                         program.
              an additional classification and wage rate and                 (b) Withholding of funds. HUD or its designee shall, upon its
              fringe benefits therefor only when all the following               own action or upon written request of an authorized
              criteria have been met: (A) The work to be                         representative of the Department of Labor, withhold or
              performed by the classification requested is not                   cause to be withheld from the Contractor under this
              performed by a classification in the wage                          contract or any other Federal contract with the same
              determination; and (B) The classification is utilized              prime Contractor, or any other Federally-assisted
              in the area by the construction industry; and (C)                  contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage
              The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide                    requirements, which is held by the same prime
              fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to                Contractor, so much of the accrued payments or
              the wage rates contained in the wage                               advances as may be considered necessary to pay
              determination.                                                     laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees,
        (ii) If the Contractor and the laborers and mechanics                    and helpers, employed by the Contractor or any
              to be employed in the classification (if known), or                subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the
              their representatives, and HUD or its designee                     contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or
              agree on the classification and wage rate                          mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper,
              (including the amount designated for fringe                        employed or working in the construction or development
              benefits where appropriate), a report of the action                of the project, all or part of the wages required by the
              taken shall be sent by HUD or its designee to the                  contract, HUD or its designee may, after written notice to
              Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division,                       the Contractor, take such action as may be necessary to
              Employee Standards Administration, U.S.                            cause the suspension of any further payment, advance,
              Department of Labor, Washington, DC 20210.                         or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased.
              The Administrator, or an authorized                                HUD or its designee may, after written notice to the
              representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove                Contractor, disburse such amounts withheld for and on
              every additional classification action within 30                   account of the Contractor or subcontractor to the
              days of receipt and so advise HUD or its designee                  respective employees to whom they are due.
              or will notify HUD or its designee within the 30-day           (c) Payrolls and basic records.
              period that additional time is necessary.                          (1) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be
        (iii) In the event the Contractor, the laborers or                           maintained by the Contractor during the course of the
              mechanics to be employed in the classification or                      work and preserved for a period of three years
              their representatives, and HUD or its designee do                      thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working in
              not agree on the proposed classification and wage                      the construction or development of the project. Such
              rate (including the amount designated for fringe                       records shall contain the name, address, and social
              benefits, where appropriate), HUD or its designee                      security number of each such worker, his or her
              shall refer the questions, including the views of all                  correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid
              interested parties and the recommendation of                           (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated
              HUD or its designee, to the Administrator of the                       for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents
              Wage and Hour Division for determination. The                          thereof of the types described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of
              Administrator, or an authorized representative, will                   the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of
              issue a determination within 30 days of receipt                        hours worked, deductions made, and actual wages
              and so advise HUD or its designee or will notify                       paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found,
              HUD or its designee within the 30-day period that                      under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv), that the wages of any
              additional time is necessary.                                          laborer or mechanic include the amount of costs
        (iv) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where                          reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a
              appropriate) determined pursuant to                                    plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the
              subparagraphs (a)(2)(ii) or (iii) of this clause shall                 Davis-Bacon Act, the Contractor shall maintain
              be paid to all workers performing work in the                          records which show that the commitment to provide
              classification under this contract from the first day                  such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program
              on which work is performed in classification.                          is financially responsible, and that the plan or
    (3) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the                             program has been communicated in writing to the
        contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes                       laborers or mechanics affected, and records which
        a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly                         show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred
        rate, the Contractor shall either pay the benefit as                         in providing such benefits. Contractors employing
        stated in the wage determination or shall pay another                        apprentices or trainees under approved programs
        bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent                        shall maintain written evidence of the registration of
        thereof.                                                                     apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee
    (4) If the Contractor does not make payments to a trustee                        programs, the registration of the apprentices and
        or other third person, the Contractor may consider as                        trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in
        part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the                             the applicable programs.

Previous editions are obsolete                                     Page 16 of 19                                    form HUD-5370 (11/2006)
Replaces form HUD-5370-A                                                                                     ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G
    (2) (i) The Contractor shall submit weekly for each week                           make such records available may be grounds for
               in which any contract work is performed a copy of                       debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12.
               all payrolls to the Contracting Officer for                     (d) (1) Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at
               transmission to HUD or its designee. The payrolls                       less than the predetermined rate for the work they
               submitted shall set out accurately and completely                       performed when they are employed pursuant to and
               all of the information required to be maintained                        individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship
               under subparagraph (c)(1) of this clause. This                          program registered with the U.S. Department of
               information may be submitted in any form desired.                       Labor, Employment and Training Administration,
               Optional Form WH-347 (Federal Stock Number                              Office of Apprenticeship and Training, Employer and
               029-005-00014-1) is available for this purpose                          Labor Services (OATELS), or with a State
               and may be purchased from the Superintendent of                         Apprenticeship Agency recognized by OATELS, or if
               Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office,                             a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of
               Washington, D.C. 20402. The Contractor is                               probationary employment as an apprentice in such an
               responsible for the submission of copies of                             apprenticeship program, who is not individually
               payrolls by all subcontractors. (Approved by the                        registered in the program, but who has been certified
               Office of Management and Budget under OMB                               by OATELS or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where
               Control Number 1214-0149.)                                              appropriate) to be eligible for probationary
         (ii) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a                         employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of
               “Statement of Compliance,” signed by the                                apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft
               Contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent                         classification shall not be greater than the ratio
               who pays or supervises the payment of the                               permitted to the Contractor as to the entire work force
               persons employed under the contract and shall                           under the registered program. Any worker listed on a
               certify the following:                                                  payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not
               (A) That the payroll for the payroll period contains                    registered or otherwise employed as stated in this
                    the information required to be maintained                          paragraph, shall be paid not less than the applicable
                    under paragraph (c) (1) of this clause and that                    wage rate on the wage determination for the
                    such information is correct and complete;                          classification of work actually performed. In addition,
               (B) That each laborer or mechanic (including each                       any apprentice performing work on the job site in
                    helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on                       excess of the ratio permitted under the registered
                    the contract during the payroll period has been                    program shall be paid not less than the applicable
                    paid the full weekly wages earned, without                         wage rate on the wage determination for the work
                    rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no                 actually performed. Where a contractor is performing
                    deductions have been made either directly or                       construction on a project in a locality other than that in
                    indirectly from the full wages earned, other                       which its program is registered, the ratios and wage
                    than permissible deductions as set forth in 29                     rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman’s
                    CFR Part 3; and                                                    hourly rate) specified in the Contractor’s or
               (C) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid                         subcontractor’s registered program shall be observed.
                    not less than the applicable wage rates and                        Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the
                    fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the                        rate specified in the registered program for the
                    classification of work performed, as specified                     apprentice’s level of progress, expressed as a
                    in the applicable wage determination                               percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in
                    incorporated into the contract.                                    the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall
         (iii) The weekly submission of a properly executed                            be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the
               certification set forth on the reverse side of                          provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the
               Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the                                  apprenticeship program does not specify fringe
               requirements for submission of the “Statement of                        benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of
               Compliance” required by subparagraph (c)(2)(ii) of                      fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for
               this clause.                                                            the applicable classification. If the Administrator of the
       (iv) The falsification of any of the above certifications                       Wage and Hour Division determines that a different
               may subject the Contractor or subcontractor to                          practice prevails for the applicable apprentice
               civil or criminal prosecution under Section 1001 of                     classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with
               Title 18 and Section 3729 of Title 31 of the United                     that determination. In the event OATELS, or a State
               States Code.                                                            Apprenticeship Agency recognized by OATELS,
    (3) The Contractor or subcontractor shall make the                                 withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the
         records required under subparagraph (c)(1) available                          Contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize
         for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized                       apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined
         representatives of HUD or its designee, the                                   rate for the work performed until an acceptable
         Contracting Officer, or the Department of Labor and                           program is approved.
         shall permit such representatives to interview                            (2) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16,
         employees during working hours on the job. If the                             trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the
         Contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the                               predetermined rate for the work performed unless
         required records or to make them available, HUD or                            they are employed pursuant to and individually
         its designee may, after written notice to the                                 registered in a program which has received prior
         Contractor, take such action as may be necessary to                           approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S.
         cause the suspension of any further payment,                                  Department of Labor, Employment and Training
         advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure                          Administration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on
         to submit the required records upon request or to                             the job site shall not be greater than permitted under

Previous editions are obsolete                                       Page 17 of 19                                     form HUD-5370 (11/2006)
Replaces form HUD-5370-A                                                                                        ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G
         the plan approved by the Employment and Training                      (2) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any
         Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less                    person or firm ineligible for award of a United States
         than the rate specified in the approved program for                       Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the
         the trainee’s level of progress, expressed as a                           Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1).
         percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in                 (3) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed
         the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be                      in the U. S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001.
         paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions           (j) Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. As used
         of the trainee program. If the trainee program does                   in this paragraph, the terms “laborers” and “mechanics”
         not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the               include watchmen and guards.
         full amount of fringe benefits listed in the wage                     (1) Overtime requirements. No contractor or
         determination unless the Administrator of the Wage                        subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract
         and Hour Division determines that there is an                             work which may require or involve the employment of
         apprenticeship program associated with the                                laborers or mechanics, including watchmen and
         corresponding journeyman wage rate in the wage                            guards, shall require or permit any such laborer or
         determination which provides for less than full fringe                    mechanic in any workweek in which the individual is
         benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the                      employed on such work to work in excess of 40 hours
         payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and                       in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic
         participating in a training plan approved by the                          receives compensation at a rate not less than one
         Employment and Training Administration shall be paid                      and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours
         not less than the applicable wage rate in the wage                        worked in excess of 40 hours in such workweek.
         determination for the classification of work actually                 (2) Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated
         performed. In addition, any trainee performing work                       damages. In the event of any violation of the
         on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under                    provisions set forth in subparagraph (j)(1) of this
         the registered program shall be paid not less than the                    clause, the Contractor and any subcontractor
         applicable wage rate in the wage determination for                        responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid
         the work actually performed. In the event the                             wages. In addition, such Contractor and
         Employment and Training Administration withdraws                          subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in
         approval of a training program, the Contractor will no                    the case of work done under contract for the District
         longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the                  of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such
         applicable predetermined rate for the work performed                      territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated
         until an acceptable program is approved.                                  damages shall be computed with respect to each
     (3) Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of                          individual laborer or mechanic (including watchmen
         apprentices, trainees, and journeymen under this                          and guards) employed in violation of the provisions
         clause shall be in conformity with the equal                              set forth in subparagraph (j)(1) of this clause, in the
         employment opportunity requirements of Executive                          sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such
         Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30.                              individual was required or permitted to work in excess
(e) Compliance with Copeland Act requirements. The                                 of the standard workweek of 40 hours without
     Contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR                       payment of the overtime wages required by
     Part 3, which are hereby incorporated by reference in this                    provisions set forth in subparagraph (j)(1) of this
     contract.                                                                     clause.
(f) Contract termination; debarment. A breach of this contract                 (3) Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated
     clause may be grounds for termination of the contract                         damages. HUD or its designee shall upon its own
     and for debarment as a Contractor and a subcontractor                         action or upon written request of an authorized
     as provided in 29 CFR 5.12.                                                   representative of the Department of Labor withhold or
(g) Compliance with Davis-Bacon and related Act                                    cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on
     requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-                   account of work performed by the Contractor or
     Bacon and related Acts contained in 29 CFR Parts 1, 3,                        subcontractor under any such contract or any Federal
     and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this                            contract with the same prime Contractor, or any other
     contract.                                                                     Federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract
(h) Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising out                      Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held
     of the labor standards provisions of this clause shall not                    by the same prime Contractor, such sums as may be
     be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract.                   determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of
     Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the                        such Contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages
     procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29                         and liquidated damages as provided in the provisions
     CFR Parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of                         set forth in subparagraph (j)(2) of this clause.
     this clause include disputes between the Contractor (or              (k) Subcontracts. The Contractor or subcontractor shall insert
     any of its subcontractors) and the PHA, HUD, the U.S.                     in any subcontracts all the provisions contained in this
     Department of Labor, or the employees or their                            clause, and such other clauses as HUD or its designee
     representatives.                                                          may by appropriate instructions require, and also a
(i) Certification of eligibility.                                              clause requiring the subcontractors to include these
     (1) By entering into this contract, the Contractor certifies              provisions in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime
         that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm                Contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any
         who has an interest in the Contractor’s firm is a                     subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all these
         person or firm ineligible to be awarded contracts by                  provisions.
         the United States Government by virtue of section
         3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1).


Previous editions are obsolete                                  Page 18 of 19                                     form HUD-5370 (11/2006)
Replaces form HUD-5370-A                                                                                   ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G
47. Non-Federal Prevailing Wage Rates

(a) Any prevailing wage rate (including basic hourly rate and
    any fringe benefits), determined under State or tribal law
    to be prevailing, with respect to any employee in any
    trade or position employed under the contract, is
    inapplicable to the contract and shall not be enforced
    against the Contractor or any subcontractor, with respect
    to employees engaged under the contract whenever
    such non-Federal prevailing wage rate exceeds:
    (1) The applicable wage rate determined by the Secretary
        of Labor pursuant to the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C.
        3141 et seq.) to be prevailing in the locality with
        respect to such trade;
(b) An applicable apprentice wage rate based thereon
    specified in an apprenticeship program registered with
    the U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) or a DOL-
    recognized State Apprenticeship Agency; or
(c) An applicable trainee wage rate based thereon specified
    in a DOL-certified trainee program.

48. Procurement of Recovered Materials.

(a) In accordance with Section 6002 of the Solid Waste
    Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation
    and Recovery Act, the Contractor shall procure items
    designated in guidelines of the Environmental Protection
    Agency (EPA) at 40 CFR Part 247 that contain the
    highest percentage of recovered materials practicable,
    consistent with maintaining a satisfactory level of
    competition. The Contractor shall procure items
    designated in the EPA guidelines that contain the highest
    percentage of recovered materials practicable unless the
    Contractor determines that such items: (1) are not
    reasonably available in a reasonable period of time; (2)
    fail to meet reasonable performance standards, which
    shall be determined on the basis of the guidelines of the
    National Institute of Standards and Technology, if
    applicable to the item; or (3) are only available at an
    unreasonable price.
(b) Paragraph (a) of this clause shall apply to items
    purchased under this contract where: (1) the
    Contractor purchases in excess of $10,000 of the item
    under this contract; or (2) during the preceding
    Federal fiscal year, the Contractor: (i) purchased any
    amount of the items for use under a contract that was
    funded with Federal appropriations and was with a
    Federal agency or a State agency or agency of a
    political subdivision of a State; and (ii) purchased a
    total of in excess of $10,000 of the item both under
    and outside that contract.




Previous editions are obsolete                                  Page 19 of 19          form HUD-5370 (11/2006)
Replaces form HUD-5370-A                                                        ref Handbooks 7417.1 & 7485.3G
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011


 1   INDIAN PREFERENCE
 2
 3
 4   In accordance with policies and procedures adopted by the Indian Housing Authority, award shall be
 5   made under unrestricted solicitation to the lowest responsible bid from a qualified Indian-owned economic
 6   enterprise or organization within the maximum total Contract Price established for the specific project or
 7   being solicited if the bid is no more than “X” higher than the total bid price of the lowest responsive bid
 8   from any qualified bidder. Subcontractors also must be awarded to the lowest responsible bidder from a
 9   qualified Indian-owned economic enterprise or organization if the bid is no more than “X” higher than the
10   total bid price of the lowest responsible bid from any qualified bidder,
11
12   The Factor “X” is determined as follows:
13
14   When the lowest responsive bid is less than $100,000              10% 0f that bid
15   When the lowest responsive bid is:
16   At least $100,000 but less than $200,000                          9% of that bid
17   At least $200,000 but less than $300,000                          8% of that bid
18   At least $300,000 but less than $400,000                          7% of that bid
19   At least $400,000 but less than $500,000                          6% of that bid
20   At least $500,000 but less than $1 million                        5% of that bid
21   At least $1 million but less than $2 million                      4% of that bid
22   At least $2 million but less than $4 million                      3% of that bid
23   At least $4 million but less than $7 million                      2% of that bid
24   $7 million or more                                                1% of the lowest responsive bid with no
25                                                                     dollar limit.
26
27   Also reference HUD 5369 Section 12 and HUD 5369-A Section 8
28
29
30                                              END OF SECTION




     INVITATION TO BID                                                                                  PAGE 1
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011


 1   YUROK INDIAN HOUSING AUTHOITY SUE AND BE SUED STATEMENT
 2
 3
 4   Article V.2 of the incorporating bylaws of the Yurok Indian Housing Authority reads:
 5
 6                      “The Council hereby gives its irrevocable consent to allow the Authority to
 7           sue and to consent to suit , in the Authority’s corporate name, upon any contract,
 8           claim, or obligation arising out of the Authority’s activities under this ordinance and
 9           hereby authorizes the Authority to agree by contract to waive any immunity from suit
10           which it might otherwise have; but the Tribe does not hereby waive the Tribe’s
11           sovereign immunity, and the Tribe shall not be liable for the debts or obligations or
12           liabilities of the Authority.”
13
14   Any legal actions regarding this project will be in jurisdiction of the County of Humboldt,
15   California.
16
17
18                                                END OF SECTION




     INVITATION TO BID                                                                                 PAGE 1
                                   Subcontractors/Suppliers List
Subcontractors and suppliers of trades listed below must be identified. In addition, list all subcontractors or suppliers comprising 1% or more of the
project cost. If General Contractor is performing the work indicate as “Self-Performed.” You may make additional copies of this form if needed.

Project Name: YIHA Maiden Lane, Crescent City
Bid Opening Date: 8/2/2011

1    Work                     Subcontractor Business Name                                                        %       Phone #
2    Grading
3    Concrete
4    Framing
5    Roofing
6    Windows
7    Doors
8    Drywall
9    Cabinetry
10   Plumbing
11   Electrical
12   HVAC
13   Flooring
14   Paint
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
33
    Previous Participation                               U.S. Department of Housing                                                           U.S. Department of Agriculture                          OMB Approval No. 2502-0118
                                                         and Urban Development                                                                Farmers Home Administration                                          (exp11/30/2012)
    Certification                                        Office of Housing/Federal Housing Commissioner

Part I To be completed by Principals of Multifamily Projects. See Instructions                                         For HUD HQ/FmHA use only
Reason for Submitting Certification

1. Agency Name and City where the application is filed                                                                 2. Project Name, Project Number, City and Zip Code contained in the application




3. Loan or Contract Amount                    4. Number of Units or Beds                     5. Section of Act                               6. Type of Project (check one)
                                                                                                                                                     Existing                        Rehabilitation                 Proposed (New)
List of ll roposed Principal Participants and attach organization chart for all organizations.
7. Names and Addresses of All Known Principals and Affiliates (people, businesses & organizations)                                                        8. Role of Each              9. Expected % Owner         10. Social Security or IRS
   proposing to participate in the project described above. (list names alphabetically; last, first, middle initial)                                     Principal in Project          ship Interest in Project        Employer Number




 Certifications: I (meaning the individual who signs             insured project of HUD, USDA FmHA and State            complaint or indictment charging a felony. (A                5. I am not a principal participant in an assisted or
 as well as the corporations, partnerships or other              and local government housing finance agencies in       felony is defined as any offense punishable by                  insured project as of this date on which
 parties listed above who certify) hereby apply to               which I have been or am now a principal.               imprisonment for a term exceeding one year, but                 construction has stopped for a period in excess
 HUD or USDA FmHA, as the case maybe, for                     2. For the period beginning 10 years prior to the date    does not include any offense classified as a                    of 20 days or which has been substantially
 approval to participate as a principal in the role and          of this certification, and except as shown by me on    misdemeanor under the laws of a State and                       completed for more than 90 days and documents
 project listed above based upon my following                    the certification.                                     punishable by imprisonment of two years or less);               for closing, including final cost certification have
 previous participation record and this Certification.           a. No mortgage on a project listed by me has ever   f. have not been suspended, debarred or otherwise                  not been filed with HUD or FmHA
 Verify that neither you nor any of your principals or              been in default, assigned to the Government or      restricted by any Department or Agency of the                6. To my knowledge I have not been found by
 affiliates have ever been found to be in                           foreclosed, nor has mortgage relief by the          Federal Government or of a State Government                     HUD or FmHA to be in noncompliance with any
 noncompliance with any applicable fair housing and                 mortgagee been given;                               from doing business with such Department or                     applicable fair housing and civil rights
 civil rights requirements in 24 CFR 5.105 (a). If you           b. I ave not experienced defaults or                   Agency.                                                         requirements in 24 CFR 5.10 (a).
 or any of your principals or affiliates have been found            noncompliances under any Conventional            g. I have not defaulted on an obligation covered by a           7. I am not a Member of Congress or a Resident
 to be in noncompliance with any such requirements,                 Contract or Turnkey Contract of Sale in             surety or performance bond and have not been the                Commissioner nor otherwise prohibited or limited
 attach a signed statement explaining the relevant                  connection with a public housing project;           subject of a claim under an employee fidelity                   by law from contracting with the Government of
 facts, circumstances, and resolution, if any.                   c. To the best of my knowledge, there are no           bond.                                                           the United States of America.
 I certify that all the statements made by me are true,             unresolved findings raised as a result of HUD    3. All the names of the parties, known to me to be              8. Statements above (if any) to which I cannot
 complete and correct to the best of my knowledge                   audits, management reviews or other                 principals in this project(s) in which I propose to             certify have been deleted by striking through the
 and belief and are made in good faith, including the               Governmental investigations concerning me or        participate, are listed above.                                  words with a pen. I have initialed each deletion (if
 data contained in Schedule A and Exhibits signed by                my projects;                                     4. I am not a HUD/FmHA employee or a member of a                   any) and have attached a true and accurate signed
 me and attached to this form.                 HUD will          d. There has not been a suspension or termination      HUD/FmHA employee's immediate household as                      statement (if applicable) to explain the facts and
 prosecute false claims and statements. Conviction                  of payments under any HUD assistance contract       defined in Standards of Ethical Conduct or                      circumstances which I think helps to qualify me
 may result in criminal and/or civil penalties. (18                 in which I have had a legal or beneficial           Employees of the Executive Branch in 5C.F.R. Part               as a responsible principal for participation in this
 U.S.C. 1001, 1010, 1012; 31U.S.C. 3729, 3802)                      interest;                                           2635 (57 FR 35006) and HUD's Standard of                        project.
 I further certify that:                                         e. I have not been convicted of a felony and am not    Conduct in 24 C.F.R. Part and USDA's Standard
 1. Schedule A contains a listing of every assisted or              presently, to my knowledge, the subject of a        of Conduct in 7 C.F.R. Part Subpart B.

                            Typed or Printed Name of Principal                                            Signature of Principal                                              Certification Date (mm/dd/yyyy)     Area Code and Telephone No.




This form was prepared by (Please print name)                                                                                                                                 Area Code and Telephone No.

Previous editions are obsolete                                                                                   Page 1 of 2                                                            ref Handbook 4065.1 form HUD-2530 (7/2009)
Schedule A: List of Previous Projects and Section 8 Contracts. By my name below is the complete list of my previous projects and my participation history as a principal; in Multifamily
Housing programs of HUD/FmHA, State, and Local Housing Finance Agencies. Note: Read and follow the instruction sheet carefully. Abbreviate where possible. Make full disclosure.
Add extra sheets if you need more space. Double check for accuracy. If you have no previous projects write, by your name, "No previous participation, First Experience."
        1. List each Principal's Name                           2. List Previous Projects                           3. List Principals' Role(s)              4. Status of Loan       5. Was Project ever in Default,     6. Last Mgmt.
                                                   (give the I.D. number, project name, city location,                                                      (current, defaulted,        during your participation?           and/or
          (list in alphabetical order,                       & government agency involved                         (indicate dates participated, and             assigned, or                        .                   Physical Inspctn
                 last name first)                                   if other than HUD)                        if fee or identity of interest participant)        foreclosed)       Yes No           If "Yes," explain   Rating and Date




Part II – For HUD Internal Processing Only
Received and checked by me for accuracy and completeness; recommend approval or transferral to Headquarters as checked below:
Date (mm/dd/yyyy)                        Telephone Number and Area Code                                        A. No adverse information; form HUD-2530                             C. Disclosure or Certification problem
                                                                                                                  approval is recommended.
Staff                                    Processing and Control                                                B. Name match in system                                              D. Other, our memorandum is attached.

Supervisor                                                                                               Director of Housing / Director, Multifamily Division                 Approved                      Date (mm/dd/yyyy)
                                                                                                                                                                                     Yes            No
Previous editions are obsolete                                                                           Page 2 of 2                                                               ref Handbook 4065.1 form HUD-2530 (7/2009)
Instructions for Completing the Previous             Who Must Sign and File Form HUD-2530:                   Exemptions – The names of the following
Participation Certificate, form HUD-2530                                                                                                                                 If you do request reconsideration by the
                                                     Form HUD-2530 must be completed and signed              parties do not need to be listed on form HUD-         Review Committee and the reconsideration
Carefully read these instructions and the ap-        by all parties applying to become principal             2530: Public Housing Agencies, tenants, own-          results in an adverse determination, you may
plicable regulations. A copy of those regula-        participants in HUD multifamily housing                 ers of less than five condominium or coopera-         then request a hearing before a Hearing Of-
tions published at 24 C.F.R. 200.210 to 200.245      projects, including those who have no previ-            tive units and all others whose interests were        ficer. The Hearing Officer will issue a report to
can be obtained from the Multifamily Housing         ous participation. The form must be signed              acquired by inheritance or court order.               the Review Committee. You will be notified of
Representative at any HUD Office. Type or            and filed by all principals and their affiliates
                                                                                                             Where and When Form HUD-2530 Must Be                  the final ruling by certified mail.
print neatly in ink when filling out this form.      who propose participating in the HUD project.
                                                     Use a separate form for each role in the                Filed: The original of this form must be              Specific Line Instructions:
Mark answers in all blocks of the form. If the                                                               submitted to the HUD Office where your project
form is not filled completely, it will delay ap-     project unless there is an identity of interest.                                                              Reason for submitting this Certificatioin: e.g.,
                                                                                                             application will be processed at the same time
proval of your application.                               Principals include all individuals, joint ven-     you file your initial project application. This       refinance, management, change in ownership,
    Attach extra sheets as you need them. Be         tures, partnerships, corporations, trusts, non-         form must be filed with applications for projects,    transfer of physical assets, etc.
sure to indicate "Continued on Attachments"          profit organizations, any other public or pri-          or when otherwise required in the situations          Block 1: Fill in the name of the agency to
wherever appropriate. Sign each additional           vate entity, that will participate in the proposed      listed below:                                         which you are applying. For example: HUD
page that you attach if it refers to you or your     project as a sponsor, owner, prime contractor,                                                                Office, Farmers Home Administration District
                                                     turnkey developer, managing agent, nursing              • Projects to be financed with mortgages in-
record. If you have many projects to list (20 or                                                                sured under the National Housing Act (FHA).        office, or the name of a State or local housing
more) and expect to be applying frequently for       home administrator or operator, packager, or                                                                  finance agency. Below that, fill in the name of
participation in HUD projects, you should con-       consultant. Architects and attorneys who have           • Projects to be financed according to Section        the city where the office is located.
sider filing a Master List. See Master List          any interest in the project other than an arms             202 of the Housing Act of 1959 (Elderly and
                                                                                                                Handicapped).                                      Block 2: Fill in the name of the project, such
instructions below under "Instructions for Com-      length fee arrangement for professional ser-
                                                                                                                                                                   as "Greenwood Apts." If the name has not yet
pleting Schedule A."                                 vices are also considered principals by HUD.            • Projects in which 20 percent or more of the         been selected, write "Name unknown." Below
Carefully read the certification before you               In the case of partnerships, all general              units are to receive a subsidy as described in     that, enter the HUD contract or project identi-
sign it. Any questions regarding the form or         partners regardless of their percentage inter-             24 C.F.R. 200.213.                                 fication number, the Farmers Home Adminis-
how to complete it can be answered by your           est and limited partners having a 25 percent or         • Purchase of a project subject to a mortgage         tration project number, or the State or local
HUD Office Multifamily Housing Representative.       more interest in the partnership are consid-               insured or held by the Secretary of HUD.           housing finance agency project or contract
                                                     ered principals. In the case of public or private                                                             number. Include all project or contract identi-
Purpose: This form provides HUD with a               corporations or governmental entities, princi-          • Purchase of a Secretary-owned project.
certified report of all previous participation in                                                                                                                  fication numbers that are relevant to the
                                                     pals include the president, vice president,             • Proposed substitution or addition of a princi-      project.Also enter the name of the city in which
HUD multifamily housing projects by those            secretary, treasurer and all other executive               pal, or principal participation in a different
parties making application. The information                                                                                                                        the project is located, and the ZIP Code of the
                                                     officers who are directly responsible to the               capacity from that previously approved for         site location.
requested in this form is used by HUD to             board of directors, or any equivalent govern-              the same project.
determine if you meet the standards estab-                                                                                                                         Block 3: Fill in the dollar amount requested in
                                                     ing body, as well as all directors and each             • Proposed acquisition by an existing limited
lished to ensure that all principal participants                                                                                                                   the proposed mortgage, or the annual amount
                                                     stockholder having a 10 percent or more inter-             partner of an additional interest in a project
in HUD projects will honor their legal, financial                                                                                                                  of rental assistance requested.
                                                     est in the corporation.                                    resulting in a total interest of 25 percent or
and contractual obligations and are accept-                                                                                                                        Block 4: Fill in the number of apartment units
able risks from the underwriting standpoint of            Affiliates are defined as any person or               more, or proposed acquisition by a corpo-
                                                                                                                rate stockholder of an additional interest in a    proposed, such as "40 units." For hospital
an insurer, lender or governmental agency.           business concern that directly or indirectly
                                                                                                                project resulting in a total interest of 10        projects or nursing homes, fill in the number of
HUD requires that you certify your record of         controls the policy of a principal or has the
                                                                                                                percent or more.                                   beds proposed, such as "100 beds."
previous participation in HUD/USDA-FmHA,             power to do so. A holding or parent corpora-
State and Local Housing Finance Agency               tion would be an example of an affiliate if one         • Projects with U.S.D.A., Farmers Home Ad-            Block 5: Fill in the section of the Housing Act
projects by completing and signing this form,        of its subsidiaries is a principal.                        ministration, or with state or local govern-       under which the application is filed.
before your project application or participation     Exception for Corporations – All principals                ment housing finance agencies that include         Block 7: Definitions of all those who are
can be approved.                                     and affiliates must personally sign the certifi-           rental assistance under Section 8 of the           considered principals and affiliates are given
    HUD approval of your certification is a          cate except in the following situation. When a             Housing Act of 1937. For projects of this          above in the section titled "Who Must Sign and
necessary precondition for your participation        corporation is a principal, all of its officers,           type, form HUD-2530 should be filed with the       File...."
in the project and in the capacity that you          directors, trustees and stockholders with 10               appropriate applications directly to those         Block 8: Beside the name of each principal,
propose. If you do not file this certification, do   percent or more of the common (voting) stock               agencies.                                          fill in the role that each will perform. The
not furnish the information requested accu-          need not sign personally if they all have the           Review of Adverse Determination: If ap-               following are possible roles that the principals
rately, or do not meet established standards,        same record to report. The officer who is               proval of your participation in a HUD project is      may perform: Sponsor, Owner, Prime Con-
HUD will not approve your certification.             authorized to sign for the corporation or agency        denied, withheld, or conditionally granted on         tractor, Turnkey Developer, Managing Agent,
                                                     will list the names and title of those who elect        the basis of your record of previous participa-       Packager, Consultant, General Partner, Lim-
Note that approval of your certification does        not to sign. However, any person who has a
not obligate HUD to approve your project ap-                                                                 tion, you will be notified by the HUD Office.         ited Partner (include percentage), Executive
                                                     record of participation in HUD projects that is         You may request reconsideration by the HUD            Officer, Director, Trustee, Major Stockholder,
plication, and it does not satisfy all other HUD     separate from that of his or her organization
program requirements relative to your qualifi-                                                               Review Committee. Alternatively, you may              or Nursing Home Administrator. Beside the
                                                     must report that activity on this form and sign         request a hearing before a Hearing Officer.           name of each affiliate, write the name of the
cations.                                             his or her name. The objective is full disclosure.      Either request must be made in writing within         person or firm of affiliation, such as "Affiliate of
                                                                                                             30 days from your receipt of the notice of            Smith Construction Co."
                                                                                                             determination.


Previous editions are obsolete                                                                       Page 1 of 2                                                  ref Handbook 4065.1 form HUD-2530 (7/2009)
Block 9: Fill in the percentage of ownership in      Column 3 List the role(s) of your participa-            and provide a telephone number where you            HUD-2530"). Beside each signature, fill in the
the proposed project that each principal is          tion, dates participated, and if fee or identity of     can be reached during the day. No determina-        role of each party (the same as shown in block 8).
expected to have. Also specify if the partici-       interest with owners.                                   tions will be made on these certificates.           In addition, each person who signs the form
pant is a general or limited partner. Beside the     Column 4 Indicate the current status of the                 File one copy of the Master List with each      should fill in the date that he or she signs, as
name of those parties who will not be owners,        loan. Except for current loans, the date asso-          HUD Office where you do business and mail           well as providing a telephone number where
write "None."                                        ciated with the status is required. Loans under         one copy to the following address:                  he or she can be reached during business
Block 10: Fill in the Social Security Number         a workout arrangement are considered as-                                                                    hours. By providing a telephone number where
or IRS employer number of every party listed,        signed. An explanation of the circumstances                    HUD-2530 Master List                         you can be reached, you will help to prevent
including affiliates.                                surrounding the status is required for all non-                Participation and Compliance                 any possible delay caused by mailing and
                                                     current loans.                                                 Division – Housing                           processing time in the event HUD has any
Instructions for Completing Schedule A:
                                                                                                                    U.S. Department of Housing and               questions.
Be sure that Schedule A is filled-in completely,     Column 5 Explain any project defaults during                   Urban Development
accurately and the certification is properly         your participation.                                            451 Seventh Street, S.W.                         If you cannot certify and sign the certifica-
dated and signed, because it will serve as a         Column 6 Enter the latest Management and/                      Washington, D.C. 20410                       tion as it is printed because some statements
legal record of your previous experience. All        or Physical Inspection Review rating. If either                                                             do not correctly describe your record, use a
Multifamily Housing projects involving HUD/          of the ratings are below average, the report                                                                pen and strike through those parts that differ
                                                                                                             Once you have filed a Master List, you do not       with your record, then sign and certify to that
FmHA, and State and local Housing Finance            issued by HUD is required to be submitted               need to complete Schedule A when you sub-           remaining part which does describe you or
Agencies in which you have previously partici-       along with the applicant's explanation of the           mit form HUD-2530. Instead, write the name of       your record.
pated must be listed. Applicants are re-             circumstances surrounding the rating.                   the participant in column 1 of Schedule A and
minded that previous participation pertains to       No Previous Record: Even if you have never                                                                      Attach a signed letter, note or an explana-
                                                                                                             beside that write "See Master List on file."
the individual principal within an entity as well    participated in a HUD project before, you must                                                              tion of the items you have struck out on the
                                                                                                             Also give the date that appears on the Master
as the entity itself. A newly formed company         complete form HUD-2530. If you have no                                                                      certification and report the facts of your cor-
                                                                                                             List that you submitted. Below that, report all
may not have previous participation, but the         record of previous projects to list, fill in your                                                           rect record. Item A(2)(e) relates to felony
                                                                                                             changes and additions that have occurred
principals within the company may have had           name in column 1 of Schedule A, and write                                                                   convictions within the past 10 years. If you
                                                                                                             since that date. Be sure to include any mort-
extensive participation and disclosure of that       across the form by your name – "No previous                                                                 have been convicted of a felony within 10
                                                                                                             gage defaults, assignments or foreclosures
activity is required. To avoid duplication of        participation, first experience."                                                                           years, strike out all of A(2)(e) on the certificate
                                                                                                             not listed previously.
disclosure, list the project and then the enti-                                                                                                                  and attach your statement giving your expla-
ties or individuals involved in that project. You    Master List System: If you expect to file this          If you have withdrawn from a project since          nation. A felony conviction will not necessarily
may use the name or a number code to denote          form frequently and you have a long list of             the date the Master List was filed, be sure to      cause your participation to be disapproved
the entity or individual that participated. The      previous projects to report on Schedule A, you          name the project. Give the project identifica-      unless there is a criminal record or other
number code can then be used in column 3 to          should consider filing a Master List. By doing          tion number, the month and year your partici-       evidence that your previous conduct or method
denote role.                                         so, you will avoid having to list all your previous     pation began and/or ended.                          of doing business has been such that your
                                                     projects each time you file a new application.          Certification:                                      participation in the project would make it an
Column 2 List the project or contract identifi-
cation of each previous project. All previous              To make a Master List, use form HUD-              After you have completed all other parts of         unacceptable risk from the underwriting stand-
projects must be included or your certifica-         2530. On page 1, in block 1, enter (in capital          form HUD-2530, including Schedule A, read           point of an insurer, lender or governmental
tion cannot be processed. Include the name           letters) the words "Master List." In blocks 2           the Certification carefully. In the box below       agency.
of all projects, the cities in which they are        through 6 enter in "N.A." meaning Not Appli-            the statement of certification, fill in the name
located and the government agency (HUD,              cable. Complete blocks 7 through 10.                    of all principals and affiliates (type or print
USDA-FmHA or State or local housing finance                In the box below the statement of certifica-      neatly). Beside the name of each principal and
agency) that was involved. At the end of your        tion, fill in the names of all parties who wish to      affiliate, each party must sign the form, with
list of projects, draw a straight line across the    file a Master List together (type or print neatly).     the exception in some cases of individuals
page to separate your record of projects from        Beside each name, every party must sign the             associated with a corporation (see "Exception
that of others signing this form who have a          form. In the box titled "Proposed Role," fill in        for Corporations" in the section of the instruc-
different record to report.                          "N.A." Also, fill in the date you sign the form         tions titled "Who Must Sign and File form

The Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) is authorized to collect this information by law (42 U.S.C. 3535(d) and 24 C.F.R. 200.217) and by regulation at 24 CFR 200.210. This information
is needed so that principals applying to participate in multifamily programs can become HUD-approved participants. The information you provide will enable HUD to evaluate your record with respect
to established standards of performance, responsibility and eligibility. Without prior approval, a principal may not participate in a proposed or existing multifamily project. HUD uses this information to
evaluate whether or not principals pose an unsatisfactory underwriting risk. The information is used to evaluate the potential principals and approve only individuals and organizations who will honor
their legal, financial and contractual obligations.
Privacy Act Statement: The Housing and Community Development Act of 1987, 42 U.S.C. 3543 requires persons applying for a Federally-insured or guaranteed loan to furnish his/her Social Security Number
(SSN). HUD must have your SSN for identification of your records. HUD may use your SSN for automated processing of your records and to make requests for information about you and your previous records
with other public agencies and private sector sources. HUD may disclose certain information to Federal, State and local agencies when relevant to civil, criminal, or regulatory investigations and prosecutions.
It will not be otherwise disclosed or released outside of HUD, except as required and permitted by law. You must provide all of the information requested in this application, including your SSN.
Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 1 hour per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and
maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. This agency may not collect this information, and you are not required to complete this form, unless it
displays a currently valid OMB control number.
A response is mandatory. Failure to provide any of the information will result in your disapproval for participation in this HUD program.

Previous editions are obsolete                                                                       Page 2 of 2                                                ref Handbook 4065.1 form HUD-2530 (7/2009)
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                      PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                               JULY 5, 2011


 1   CONTRACT FORMS
 2
 3
 4
 5   AGREEMENT. Owner/Contractor Agreement: A. I. A. A101a, 1997 edition.
 6
 7
 8
 9   PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS.
10
11          As approved by Owner and in compliance with the laws of the State of California.
12
13
14
15   PROJECT FORMS.
16
17          01.     Construction Contract Lump Sum. Supplied by Architect. See following pages.
18
19          02.     Certificate of Insurance
20
21          03.     Application and Certification for Payment. A. I. A. G702, G703, 1992.
22
23          04.     Architect's Supplemental Instruction. Supplied by Architect.
24
25          05.     Proposal Request. Supplied by Architect. See following pages.
26
27          06.     Change Order. Supplied by Architect. See following pages.
28
29          07.     Certificate of Substantial Completion. A. I. A. G704, 1992.
30
31          08.     Contractor's Affidavit of Payment and Debts and Claims. A. I. A. G706A, 1994.
32
            09.     Contractor’s Affidavit of Release of Liens. A. I. A. G706A, 1994.

            10.     Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment. A. I. A. G707, 1994.

            11.     TERO Permit. Supplied by Architect. See following pages.




     CONTRACT FORMS
                                          PROPOSAL REQUEST

DAVID PIERCE ARCHITECT                                  PROPOSAL REQUEST NO.:
Architecture and Planning
346 Oeschger Lane                                       JOB NUMBER:
Ferndale, CA 95536
(707) 786-4266                                          DATE:

PROJECT:

CONTRACTOR:

Please submit change in contract price and completion date, if any, for the change of the work described
below. Do not order material or start any work until approval is received.




CONTRACTOR REPLY:

I agree to change the work as                                   Change in contract price:
described above for the price                                   (Deduct) (Add) $
indicated. I have attached an
itemized breakdown of the cost                                  Change in completion date:
changes.                                                                  calendar days
This proposal is valid for     calendar days from this date.


CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE                                                         DATE


APPROVED BY ARCHITECT                                                         DATE


APPROVED BY OWNER                                                             DATE


CANCELED                                                                      DATE




CONTRACT FORMS
                                           CHANGE ORDER

DAVID PIERCE ARCHITECT                                        CHANGE ORDER NO.:
Architecture and Planning
346 Oeschger Lane                                             JOB NUMBER:
Ferndale, CA 95536
(707) 786-4266                                                DATE:

PROJECT:

CONTRACTOR:


This Change Order supersedes any and all contract documents, correspondence, etc. preceding it. This
Change Order authorizes the following changes in the work.

CHANGE                                                         EXTRA          CREDIT




Original Contract Price                                                       $

Balance of Previous Changes:
       Total Extra $
       Total Credit $

Total Before This Change                                                      $
        Extra $
        Credit $

TOTAL TO DATE                                                                 $

Completion Time (ADD)(DEDUCT)                calendar days.


ARCHITECT                                                                  DATE

OWNER                                                                      DATE

CONTRACTOR                                                                 DATE
                          TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE
                                190 Klamath Blvd.
                                   PO Box 1027
                                Klamath, CA 95548
                                  707-482-1350




EFFECTIVE DATE:                                         PERMIT NO. #

PERMIT ISSUED TO:
(CONTRACTOR/EMPLOYER) AUTHORIZING CONTRACTOR/EMPLOYER (HEREIN
CALLED “PERMITTEE”) TO CONDUCT COMMERICAL AND EMPLOYMENT ACTIVITIES
WITHIN THE YUROK RESERVATION.

PERMIT PROJECT:

The Yurok Tribe, through it’s Tribal Employment Rights Office (TERO), issues this Permit
pursuant to its Tribal Employment Rights Ordinance, which has been enacted under the
sovereign authority of the Council, the federally recognized constitutional governing body of the
Tribe. The purpose of this Permit is to set forth the terms and conditions under which Permittee
is authorized to conduct commercial and employment activities within the boundaries of the
Yurok Reservation.

1. CONTRACTORS/SUBCONTRACTORS

Permittee shall file with the TERO (a) a list of subcontractors to be used in performing the
particular contract activities authorized under this Permit; and (b) a signed TERO Pre-Award
Labor Force Projection Form. Permittee shall furnish all of its subcontractors with blank copies of
TERO Pre-Award Labor Force Projection forms, to be filled in by each subcontractor and
submitted to the TERO prior to initiation of contract work.

2. INDIAN PREFERENCE REQUIREMENTS

If available, qualified Indians must be hired in preference to non-Indians. Permittee shall neither
recruit nor hire any non-Indians for any covered position until the TERO has provided written
notice that no qualified Indian are available to fill such covered position. Covered positions are
defined in the TERO Ordinance.

3. EMPLOYMENT QUALIFICATIONS

Permittee shall not use employment criteria that unreasonably excluded qualified Indians from
hiring. Criteria not clearly related to job performance are strictly prohibited. If an Indian meets
the threshold qualifications for a position, or if an Indian could meet or exceed those
requirements with reasonable training, Permittee shall hire such Indian in preference to non-
Indians, even if the non-Indian appears more qualified.

4. CURTAILMENT

In a situation in which curtailment or reduction in force is necessary, Indians hired pursuant to
Indian preference shall have the priority in retention, and shall be the last employees to be laid
off; this reference is made outside of the core crew provisions.
                          TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE
                                190 Klamath Blvd.
                                   PO Box 1027
                                Klamath, CA 95548
                                  707-482-1350



5. MAINTENANCE OF RECORDS/COMPLIANCE REPORTS

Permittee shall submit a monthly Indian Employment Activity Report to the TERO, describing
recent project employment activities i.e. job openings, job hiring, anticipated job openings (type,
skills requirements, duration). The TERO may make periodic site inspections.

6. DURATION AND SCOPE OF PERMIT

This permit authorizes commercial and employment activities only in relation to performance of
permitted project, commercial enterprise, contractual agreement and/or activity which generates
potential employment activities.

Permit shall terminate upon project completion and forwarding of the final Indian Employment
Development fee, as invoiced.



________________________                 ___________________________________________
DATE                                     Contractor / Permittee
                                         *Contractor’s Authorized Representative
                                         (*Notarized Power-of-Attorney submittal required)



________________________                 ___________________________________________
DATE                                     TERO Officer
                YUROK TRIBE
    TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS ORDINANCE




DATE APPROVED: October 22, 2003
DATE AMENDED: June 9, 2005

SUBJECT:   Establishment of the Yurok Tribal Employment Rights Office (TERO) and
           adoption of standards and procedural guidelines for application of Yurok and
           Indian Preference in Employment.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 1.0   SHORT TITLE
        1.1   Authority
        1.2   Jurisdiction
        1.3   Statement of Purpose
        1.4   Consistency with Federal Laws
SECTION 2.0   DEFINITIONS
SECTION 3.0   ROLE OF YUROK TRIBAL COUNCIL
        3.1   Authority
        3.2   Council Expenses
        3.3   Duties of the Council
        3.4   Powers of the Council
        3.5   Delegation of Authority
SECTION 4.0   THE YUROK TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE
        4.1   Establishment of Office and Hiring of TERO officer(s)
        4.2   Coverage
        4.3   Duties of the TERO Administrative Officer
        4.4   TERO Officer Authority
SECTION 5.0   APPLICABILITY AND COVERAGE
        5.1   Applicability
        5.2   Covered Positions
        5.3   Qualified Indians and Employment Criteria
        5.4   Eligible Indians
SECTION 6.0   IMPLEMENTATION OF SPECIFIC INDIAN PREFERENCE
        6.1   Employers, Contractors, and Subcontractors
        6.2   Goals and Timetables for Indian Employment
        6.3   Training
        6.4   Tribal Skills Bank and Referral Process


                                           1
        6.5 Preference in Employment Contracting and Subcontracting
        6.6 Indian Preference/Pre-Award Labor Force Projection
        6.7 Failure to Submit Indian Preference/Pre-Award Labor Force Projection
        6.8 Amendments to Plan
        6.9 Bid Shopping Prohibited
        6.10 Layoffs or Reductions in Workforce
        6.11 Consideration for Promotion
        6.12 Summer Employment for Students
SECTION 7.0 TERO PERMIT PROCESS
SECTION 8.0 THE YUROK TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS FEE
        8.1 Establishment of Tribal Employment Rights Fee
        8.2 Fee Schedule
        8.3 Duties of TERO Officer/Method of Payment
SECTION 9.0 COMPLIANCE BY UNIONS
        9.1 Mandatory Elements of Union Agreements
        9.2 Recognition of Unions
SECTION 10.0 DUE PROCESS AND HEARINGS
        10.1 Right to Hearings
        10.2 Notice of Hearing
        10.3 TERO Office Complaint Procedure
        10.4 Individual Complaint Procedure
        10.5 Complaint by an Employer or Union
        10.6 Investigations
        10.7 Hearing Procedures
        10.8 Appeals
        10.9 Confidentiality
SECTION 11.0 TERO COMPLIANCE
SECTION 12.0 REPORTING AND ON-SITE INSPECTIONS
SECTION 13.0 PENALTIES FOR VIOLATIONS
SECTION 14.0 ORDERS OF THE YUROK TRIBAL POLICE
SECTION 15.0 PUBLICATION OF ORDINANCE
SECTION 16.0 SEVERABILITY
SECTION 17.0 EFFECTIVE DATE
SECTION 18.0 SOVEREIGN IMMUNITY
SECTION 19.0 EXCLUSIVITY OF REMEDY




                                           2
SECTION 1.0            SHORT TITLE

The short title of this ordinance shall be the “Yurok Tribal Employment Rights Office
Ordinance,” or Yurok TERO Ordinance.

1.1    AUTHORITY

This Ordinance is established by the Yurok Tribal Council pursuant to the authority delegated to
the Tribal Council by Article IV, Section 5(a) of the Constitution of the Yurok Tribe.

1.2    JURISDICTION

The jurisdiction of the Yurok Tribe to enforce the TERO ordinance shall extend to all Yurok
tribal “territory” and the area within the exterior boundaries of the “reservation” as defined in
Article I, sections 1 through 3 of the Constitution of the Yurok Tribe. Additionally, the Tribe
retains jurisdiction to enforce provisions of the TERO ordinance for all projects initiated or taken
over by the Yurok Indian Housing Authority, whether on, or off, the Yurok reservation.

1.3    STATENT OF PURPOSE

The Yurok Tribal Council operates under a constitutional mandate to protect the sovereignty of
the Yurok Tribe and to provide for the cultural, social, and economic well being of current and
future Yurok tribal members. In fulfillment of its duty to guarantee the unique employment
rights of all Yurok tribal members and other Indians within its jurisdiction, the Yurok Tribal
Council hereby creates a Tribal Employment Rights Office, (TERO) and establishes standards
and procedural guidelines to assure 1) equal and effective application of this Ordinance; and 2)
due process for all individuals affected by the application of its requirements.

1.4    CONSISTENCY WITH FEDERAL LAWS

Indians have unique and special employment rights, and are entitled to the protection of laws
established by the federal government to combat employment discrimination on or near Indian
reservations, including the following:

       1.4.1   Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, including Section 703(i), which makes Indian
               preference in employment permissible.

       1.4.2   Executive Order 11246 of the Federal Office of Contract Compliance, which
               exempts from the general requirements policies extending preference in
               employment for Indians living on or near an Indian Reservation, and which
               further prohibits discrimination among Indians as a group on the basis of religion,
               sex, or tribal affiliation. E.O. 11246 applies only to employers working under
               federal contracts.




                                                 3
       1.4.3   The Indian Self-Determination Act, Section 7(b) of Public Law 93-638 which
               provides for Indian Preference in employment and training, and contracting or
               subcontracting on all contracts negotiated or let on behalf of an Indian Tribe.

       1.4.4   The Indian Civil Rights Act of 1968 (ICRA) which prohibits Indian tribal
               governments from enacting or enforcing laws that violate certain individual rights
               similar to those individual rights guaranteed under the Bill of Rights of the United
               States Constitution.

SECTION 2.0           DEFINITIONS

2.1    “CHAIRPERSON” means the Chairperson of the Yurok Tribal Council.

2.2     “COMMERCE” means the exchange or provision of goods, services and/or property, or
the offer of same, without reference to the locality where transaction is conducted or
consummated.

2.3     “COMMUTE” means the distance in miles, one way, customary for the occupation and
region.

2.4    “CORE EMPLOYEE” means an employee who performs an essential job function and
has been identified as an employee who is vital to the success of the endeavor. (Core Employees
should be identified in coordination with the TERO Office and employer possesses records of
past employment as a supervisor or foreman.)

2.5    “TRIBAL COUNCIL” or “COUNCIL” means the Yurok Tribal Council.

2.6     “COVERED EMPLOYER” means any person, company, contractor, subcontractor or
entity located or engaging in commercial or employment activity on the Yurok Indian
Reservation, and which employs two or more persons, including the Yurok Tribe, regardless of
where the activity occurs.

2.7   “EMPLOYEE” means any non-supervisory employee in a non-managerial position
working on the Yurok Indian Reservation or its contiguous lands.

2.8   “EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR” means the administrative officer designated by the Tribal
Council as such.

2.9      “Grandfathering” means providing an exception to a restriction that allows all those
already doing something to continue, even though it may be otherwise prevented by the
restriction.

2.10   “INDIAN” means an enrolled member of any federally recognized Indian tribe.

2.11 “INDIAN FIRM” means a firm or business certified by the TERO Office as eligible for
Indian preference in contracting and subcontracting. Indian(s) must hold at least 51% of such a


                                                4
firm or business and exercise majority management control. Verification of proof of ownership
shall be provided to the TERO.

2.12 “INDIAN PREFERENCE” means the policy of extending preference in employment or
training opportunities to Yurok Tribal Members and other Indians, regardless of tribal affiliation,
over non-Indians; as well as the policy of extending preference in contracting opportunities to
Yurok Tribal businesses or firms and Indian owned businesses or firms, regardless of tribal
affiliation, over non-Indian firms.

2.13 “LOCATED ON OR NEAR THE YUROK RESERVATION” means located within
what a reasonable, prudent person would construe as the normal commuting distance from a
location off the reservation to the exterior boundaries of the Yurok Indian Reservation as defined
in Article I, Sections 1 through 3 of the Constitution of the Yurok Tribe.

2.14 “NOTICE” means that notification required to be given by the Yurok TERO Officer, the
appointed tribal judge, the Tribal Council sitting as the interim final appeal body, or the Tribal
Court acting as the body of final appeal regarding TERO related activities.

2.15 “PERSON” means both natural persons and artificial persons including, but not limited
to, corporations, trusts, partnerships, unions, agents, societies, and sole proprietorships.

2.16 “QUALIFIED INDIAN” means an Indian who meets the requirements for a position as
determined by the job requirements, the minimum qualifications statements for the position, and,
for internal tribal hiring only, the final interview process. No employer may utilize any
employment criteria not legitimately-related to the performance of the position.

2.17 “QUALIFIED TRIBAL MEMBER” means a Yurok tribal member who meets the
requirements for a position as determined by the job requirements, the minimum qualifications
statement for the position, and, for internal tribal hiring only, the final interview process. No
employer may utilize any employment criteria not legitimately-related to performance of the
position.

2.18 “SECRETARY” means the Secretary of the United States Department of the Interior, or
his/her duly-authorized and designated representative.

2.19 “TERO OFFICER” means the administrative officer employed by the Tribe to oversee
and ensure compliance with the TERO Ordinance. The TERO Officer shall have the authority,
for good cause shown, to impose sanctions and to issue stop work orders for reasons of non-
compliance.

2.20 “TRIBE” means the federally recognized Yurok Tribe of the Yurok Reservation,
operating under the authority of the Yurok Constitution.

2.21 “UNION” or “LABOR UNION” means any organization, of any kind, or any agency of
employee representation committee or plan, associated or organized for the purposes of
collective bargaining for the benefit of employees and that exists for the purpose, in whole or


                                                 5
part, of dealing with employers concerning grievances, working conditions, or terms of
employment.

2.22 “YUROK RESERVATION” means all lands within the exterior boundaries of the
Yurok Reservation; and any lands outside the exterior boundaries of the Yurok Reservation
subsequently acquired, or put into trust, for the Tribe.

2.23 “YUROK TRIBAL BUSINESS OR FIRM” means a firm or business certified by the
TERO Office as eligible for Indian Preference in contracting and subcontracting; provided that a
Yurok tribal member holds at least 51% ownership interest in such a firm or business and
exercise majority management control. Verification of proof of ownership shall be provided to
the TERO prior to the issuance of any TERO Permit.

SECTION 3.0           ROLE OF YUROK TRIBAL COUNCIL

3.1     Authority. Through the sovereign powers vested in the Yurok Tribal Council through the
Constitution of the Yurok Tribe, the Council shall be responsible for designating such officers,
agents, and employees as it deems necessary to assist in fulfilling Yurok Tribal TERO
obligations, duties, and responsibilities. The Tribal Council will oversee TERO implementation;
and shall either sit as the TERO Hearing body, or identify the composition of a hearing body

3.2      Council Expenses. The Yurok Tribal Council shall not receive compensation of any kind
for fulfilling its TERO related duties, obligations, and responsibilities.

3.3    Duties of the Council. Within the scope of overseeing the Yurok TERO, the Council is
authorized to prevent any person, whether an individual or an entity, from engaging in any
unlawful Indian preference in employment practices as set forth in the Yurok Tribe’s TERO
Ordinance.

3.4    Powers of the Council. As the oversight body for TERO, the Council has jurisdiction
and authority to:

       3.4.1   Formulate, adopt, amend and rescind rules, regulations and guidelines reasonably
               necessary to implement the provisions of this ordinance.

       3.4.2   To conduct hearings or appoint alternate hearing bodies and to subpoena
               witnesses and documents in accordance with this ordinance.

       3.4.3   Prohibit covered employers from using qualification criteria or other personnel
               requirements that serve as barriers to Indian employment, unless the employer can
               demonstrate that such criteria or requirements are an essential business necessity,
               and receives written approval from the TERO Officer that such qualifications are
               essential.

       3.4.4   Engage in discussion, and enter into agreements, with unions to ensure
               compliance with this ordinance. Such agreements shall in no way constitute


                                                6
               recognition or endorsement of any union or union-related activity, including
               formation thereof.

       3.4.5   Require employers to submit reports and take all actions deemed necessary for the
               fair and vigorous implementation of this Ordinance.

3.5     Delegation of Authority. The Tribal Council shall delegate such authority to the TERO
administrative officer (hereinafter “TERO Officer”) as is convenient or necessary for the
efficient administration of this ordinance, except that the Council will not delegate its powers or
duties to:

       3.5.1   Adopt, amend or rescind rules, regulations or guidelines; or

       3.5.2   Conduct hearings or impose sanctions outside the scope of Section 12 of this
               Ordinance; or

       3.5.3   Appropriate funds and/or approve budgets; or

       3.54    Waive the collection of TERO taxes.

SECTION 4.0            THE YUROK TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS OFFICE

4.1    Establishment of Office and Hiring of TERO Officer(s)

The Yurok Tribal Council hereby establishes the Yurok Tribal Employment Rights Office
(hereinafter TERO OFFICE) The TERO Office is vested with the authority to implement the
provisions of this Ordinance. The Yurok Tribe Executive Director shall both hire the TERO
Officer(s), and serve as his/her/their direct supervisor.

4.2     Coverage. All employers are required to give preference to Indians in hiring, promotion,
training, temporary reductions in work force and all other aspects of employment, contracting,
and subcontracting, and must comply with this Ordinance and the rules, regulations and orders of
the Tribal Council.

4.3    Duties of the TERO Administrative Officer

The TERO Officer shall be charged with the overseeing the implementation and enforcement of
this Ordinance, as well as day-to-day operations of the TERO office. The TERO Officer’s duties
include, but are not limited to, ensuring that Indian preference in employment is fully
implemented by covered employers; and preventing any person from engaging in any unlawful
practice that would interfere with application and/or enforcement of the provisions of this
Ordinance.

4.4    TERO Officer Authority




                                                 7
The TERO Officer shall administer the policies and rules promulgated and adopted by the Tribal
Council, and hold the powers and authorities prescribed by Council, including, but not limited to:

       4.4.1   The authority to expend funds appropriated or obtained from various sources to
               carry out requirements of this Ordinance.

       4.4.2   The authority to impose numerical hiring goals and timetables on an employer
               specifying the minimum numbers of qualified Tribal members and qualified
               Indians to be hired by occupation, craft, or skill level.

       4.4.3   The authority to require employers to participate in such training programs as the
               Council, or its designee, deems necessary to further the goals of this Ordinance.

       4.4.4   The duty to create and maintain a Tribal skills bank for all eligible Tribal
               members and other Indians residing in the administrative area covered by this
               Ordinance.

       4.4.5   The ability to restrict or prevent the hiring of non-Tribal members or non-Indians
               until the TERO Officer certifies that qualified Tribal members or qualified
               Indians, as appropriate, are not available to fill the position in question.

       4.4.6   The authority to enforce the Indian preference requirements of this Ordinance for
               Indian-owned businesses or firms, and Yurok Tribal businesses or firms in the
               awarding of contracts and subcontracts.

       4.4.7   The ability to facilitate support programs to assist eligible Yurok Tribal members,
               the Yurok Tribal community and other Indians in obtaining and keeping
               employment.

       4.4.8   The duty to recommend amendments or changes to the rules and regulations
               adopted by Council, or other actions necessary to achieve the purpose and
               objectives of the Yurok TERO established by this Ordinance.

       4.4.9   The duty to locate training opportunities and programs designed to teach Yurok
               Tribal Members and other Indians skills and qualifications needed to obtain
               employment.

       4.4.10 The TERO Officer shall have the authority to issue stop work orders and
              mandatory compliance orders when necessary either to achieve the goals of this
              Ordinance, or to compel compliance therewith. When necessary, the TERO
              Officer is also authorized to request assistance from the Yurok Tribe Office of
              Public Safety in enforcing any stop work order where circumstances in existence
              at the time of inspection reasonably warrant such intervention. The standard for
              whether assistance by Public Safety Officers is warranted is that of the reasonable
              person under the same or similar circumstances.




                                                8
SECTION 5.0            APPLICABILITY AID COVERAGE

5.1    Applicability

Unless specifically prohibited by federal or Yurok Tribal law, this Ordinance shall apply to all
employers, including but not limited to: the Tribal Council, (its programs, departments, entities,
or enterprises); private employers; and independent contractors and subcontractors, including
those performing work for the Council, the State of California, or the United States.

All employers shall extend an employment preference to qualified Indians, as provided in
Section 5.4, in all aspects of employment, including but not limited to recruitment, hiring,
promotion, lateral transfers, retentions, training, contracting, and subcontracting. No employer
may recruit, hire, or otherwise employ any non-Indian for any employment position covered by
this Ordinance, unless and until the TERO Officer has furnished written notice to such employer
that no qualified Indians are available for such position.

5.2    Covered Positions

The Yurok Tribe Indian Employment Preference Policy, Section 5.4, shall apply to every job
classification, skill area, or craft recognized or utilized by an employer, including administrative,
supervisory, and professional classifications.

5.3    Qualified Indians and Employment Criteria

An Indian shall be deemed qualified for employment in a position if he/she meets the minimum
requirements for such position. Any qualified Indian shall be afforded the preference to which
he/she is entitled under Section 5.4 of this Ordinance. No employer may utilize any employment
criteria that is not legitimately-related to the performance of the position; and that has not been
approved by the Yurok TERO Officer.

5.4    Eligible Indians

To the extent allowed by law, the Yurok Tribe and its entities shall extend a preference in hiring
according to the following priorities:

       (1) Members of the Yurok Tribe;

       (2) Indian Spouses of members of the Yurok Tribe;

       (3) Other Indians;

       (4) Non-Tribal Spouse of members of the Yurok Tribe;

       (5) Other




                                                  9
The priorities listed above, however, shall not apply to any project subject to certain procurement
processes or funding. With regard to these types of projects, all enrolled members of federally-
recognized Indian tribes, whether Yurok Tribal members or not, are eligible for employment
equally.

SECTION 6.0            IMPLEMENTATION OF SPECIFIC INDIAN PREFERENCE
                       REQUIRENENTS

6.1    Employers, Contractors, and Subcontractors

The requirements set forth in this Ordinance are binding on all employers, contractors, and
subcontractors and will be considered a part of all resulting subcontract specifications. The
employer bears the primary responsibility for compliance with the requirements of this
Ordinance, and for ensuring that all contractors and subcontractors similarly comply.

All employers, contractors, and subcontractors shall be subject to the penalties provided herein
for non-compliance with the terms and requirements of this Ordinance. All employers,
contractors and subcontractors shall include in their contracts clauses acknowledging the equal
opportunity and Indian preference requirements contained in this Ordinance.

6.2    Goals and Timetables for Indian Employment

The TERO Officer will consult with individual employers engaged in commerce on, or near, the
Yurok Reservation to establish the minimum number of qualified Tribal members and qualified
Indians to be employed by each employer. Goals will be established for all job classifications
and skill areas, and will include administrative, supervisory, and professional categories. The
goals set will be expressed as:

       6.2.1   Project hours of Tribal members and Indian employment as a percentage of the
               total project hours worked by the regular work force for each specific job
               classification, skill level, or category.

       6.2.2   Numerical goals based on surveys of the available Tribal member and Indian
               labor forces and projections of employment opportunities for each specific job
               classification, skill level, or category.

6.3    Training

Employers may be required under this Ordinance to participate, or assign interested Yurok Tribal
members and other Indians to participate, in training programs designed to assist Tribal members
and Indians in becoming qualified in those occupations or job categories specific to the
respective employer.

Indian preference requirements under this Ordinance include a mandate for hiring Tribal
members and Indian trainees or apprentices according to the usual practice of the occupation or




                                                10
trade. The ratio of trainees or apprentices to fully-qualified workers or journeyman in any
particular trade may be set by the TERO Officer following consultation with the employer.

Employers having a collective bargaining agreement with a union will be required to obtain an
agreement from the union that supports the objectives and goals of the trainee/apprentice hiring
plan.

In the event the requirements of this Ordinance create a conflict with any union’s seniority rights,
the TERO Officer shall have the authority to negotiate such ratios with a prospective
employer/contractor.

6.4    Tribal Skills Bank and Referral Process

The TERO Officer shall, in cooperation with other Tribal departments, establish and administer a
data bank of Yurok Tribal members and other Indians seeking employment. This data bank shall
be called the Tribal skills bank, and shall list all available workers, their respective skills and
qualifications, and include documentation of training or other special qualifications and/or needs.

No employer may hire non-Tribal members until a reasonable time for referral, as defined in this
subsection, has elapsed or the TERO Office has certified, in writing, that no qualified Tribal
members or other qualified Indians are available to fill particular job openings.

“Reasonable time for referral” for purposes of this Ordinance means:

       (a)     For construction jobs: the TERO Officer will locate and refer qualified Tribal
               members within 72 hours of the date and time of receiving the initial notice of
               available opening from the employer.

       (b)     All other jobs: the TERO has five (5) working days from the date of receipt of the
               initial notice of available opening to locate and refer qualified Tribal members.

The TERO Officer may agree to waive or modify these requirements if there is a clear indication
that the time limits would impose an undue burden on the project.

Employers with collective bargaining agreements are exempt from the requirements of this
subsection if the union agrees to accept direct referrals from the TERO Officer. If the union does
not fulfill its obligation to accept referrals, the TERO Officer may require the employer to accept
referrals of qualified Tribal members or qualified Indians from other sources.

Employers found to be in violation of this Subsection will be subject to the penalties defined in
Section 12 of this Ordinance and may further be required to remove any employees so hired.

6.5    Preference in Employment Contracting and Subcontracting

Contingent on funding source requirements, all employers shall give preference first to Yurok-
owned businesses, or firms, and second to Indian-owned businesses or firms in the award of any


                                                11
contract or subcontract. The TERO Officer will register and maintain a list of both Yurok and
Indian owned businesses or firms. The TERO Officer shall promulgate regulations for
documenting such Yurok and Indian-owned businesses or firms. Employers are not required
under this Ordinance to take any extraordinary measure to identify such businesses.

For purposes of establishing eligibility for Indian Preference in contracting and subcontracting,
the TERO Officer is authorized to actively recruit and certify Indian firms, whether located
within or outside the Yurok Reservation. Any Contractor wishing to claim Indian preference
with the Yurok Tribe TERO must complete the TERO Contractors Qualification Questionnaire
for Indian Preference Contracting. Once certified by the TERO Officer as either a Yurok Tribal
or Indian firm, applicants will be placed on a bidders’ eligibility list. The TERO Officer will also
register off-reservation and non-Indian firms that complete the Contractors Qualification
Questionnaire.

Contingent on funding requirements, preference in contracting or subcontracting shall be
accorded first to Yurok Tribal members. For example, if a non-Indian or non-Yurok Indian
submits the lowest bid, and a Yurok Tribal member or Yurok-owned business submits a bid that
is within five percent (5%) of the non-Tribal member bidder, the Yurok Tribal member or Tribal
member firm shall be provided the opportunity to match any bids within 5%. The contract shall
then be awarded to the Yurok Tribal member or business.

6.6    Indian Preference/Pre-Award Labor Force Projection

Each Contractor shall include in its bid an Indian Preference Plan for the master contract and any
subcontracts. The plan shall indicate the name of the proposed subcontractor; whether it is an
Indian-owned firm; and, if not, information on the good faith steps taken to identify Indian firms
for the subcontract. A contractor may not refuse to employ an Indian subcontractor on the basis
of price, so long as the Indian firm’s price is within five percent (5%) of the lowest bid,
calculated by multiplying the lowest bid by 105%. A contractor may not refuse to employ an
Indian subcontractor on the basis that a non-Indian firm is more qualified, so long as the Indian
firm satisfies the threshold requirements for technical qualifications.

6.7    Failure to Submit Indian Preference/Pre-Award Labor Force Projection

A successful bidder who fails to submit an Indian Preference/Pre-Award Labor Force Projection
Form prior to award of the contract shall be considered a non-responsive bidder for the purpose
of awarding the contract and will be disqualified.

6.8    Amendments to Plan

If awarded the bid, the prime contractor can neither amend nor deviate from the Indian
Preference Plan, nor add or delete any subcontracts or subcontractors without:

       (a)     Written consent of the prime contractor or his/her designee; and




                                                12
       (b)     Written notice to Yurok TERO at least ten (10) business days prior to the date of
               the anticipated change; and

       (c)     Written authorization to proceed with the proposed amendments(s) from the
               TERO Officer prior to the date of implementation.

6.9    Bid Shopping Prohibited

A contractor is prohibited from engaging in “bid shopping” as a means of avoiding its Indian
preference obligations with regard to subcontracts. “Bid shopping” is the use of a low bid already
received by a general contractor to pressure other subcontractors into submitting even lower bids.

6.10   Layoffs or Reductions in Workforce

       6.10.1 Termination of Yurok Tribal Members

               Contingent on funding requirements, no worker who is a Yurok Tribal member
               will be terminated due to a reduction in workforce if a worker who is also Indian
               is still employed in the same job classification. If an Employer lays off workers
               by crews, all qualified Tribal members must be transferred to other crews to be
               retained as long as other Indians in the same job classification are employed
               elsewhere on the job site.

       6.10.2 Termination of Indians

               No worker who is an Indian will be terminated due to a reduction in workforce if
               a non-Indian worker in the same job classification is still employed. If an
               employer lays off workers by crews, all qualified Indians must be transferred to
               other crews to be retained as long as non-Indians in the same job classification are
               employed elsewhere on the job site.

6.11   Consideration for Promotion

Every employer shall give Indians preferential consideration for all promotion opportunities, and
shall encourage Indians to seek such opportunities. For every supervisory position filled by a
non-Indian, the employer shall file a report with the TERO Office expressly indicating:

       (a)     What efforts were made to inform Indian workers about: the position; and

       (b)     How many Indians applied for the position; and

       (c)     The reason(s) why each Indian was not hired for the position.

6.12   Summer Employment for Students




                                                13
Employers will make every effort to promote afterschool, summer, and vacation employment for
Indian students. Contingent on funding source requirements, qualified Yurok Tribal members
will be given preferential treatment for existing summer student employment programs.

SECTION 7.0           TERO PERMIT PROCESS

The TERO Officer will only issue permits to employers conducting work either within the
exterior boundaries of the Yurok Reservation, or on Tribally-funded projects, whether on- or off-
Reservation, that comply with the following terms and conditions:

       (a)    Timely completion of a TERO Indian Preference Plan and Pre-Award Labor
              Force Projection Form; and

       (b)    Filing the form with the Yurok TERO before commencing work; and

       (c)    Inclusion of an Indian Preference Plan for the prime general contract and any
              subcontract(s) in each and every bid packet(s) submitted. The plan shall indicate:

       i.     The name of the proposed subcontractor(s); and

       ii.    Whether it is an Indian-owned firm and, if not, information on the good faith steps
              taken to identify Indian firms for the subcontract.

The employer agrees to comply with the requirements and procedures for the selection of
contractors, subcontractor(s) and recruitment of viable Indian applicants pursuant to this
Ordinance and through the TERO office. The employer understands that they are required to
comply with the Yurok Tribe’s TERO Ordinance and all of the requirements regarding “Indian
Preference.”

The TERO Pre-Award Labor Projection Form constitutes an agreement between the Yurok
TERO and any employer engaging in commerce and employment activity pursuant to this
Ordinance.

SECTION 8.0           THE YUROK TRIBAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS FEE

8.1    Establishment of Tribal Employment Rights Fee

There is hereby established a TERO fee to be paid to the Yurok Tribe TERO Office by each
covered employer. The purpose of the fee is both to raise revenue for operation of the Yurok
TERO, and provide educational job training services to Yurok Tribal Members.

8.2    Fee Schedule

       8.2.1 Covered employers with a construction contract must pay a one-time fee of three-
       percent (3%) of the total gross amount of the contract, where the total contract amount is
       at least two-thousand dollars U.S. ($2,000.00 U.S.)


                                               14
       8.2.2   All other covered employers shall be assessed a fee at the rate of one-half of one-
               percent (1/2 of 1%) of that covered employer’s total gross annual revenue earned
               directly from engaging in commerce and/or business on the Reservation.

8.3    Duties of TERO Officer/Method of Payment

The TERO Officer shall be responsible for collecting all TERO fees from covered employers.

       8.3.1   The TERO fee shall be paid to the Yurok Tribe; and shall be credited to the
               account of the Yurok Tribe TERO for use in implementing this Ordinance; and
               shall be governed by guidelines approved by the Yurok Tribal Council.

       8.3.2   The TERO fee may be paid in incremental payments, subject to prior approval of
               the Yurok by the Tribe’s Finance Department and execution of a written
               agreement in a form acceptable to same. The agreement to make incremental
               payments shall be affixed to the contract to which the TERO fee applies.

       8.3.3   The Yurok Tribe Fiscal Department shall be exempt from any TERO Fees.

       8.3.4   A contractor or employer that fails to pay the TERO fee pursuant to terms set
               forth in this Ordinance, shall be subject to sanctions set forth in section 12 herein.

       8.3.5   All TERO fees shall be made payable to the Yurok Tribe and forwarded to the
               following address:

                                          Yurok Tribe
                                       Fiscal Department
                                         P.O. Box 1027
                                    Klamath, CA 95548-1027

SECTION 9.0           COMPLIANCE BY UNIONS

Every union entering into a collective bargaining agreement with a covered employer must file a
written agreement confirming the union’s intent to comply with this Ordinance, and the rules,
regulations, and orders of the Yurok TERO. Until such agreement(s) is/are on file with the
TERO, the employer may not proceed with work on the Yurok Reservation or its defined
contiguous lands.

9.1    Mandatory Elements of Union Agreements

Every union agreement filed with the Yurok TERO must include:

       9.1.1   Contingent on funding requirements, a statement of Yurok Tribal Member
               Preference, under which the union will give a preference first to qualified Yurok
               Tribal members, and second, to qualified Indians, in job referral, regardless of
               which union dispatch list they occupy.


                                                 15
       9.1.2   A statement that the union will cooperate with the Council and the TERO Officer
               with regard to TERO compliance under this Ordinance.

       9.1.3   Contingent on funding requirements, the union will establish a mechanism
               allowing first, qualified Yurok Tribal members, and second, qualified Indians, to
               register for job referral lists by telephone or mail.

       9.1.4   Contingent on funding requirements, the Union will first “grandfather” all
               qualified Yurok Tribal members and secondly, all qualified Indians, who qualify
               for journeyman status and wish to join the Union.

       9.1.5   Contingent on funding requirements, the union will grant temporary work permits
               first, to qualified Yurok Tribal members; and second, to qualified Indians, who do
               not wish to join the Union.

       9.1.6   The Union will expressly agree to subject itself to the jurisdiction of the Yurok
               Tribe and the Yurok Tribal Court for purposes of this Ordinance.

9.2    Recognition of Unions

Nothing provided in this Ordinance, nor any activity authorized by the Council or Yurok TERO,
constitutes official Tribal recognition of any particular union. The utilization of any such union
shall not be construed as an endorsement of any particular union activities on the Yurok
Reservation or its contiguous lands.

SECTION 10.0           DUE PROCESS AND HEARINGS

10.1   Right to Hearings

An individual, employer, union, or the TERO Officer may request a hearing pursuant to either
allegation(s) of a violation of this Ordinance; or that any rule, regulation, or order of the TERO
Officer is believed to be erroneous or illegal.

10.2   Notice of Hearing

Whenever a hearing is requested by the TERO Officer, an individual, an employer, or a union,
written notice thereof must be provided to all involved parties.

       10.2.1 Said notice shall include:

               (a)     The names of all parties to an action; and

               (b)     Names of those not yet party to an action, whenever known; or whose
                       identity as a potential party or parties would be discovered through the
                       exercise of due diligence; and




                                                16
               (c)    The nature of the hearing; and

               (d)    An express statement that the party or parties named have the right to be
                      present the hearing; and

               (e)    An express statement that anyone named in the notice has the right to
                      present testimony of witnesses or other evidence; and

               (f)    An express statement that anyone named in the notice has the right to
                      representation by counsel at their own expense; and

               (g)    An express statement that the TERO Officer may be represented by
                      General Counsel for the Yurok Tribe.

       10.2.2 Notice shall be published in at least two newspapers of appropriate circulation. If
              the whereabouts of any party or parties is unknown, then:

               (a)    Notice shall be posted in a public place within the Yurok Reservation for
                      not less than ten (10) working days; and

               (b)    Notice shall be kept on file in the Tribal offices located in Eureka,
                      Weitchpec, and Klamath, available upon request; and

               (c)    Notice shall also be posted in the Eureka, Weitchpec, and Klamath Tribal
                      offices and therefore, available for public inspection.

10.3   TERO Office Complaint Procedure

The TERO Officer may file a complaint on the basis of noncompliance with the requirements of
this Ordinance by an employer, contractor, subcontractor, or union.

The TERO Officer may first attempt to resolve the matter informally, but if that is not possible or
futile, the TERO Officer may request a hearing pursuant to subsection 10.1 of this Ordinance.

10.4   Individual Complaint Procedure

       10.4.1 An individual may file a complaint with the TERO Office regarding any alleged
              violation on the part of an employer, contractor, subcontractor, or union. To
              substantiate a verbally-delivered complaint, the TERO Officer must request that
              the complainant submit the complaint in writing.

       10.4.2 Upon receipt of a written complaint, the TERO Officer has an affirmative duty to
              investigate the allegations. Both the party or parties named as violators and the
              complainant will receive written notice stating that an investigation will be
              conducted and setting forth with specificity the factual basis for the complaint.




                                                17
       10.4.3 Once the investigation is complete, the TERO Officer will issue a written finding
              either sustaining or not sustaining the alleged violation(s). If the allegations are
              not sustained, the complaint shall be dismissed and written notice provided to all
              involved parties within ten (10) business days of the date of the finding. If the
              allegations are sustained, the TERO Officer shall issue written notice within ten
              (10) business days of the date of the finding to all involved parties.

       10.4.4 If an allegation of a TERO violation is sustained, the TERO Officer will then
              request to meet informally with both the complainant and TERO violator in an
              attempt to resolve the issue. The request for a meeting can be made either in
              writing or telephonically. If telephonic, a log shall be kept at the Yurok TERO
              containing the date, time, and content of the conversation.

       10.4.5 If the matter cannot be resolved informally, either the parties or TERO Officer
              may request a hearing pursuant to Subsection 10.1.

       10.4.6 Any employer, contractor, subcontractor, or union that takes retaliatory action
              against a Yurok Tribal member or other Indian employee who has utilized this
              complaint procedure, or who asserts any rights under this Ordinance, will be
              subject to the penalties provided in section 12 of this Ordinance.

10.5   Complaint by an Employer or Union

       10.5.1 Any employer or union may file a complaint with the Yurok Tribal Council
              alleging that a provision of this Ordinance, or any rule, regulation, or order of the
              TERO Office is illegal, erroneous, and/or erroneously applied.

       10.5.2 Any such complaint must be in writing, and addressed to both the Tribal Council
              and TERO Officer. The complaint must specify, in detail, the basis for the
              complaint.

       10.5.3 Upon receipt of the complaint, the Tribal Council, or its designee, shall schedule a
              hearing on the merits. To prevail at the hearing, the employer or union must
              establish prove their allegations by a preponderance of the evidence. Following
              the hearing, the Council must rule whether the allegation(s) is/are sustained or not
              sustained. The finding shall be forwarded within ten (10) business days of the date
              of the decision to all involved parties, along with notice of the right to appeal the
              decision of the Council to the Yurok Tribal Court.

10.6   Investigations

The TERO Officer and/or any field compliance officer designated by the Council may conduct
such private or public investigations within the jurisdiction of this Ordinance, to determine the
facts or the instances of alleged violations of this Ordinance. The TERO Officer and/or field
compliance officer may enter the place of business or employment of any employer to conduct
such investigations during regular business hours.


                                                18
Investigations can include, but are not limited to: taking statements of workers on-site or at the
Yurok Tribal headquarters, whether by hand or recording device; taking photographs or video
recordings of work areas and workers on any given site; requesting certified payroll records,
proof of liability and workmen’s compensation insurance, and any other regularly-kept business
records relating to employee attendance and activity; making more than one site visit per day;
taking statements, whether by hand or via a recording device, of community members having
information about an employer’s practices that formed the basis of a written complaint; and
interviewing record-keeping staff of any respective employer.

10.7   Hearing Procedures

The following procedures will apply all hearings:

       10.7.1 All parties may present testimony of witnesses and other evidence; and may be
              represented by counsel at their own expense.

       10.7.2 The Tribal Council or TERO Officer, may receive advice and assistance from the
              Yurok Tribe’s in-house legal counsel. Outside counsel, when deemed necessary
              by the Council, may also be consulted.

       10.7.3 The hearing shall be governed by the rules of practice and procedure adopted by
              the Council. The Council shall not be bound by technical rules of evidence while
              conducting hearings, and no informality in any proceeding, including the manner
              of taking testimony, shall invalidate any order, decision, rule or regulation made,
              approved, or confirmed by the Council.

       10.7.4 Depending on the type of hearing, the following person(s) may preside: The Chair
              or Vice Chair of the Tribal Council or a hearing officer appointed by the Tribal
              Council.

       10.7.5 Any finding sustaining an allegation of violation by any party defendant must be
              supported by a preponderance of the evidence.

       10.7.6 At the close of the hearing, the Council may take immediate action or take the
              matter under advisement and render a decision on a later date. If rendering of a
              decision is postponed, all parties shall be so notified, on the record, prior to
              adjourning the hearing session. If possible, a date by which a final decision will
              be rendered shall also be provided to all parties.

       10.7.7 Any decision by a hearing officer, or hearing body, must be issued in writing, and
              submitted no more than thirty (30) days after the date of the conclusion of the
              hearing. It shall be served on all parties via certified mail, return-receipt
              requested, or in person. If service is accomplished in person, proof of receipt shall
              be achieved by having the recipient place their signature in a logbook bearing a
              brief description of the document(s) received. The logbook shall be kept at the
              Tribal headquarters in Klamath, California.


                                                19
       10.7.8 Official transcripts shall be made of every hearing conducted. Said transcript(s)
              shall be made available to any party wishing to appeal the decision of the Tribal
              Council or its designee for a fee of two-hundred-fifty dollars U.S. ($250.00 U.S.).
              From time-to-time, this fee shall be adjusted without prior notice to account for
              increased market costs and inflation. Should the Yurok Tribal Council contract
              transcription services outside the Tribal facility, the rate shall be the market rate
              for that particular service provider. In the event the appellant is the TERO Officer
              and/or his/her designee, the fee for the transcript shall be waived unless the
              transcript is provided by a contract transcription services provider.

10.8   Appeals

       10.8.1 Accurate records of all testimony, evidence, and other matters material to the
              issue on appeal presented at evidentiary hearings conducted by the Council or its
              designee.

       10.8.2 Any final order of the Tribal Council may be appealed to the Yurok Tribal Court.
              On appeal, the case will be tried de novo.

       10.8.3 The Notice of Appeal must:

              (a)     Be filed, in writing, at the TERO Office within fifteen (15) days after the
                      date of entry of the final order.

              (b)     Identify the order and set forth the grounds upon which the request for a
                      reversal or modification is sought.

       10.8.4 Compliance with any order, which is the subject of a timely appeal, will be held
              in abeyance pending a decision on the matter by the Tribal Court. If an order
              under appeal is modified or set aside by the Tribal Court, the decision of the
              Tribal Court will be sent via certified mail, return-receipt requested, to all parties.
              Any amendments to this Ordinance ordered as a result of an appeal to the Tribal
              Court will be sent via certified mail, return-receipt requested, to employers,
              federal and state agencies, and other interested parties; and will be posted in
              public places on the Yurok Reservation.

10.9   Confidentiality

       10.9.1 All information collected pursuant to an investigation authorized under this
              Ordinance shall be kept confidential.

              Portions of hearings that involve the use or disclosure of confidential documents
              such as employee records shall be closed to the public, and files containing such
              confidential information shall be sealed. Such confidential information may only
              be obtained pursuant to a Tribal Court order following a hearing on an affidavit
              proving the necessity of disclosure.


                                                 20
       10.9.2 Any person whose confidential information is sought shall be given sufficient
              notice in advance of disclosing such confidential information, so that the person
              may object to the disclosure.

SECTION 11.0           TERO COMPLIANCE

As of the effective date of this Ordinance, no new covered employer may commence work on the
Yurok Indian Reservation without consulting with the Tribe through its TERO Office, and filing
an acceptable Indian Preference Plan and a TERO Pre-Award Labor Force Projection Form.

SECTION 12.0           REPORTING AND ON-SITE INSPECTIONS

Each employer, as part of their compliance activity, shall submit monthly reports to the TERO
Office, on a form provided by the TERO Officer, indicating the number of employees—
including a separate tally of Indians—on its workforce; monthly hires and terminations and/or
lay-offs; and other information as may be identified on the form.

An employer who fails to submit monthly reports shall be subject to sanctions.

The TERO Officer will have the authority to make on-site inspections during regular working
hours in order to monitor compliance with this Ordinance, and any other rules, regulations,
and/or order of the TERO Officer or Council. The TERO Officer or designated field compliance
investigator has the right to inspect and copy all relevant records of any employer, signatory
union, contractor, or subcontractor, to interview or speak to workers and otherwise conduct
investigations on the job site. All information collected will be kept confidential unless or until
disclosure is required during a hearing or appeal as provided in section 10.7.

SECTION 13.0           PENALTIES FOR VIOLATIONS

Any employer, contractor, subcontractor, or union who violates this Ordinance or the rules,
regulations, or orders promulgated by the TERO Officer or Council will be subject to the
following penalties for such violation:

       (a)     Denial of the right to begin or continue business or commerce, suspension of all
               operations; and/or prohibition from engaging in future operations (debarment) on,
               or within, the Yurok Reservation and its contiguous lands.

       (b)     Payment of any back pay and damages to compensate any injured party.

       (c)     Removal of any employees hired in violation of this Ordinance or the rules,
               regulations, and orders pertaining thereto.

       (d)     An order requiring the employment, promotion, or training of qualified Tribal
               members, and other Indians who suffered economic injury as a direct result of the
               violation.



                                                21
       (e)     Imposition of monetary civil penalties and fines.

       (f)     An order mandating changes in procedure or policies necessary to eliminate or
               correct the violation.

       (g)     An order mandating any other provision deemed necessary by the TERO Officer,
               the Council, or the Tribal Court to alleviate, eliminate, or compensate for any
               violation.

The maximum penalty that may be imposed is $500.00 for each occurrence. Every day during
which a violation exists shall be deemed a separate occurrence.

SECTION 14.0           ORDERS OF THE YUROK TRIBAL POLICE

The Yurok Tribe Office of Public Safety is expressly authorized and directed to enforce any
cease and desist or related order issued by the TERO Officer, in-house legal department, or
Council only when such order is supported by either a judicial decree, or order, from the Yurok
Tribal Court. The Tribal police will not be civilly liable for enforcing such Tribal Court orders or
judicial decrees, provided that the order or decree bears the signature of a judge of the Tribal
Court.

SECTION 15.0           PUBLICATION OF ORDINANCE

The Council will notify all Covered Employers regarding the adoption of this Ordinance and
their obligation to comply. All bid announcements issued by any tribal, federal, state, or other
public or private entity shall contain a statement that the successful bidder will be required to
comply with this Ordinance and all rules, regulations, and orders of the TERO Office and Tribal
Council within its jurisdiction. Council will send copies of this Ordinance to every employer
operating on, or near, the Yurok Reservation or its contiguous lands, as defined in this
Ordinance; and to every covered employer within thirty (30) days of the effective date of this
Ordinance.

SECTION 16.0           SEVERABILITY

If any provision of this Ordinance, or its application to any person or circumstances, is held
invalid by a court of appropriate jurisdiction, the remainder of the Ordinance or application of
the provision to other persons, or circumstances, shall not be affected thereby.

SECTION 17.0           EFFECTIVE DATE

This Ordinance shall be effective and enforceable from the date of its approval and adoption by
the Yurok Tribal Council.

SECTION 18.0           SOVEREIGN IMMUNITY




                                                22
Nothing in the enactment, contents, administration, or enforcement of this Ordinance is intended
to, nor shall, waive the sovereign immunity from unconsented suit of the Yurok Tribe, its
officers, officials, employees, or agents acting within the course and scope of their official duties
or authority, including, but not limited, to the following:

          (a)   Taking legal action against any person to enforce or otherwise further the
                purposes of this Ordinance;

          (b)   Defending legal action taken by another person to invalidate all or a portion of
                this Ordinance, or any actions taken under the authority of this Ordinance, for any
                failure to act under this Ordinance; or

          (c)   Acting to enforce any penalties or sanctions under this Ordinance.

SECTION 19.0           EXCLUSIVITY OF REMEDY

The procedures, remedies, and forums set forth in this Ordinance are the sole and exclusive
procedures, remedies, and forums for addressing any grievances, claims, or causes of action
brought by any person pursuant to this Ordinance. The Tribe specifically does not consent to any
grievances, claims, or causes of action other than those set forth in this Ordinance. By enacting
this Ordinance, the Tribe is not creating any private causes of action.

                                C*E*R*T*I*F*I*C*A*T*I*O*N

This Yurok Tribal Employment Rights Office Ordinance amendment was passed at a regularly
scheduled meeting of the Yurok Tribal Council on June 9, 2005, at which a quorum was present
and this Ordinance was approved by a vote of 7 FOR, 0 OPPOSED, 0 ABSTENTIONS in
accordance with Article 4, Section 5 (j) of the Constitution of the Yurok Tribe.

DATED THIS 9th DAY OF JUNE, 2005



Howard McConnell, Chairman
Yurok Tribal Council


Attest:



Cynthia Carlson
Executive Assistant




                                                 23
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

 1   SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK
 2
 3
 4   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 5
 6   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other
 7   Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
 8
 9
10   PROJECT DESCRIPTION
11
12   The Project 20 units, all with 2 car garages, and related paving, site work, utilities, and offsite work
13   indicated on the plans.
14   The drawings consist of 4 sets of plans: one for each building type and one for site civil and offsite work.
15   They are as follows:
16           Site Civil
17           Building 1
18           Buildings 2 & 3
19           Buildings 4,5,6,7,8,9,10, & 11
20
21   Building Tabulation:
22
                        Bldg # Unit Type Bedrooms Baths               House SF     Garage SF
                        1        A          3            2.5          1315         249
                        1        AR         3            2.5          1315         249
                        2        B (ADA)    3            2            1117         303
                        3        BR (ADA) 3              2            1117         303
                        4        CR         4            3            1633         287
                        4        DR         4            3            1533         265
                        5        C          4            3            1633         287
                        5        D          4            3            1533         265
                        6        CR         4            3            1633         287
                        6        DR         4            3            1533         265
                        7        C          4            3            1633         287
                        7        D          4            3            1533         265
                        8        CR         4            3            1633         287
                        8        DR         4            3            1533         265
                        9        C          4            3            1633         287
                        9        D          4            3            1533         265
                        10       CR         4            3            1633         287
                        10       DR         4            3            1533         265
                        11       C          4            3            1633         287
                        11       D          4            3            1533         265
                        Total Area for 20 Units: 35712sf              30192sf      5520sf
23
24
25   CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES
26
27   General: During the construction period, the Contractor shall have full use of the premises for
28   construction operations, including use of the site. See project limits on site plan.
29
30           Confine operations to areas within project limits.
31
32           Keep driveways and entrances serving the premises clear and available to use at all times. Do
33           not use these areas for parking or storage of materials.
34
35
36   PROTECTION OF EXISTING

     SUMMARY OF WORK                                                                                     01010 - 1
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011

37
38   Protect all in-place construction in connection with the work, unless specifically indicated otherwise.
39
40   Restoration of Existing Improvements: The Contractor shall repair or replace curbs, sidewalks, driveway,
41   utilities, street surfaces, interior and exterior finishes and any and all structures and substructures
42   damaged by his operations. These repairs and replacements shall be similar and equal in every respect
43   to those now in place and acceptable to the Architect and shall match the existing adjacent construction
44   in dimension and finish.
45
46
47   MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
48
49   All work performed shall be under a single contract. Divisions in these specifications conform generally to
50   customary trade practice; they are intended for convenience only. The Architect is not bound to define
51   the limits of any subcontract and will not enter into disputes between the Contractor and his employees,
52   INCLUDING SUBCONTRACTORS.
53
54   Comply with applicable requirements of regulatory agencies and inspection by public officials. The
55   Contractor shall call for all inspections required by public agencies having jurisdiction on the area. Final
56   payment will not be made until the appropriate officials have made a final inspection and all deficient
57   items have been corrected.
58
59   Before ordering any material or doing any work, the Contractor and/or the Subcontractor for each section
60   of work shall verify all measurements at job. Any difference found between dimensions on Drawings and
61   actual measurements shall be brought to Architect's attention via Contractor for consideration before
62   proceeding with work.
63
64   Carry on the work so as to minimize interference with the Owner’s operation of the existing facilities.
65
66   Provide necessary supervision, coordination and verification of the work of the various trades. Transmit
67   contract requirements to subcontractors. Transmit subcontract questions to Architect.
68
69   Perform work during weather conditions conducive to best results for a sound and durable installation.
70
71
72   PERMITS AND FEES
73
74   Contractor to secure and pay for all permits and fees payable to governing agencies and utilities for this
75   project including: plan review fee, building permit fee, encroachment fee, utility hook up fee. This does
76   not include the cost of power, water or phone service during construction.
77
78   ALLOWANCES
79
80   Contractor use of allowances must be approved by the Owner with appropriate backup (invoices or
81   written estimates or statement of fees owed) prior to expending any funds.
82
83   The following allowances must be included in the bid. If they or any portion of them are found to be not
84   needed, they shall be credited back to the Owner by Change Order.
85
86   Permit Fee Allowance: $120,000
87   Utility Hookup Allowance: $50,000
88   Septic Tank Removal Allowance: $11,000
89   Rock Removal Allowance: $20,000
90   Contractor to provide allowance amount for Residential Appliances: Refrigerators, ranges, range hoods,
91   dishwashers, microwave ovens.
92
93                                            END OF SECTION 01010


     SUMMARY OF WORK                                                                                     01010 - 2
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

 1   SECTION 01027 - APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6
 7   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 8
 9   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other
10   Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
11
12   SUMMARY
13
14   This Section specifies requirements governing the Contractor's Applications for Payment.
15
16   SCHEDULE OF VALUES
17
18   Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of the Contractor's Construction
19   Schedule.
20
21       Submit the Schedule of Values to the Architect at the earliest feasible date, but in no case later than
22       seven (7) days before the date scheduled for submittal of the initial Application for Payment.
23       Provide a separate section with a subtotal and percent complete in the schedule of values for each
24       lot. The cover page should show project totals.
25
26   Format and Content: Use the Project Manual Table of Contents as a guide to establish the format for the
27   Schedule of Values.
28
29       Arrange the Schedule of Values in a tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following for
30       each item listed:
31
32                  Generic name.
33                  Related Specification Section.
34                  Name of subcontractor, or manufacturer, or fabricator or supplier.
35                  Dollar value.
36       Percentage of Contract Sum to the nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent.
37
38       Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum to facilitate evaluation of Applications for Payment. Break
39       principal subcontract amounts down into several line items.
40
41       The total shall equal the Contract Sum.
42
43       Margins of Cost: Show line items for indirect costs only to the extent such items will be listed
44       individually in Applications for Payment. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for
45       Payment shall be complete including its total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and
46       profit margin.
47
48       Temporary facilities and other major cost items which are not direct cost of actual work-in-place may
49       be shown as separate line items in the Schedule of Values.
50
51       Each Change Order shall become a new line item on the continuation sheet of the Application for
52       Payment form.
53
54   APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
55




     APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT                                                                           01027 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011

 56   Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by
 57   the Architect and paid for by the Owner.
 58
 59   Payment Application Times: Monthly anniversary date shall be the twenty-fifth of each month. The
 60   period of construction Work covered by each Application for Payment is the period ending five (5) days
 61   prior to the date for each progress payment and starting the day following the end of the preceding
 62   period.
 63
 64   Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and Continuation sheets G703 as the forms for
 65   Application for Payment or approved similar form.
 66
 67   Application Preparation: Complete every entry on the form, including notarization and execution by
 68   person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of the Owner. Incomplete applications will be
 69   returned without action.
 70
 71       Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values.
 72
 73       Include amounts of Change Orders issued prior to the last day of the construction period covered by
 74       the application.
 75
 76   Transmittal: Submit four (4) executed copies of each Application for Payment. Include waivers of lien.
 77
 78   Waivers of Mechanics Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanics liens from
 79   subcontractors or sub- subcontractors and suppliers for the construction period covered by the previous
 80   application.
 81
 82       Submit partial waivers on each item for the amount requested, prior to deduction for retainage, on
 83       each item.
 84
 85       When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers.
 86
 87       Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms and executed in a manner acceptable to Owner.
 88
 89   Initial Application for Payment: The following must be submitted before the first Application for Payment:
 90
 91           List of subcontractors.
 92           List of principal suppliers and fabricators.
 93           Schedule of Values.
 94           Contractor's Construction Schedule.
 95           Copies of building permits.
 96           Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.
 97
 98   Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuance of the Certificate of Substantial
 99   Completion, submit an Application for Payment.
100
101   Actions or submittals required with application include:
102
103           Occupancy permits and similar approvals.
104           Final cleaning.
105
106   Application for Payment at Project Completion: Actions and submittals required with submittal of 98% of
107   the contract amount:
108
109           Test/adjust/balance records.
110           Maintenance instructions.




      APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT                                                                         01027 - 2
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011

111           Completion of Project Closeout requirements.
112           Completion of items specified for completion after Substantial Completion.
113           Removal of temporary facilities and services.
114           Removal of surplus materials, rubbish and similar elements.
115
116   Application for Payment at the close of the Warranty Period: At the close of the warranty period (1 year
117   from the date of substantial completeion) the contractor my apply for final payment after the following has
118   occurred:
119           A warranty inspection 9 months after the date of substantial completion of the project by the
120           Contractor, the Owner, and the Architect to identify any warranty issues that need to be
121           addressed.
122           The Architects list of warranty issues has been completed to the Owner and Architect’s
123           satisfaction.
124
125
126   PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
127
128   PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
129
130                                           END OF SECTION 01027




      APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT                                                                          01027 - 3
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                              JULY 5, 2011

 1   SECTION 01030 - BID SCHEDULES AND ALTERNATES
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 7
 8   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other
 9   Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
10
11   SUMMARY
12
13   This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for Alternates, and Bid Schedules.
14
15   Definition: An Alternate is an amount proposed by Bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain
16   construction activities defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be deducted from Base Bid amount if
17   the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in either the amount of construction to be
18   completed, or in the products, materials, equipment, systems or installation methods described in
19   Contract Documents.
20
21   Coordination: Alternate amount to include coordination of related Work and modification or adjustment of
22   adjacent Work as necessary to ensure that Work affected by each accepted Alternate is complete and
23   fully integrated into the project.
24
25   Notification: Immediately following the award of the Contract, prepare and distribute to each party
26   involved, notification of the status of each Alternate. Indicate whether Alternates have been accepted or
27   rejected.
28
29   Schedule: A "Schedule of Alternates" is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections
30   referenced in the Schedule contain requirements for materials and methods necessary to achieve the
31   Work described under each Alternate.
32
33           Include as part of each Alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects and similar items
34           incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of the
35           Alternate.
36
37   Bid Schedule Approach: The owner may elect to award for construction, only the basic portion of this
38   project shown as Schedule "A". The owner may also elect to construct the entire project or Schedule "B".
39   The owner will make this determination prior to Bid award.
40
41   PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
42
43
44   PART 3 - EXECUTION
45
46   SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES
47
48   Alternate No. 1: Deduct the price to provide complete playstructure, swingset, bench, play area border,
49   stakes, and accessibility wedge, and spreading of shredded tire playground surfacing. Shredded tire
50   surfacing will be supplied and delivered by Owner. See Section 02880. Location of alternate shown on
51   drawings.
52
53   Alternate No. 2: Deduct the price to provide and install the residential appliances.
54
55
56                                            END OF SECTION 01030

       BID SCHEDULES AND ALTERNATES                                                               01030 - 1
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011

 1   SECTION 01153 - CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
 2
 3   PART 1 - GENERAL
 4
 5   1.01   REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
 6
 7    A.     Promptly implement change order procedures.
 8           1. Provide full written data required to evaluate changes.
 9           2. Maintain detailed records of work done on a time-and-material force account basis.
10           3. Provide full documentation to Architect/Engineer on request.
11
12    B.    Designate in writing the member of Contractor’s organization:
13          1. Who is authorized to accept changes in the Work.
14          2. Who is responsible for informing others in the Contractor’s employ of the authorization of
15   changes in the Work.
16
17    C.     Owner will designate in writing the person who is authorized to execute Change Orders.
18
19   1.02   RELATED REQUIREMENTS
20
21    A.     Agreement: The amounts of established unit prices, and the original contract sum.
22
23    B.     Conditions of the Contract:
24           1. Methods of determining cost or credit to Owner resulting from changes in Work made on a
25   time       and material basis.
26           2. Contractor’s claims for additional costs.
27
28    C.     Section 01152: Application for Payment
29
30    D.     Section 01310: Construction Schedules
31
32    E.     Section 01370: Schedule of Values
33
34   1.03   DEFINITIONS
35
36    A.     Change Order: See General Conditions.
37
38   1.04   PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES
39
40    A.     Owner or Architect/Engineer may initiate changes by submitting a Proposal Request to
41           Contractor. Request will include:
42           1. Detailed description of the Change, Products, and location of the change in the Project.
43           2. Supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications.
44           3. The projected time span for making the change, and a specific statement as to whether
45   overtime work is , or is not, authorized.
46           4. A specific period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid.
47           5. Such request is for information only, and is not an instruction to execute the changes, nor to
48   stop Work in progress.
49
50    B.     Contractor may initiate changes by submitting a written notice to Architect/Engineer, containing:
51           1. Description of the proposed changes.
52           2. Statement of the reason for making the changes.
53           3. Statement of the effect on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.
54           4. Statement of the effect on the work of separate contractors.
55           5. Documentation supporting any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time, as appropriate.
56
57

     CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES                                                                            01153-1
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                     PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                JULY 5, 2011

58   1.05   DOCUMENTATION OF PROPOSALS AND CLAIMS
59
60    A.    Support each quotation for a lump-sum proposal, and for each unit price which has not previously
61          been established, with sufficient substantiating data to allow Architect/Engineer to evaluate the
62          quotation.
63
64    B.    On request provide additional data to support time and cost computations.
65
66    C.    Support each claim for additional costs, and for work done on a time-and-material/force account
67          basis.
68
69   1.06   PREPARATIONS OF CHANGE ORDERS
70
71    A.    Architect/Engineer will prepare each Change Order, using AIA Form G701.
72
73    B.    Change Order will provide an accounting of the adjustment in the Contract Sum and the Contract
74          Time.
75
76   1.07   CORRELATION WITH CONTRACTOR’S SUBMITTALS
77
78    A.    Periodically revise Schedule of Values and Request for Payment forms to record each change as
79          a separate item of Work, and to record the adjusted Contract Sum.
80
81    B.    Periodically revise the Construction Schedule to reflect each change in Contract Time.
82
83   1.08   MARK-UP ON CHANGE ORDERS
84
85    A.    The percentage of mark-up on any Change Order shall be agreed as fifteen (15%) percent
86          maximum for overhead, profit, bond and insurance over the cost of materials, labor and
87          transportation. The General Contractor may charge a maximum of five (5%) percent markup for
88          overhaul profit, bond, and insurance on any Change Order work performed by a subcontractor or
89          supplier, but the subcontractor shall be allowed to mark-up his cost of labor, materials, and
90          transportation by a maximum of fifteen (15%) percent.
91
92   PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED
93
94   PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED
95
96                                         END OF SECTION 01153




     CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES                                                                         01153-2
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

 1   SECTION 01200 - PROJECT MEETINGS
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6
 7   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 8
 9   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
10   other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
11
12
13   SUMMARY
14
15   This Section specifies requirements for project meetings including but not limited to:
16
17           Pre-Construction Conference.
18           Progress Meetings.
19
20   Construction schedules are specified in "Submittals" section.
21
22
23   PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
24
25   Schedule a pre-construction meeting no later than ten (10) days after execution of the Agreement and
26   prior to commencement of construction activities. Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and
27   personnel assignments.
28
29   Attendees: The Owner, Architect and their consultants, the Contractor and its superintendent and major
30   subcontractors and other concerned parties.
31
32   Agenda: Discuss items of significance which could affect progress including such topics as:
33
34           Tentative construction schedule.
35           Critical Work sequencing.
36           Designation of responsible personnel.
37           Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
38           Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
39           Distribution of Contract Documents.
40           Submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
41           Preparation of record documents.
42           Use of the premises.
43           Safety procedures.
44           First aid.
45           Security.
46           Housekeeping.
47




     PROJECT MEETINGS                                                                                 01200 - 1
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                      PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011

48   PROGRESS MEETINGS
49
50   Conduct progress meetings at the Project site at two (2) week intervals. Notify the concerned parties of
51   meeting dates.
52
53   Attendees: Owner and Architect, each subcontractor, supplier or other entity concerned with current or
54   future activities.
55
56   Agenda: Minutes of the previous progress meeting. Review items that could affect progress and topics
57   appropriate to the current status of the Project.
58
59           Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Expedite items
60           behind schedule. Review the present and future needs of each entity present.
61
62   Schedule Updating: Revise the construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the
63   schedule have been made. Issue the revised schedule with the report of each meeting.
64
65
66   PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
67
68
69   PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
70
71
72
73
74
75                                           END OF SECTION 01200




     PROJECT MEETINGS                                                                                01200 - 2
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011


 1   SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6
 7   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 8
 9   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other
10   Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
11
12
13   SUMMARY
14
15   This Section specifies requirements for submittals required for performance of the Work, including:
16
17           Contractor's Construction Schedule.
18           Submittal Schedule.
19   Shop drawings:
20           Cabinetry
21           Carpet seam diagram
22           Roof Trusses
23           Engineered wood products (truss joists)
24   Product Data:
25           Toilet Accessories (if different from specified)
26           Plumbing fixtures
27           Electrical fixtures and devices
28           Mechanical equipment and devices
29           Paint
30           Siding
31           Roofing
32   Samples:
33           Tile, Carpet, Siding, Paint, (drawdowns on 8 ½” x 11” wall for each color and sheen). Plan on
34   changing all colors once after initial sample review.)
35           VCT
36           Drywall Texture (may be incorporated into finished work).
37   SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
38
39   Coordination: Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction
40   activities to avoid delay.
41
42           Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other
43           submittals until related submittals are received.
44
45   Processing: Allow sufficient review time so installation will not be delayed. Ten (10) days for initial
46   review.
47   Architect will try to expedite submittals if possible
48   All 8 1/2” x 11” submittals shall be in PDF format and submitted electronically. PDF format is preferred for
49   all submittals.
50
51   Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. Indicate
52   the name of the entity that prepared each submittal on the label or title block.
53
54           Provide a space approximately 4" x 5" on the label or beside the title block to record the
55           Architect's review and approval markings and the action taken.
56
57           Include the following information on the label for processing and recording action taken:


     SUBMITTALS                                                                                           01300 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011


 58
 59                    Project name.
 60                    Date.
 61                    Name of Architect.
 62                    Name, address and telephone number of entity involved.
 63                    Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
 64                    Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
 65
 66           A sample label or cover sheet is attached at the end of this section.
 67
 68   Submittal Transmittal: Transmit each submittal from Contractor to Architect using a transmittal form.
 69   Submittals received from sources other than the Contractor will be returned without action.
 70
 71           Record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and
 72           limitations.
 73
 74
 75   CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
 76
 77   Bar-Chart Schedule: Prepare a fully developed, horizontal bar-chart-type Contractor's Construction
 78   Schedule. Submit within five (5) days of execution of contract.
 79
 80           Prepare the schedule on a sheet, or other reproducible media, of sufficient width to show data for
 81           the entire construction period.
 82
 83           Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved.
 84           Show each activity in proper sequence. Indicate graphically sequences necessary for completion
 85           of related portions of the Work.
 86
 87           Indicate Substantial Completion on the schedule to allow time for the Architect's procedures
 88           necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.
 89
 90   Distribution: Following response to the initial submittal, print and distribute copies to the Architect, Owner,
 91   subcontractors and other parties required to comply with the scheduled dates. Post copies in the
 92   temporary field office.
 93
 94           When revisions are made, distribute to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete
 95           parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no
 96           longer involved in construction activities.
 97
 98
 99   SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
100
101   After development and acceptance of the Contractor's Construction Schedule, prepare a complete
102   schedule of submittals. Include submittals required, specification section for submittal, dates of when
103   submittals will be submitted to architect and when they are needed to be approved. Submit the schedule
104   within five (5) days of the date required for establishment of the Contractor's Construction Schedule.
105
106
107   SHOP DRAWINGS
108
109   Submit newly prepared information, drawn to accurate scale. Highlight, encircle or otherwise indicate
110   deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard
111   information as the basis of Shop Drawings.
112
113   Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns,
114   templates and similar drawings. Include the following information:


      SUBMITTALS                                                                                           01300 - 2
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011


115
116           Dimensions.
117           Identification of products and materials included.
118           Compliance with specified standards.
119           Notation of coordination requirements.
120           Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
121
122           Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns and similar full-size Drawings, submit Shop Drawings
123           on sheets at least 8½" x 11" but no larger than 24" x 36".
124
125           Submittal: Submit one PDF (preferred), or six copies for the Architect's review;. Contractor shall
126           distribute prints from reproducible print.
127
128                   One of the prints shall be maintained as a "Record Document".
129
130           Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken in
131           connection with construction.
132
133
134   PRODUCT DATA
135
136   Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Product Data
137   includes printed information such as manufacturer's installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color
138   charts, roughing-in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams and performance curves. Where
139   Product Data must be specially prepared because standard printed data is not suitable for use, submit as
140   "Shop Drawings".
141
142           Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed Product Data includes
143           information on several products, some of which are not required, mark copies to indicate the
144           applicable information. Mark out inappropriate information. Include the following information:
145
146                   Manufacturer's printed recommendations.
147                   Compliance with recognized trade association standards.
148                   Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.
149                   Application of testing agency labels and seals.
150                   Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement.
151                   Notation of coordination requirements.
152
153           Do not submit Product Data until compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents has
154           been confirmed.
155
156           Submittals: Submit four (4) copies of each required submittal. The Architect will retain two and
157           will return the others.
158
159
160   SAMPLES
161
162   Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of
163   materials, color range sets and swatches showing color, texture and pattern. Include the following:
164
165                   Generic description of the Sample.
166                   Sample source.
167                   Product name or name of manufacturer.
168                   Compliance with recognized standards.
169                   Availability and delivery time.
170


      SUBMITTALS                                                                                        01300 - 3
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011


171           Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern and for texture for a final check of these
172           characteristics with other elements.
173
174                   Where variation of characteristics are inherent in the material or product represented,
175                   submit multiple units (not less than three [3]), that show approximate limits of the
176                   variations.
177
178           Where Samples are for selection of color, pattern, texture or similar characteristics from a range
179           of standard choices, submit a full set of choices.
180
181           Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the Project site, for quality comparisons throughout the
182           course of construction.
183
184
185   ARCHITECT'S ACTION
186
187   The Architect will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken and return promptly.
188
189           Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility.
190
191   Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with a uniform, self-explanatory action stamp. The
192   stamp will be appropriately marked, as follows, to indicate the action taken:
193
194           Final Unrestricted Release: Where submittals are marked "No exceptions taken", that part of the
195           Work covered by the submittal may proceed, provided it complies with requirements of the
196           Contract Documents; final acceptance will depend upon that compliance.
197
198           Final-But-Restricted Release: When submittals are marked "Make corrections noted. No
199           resubmittal required", that part of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed, provided it
200           complies with notations or corrections on the submittal and requirements of the Contract
201           Documents; final acceptance will depend on that compliance.
202
203           Returned for Resubmittal: When submittal is marked "Revise and Resubmit", do not proceed
204           with that part of the Work covered by the submittal; including purchasing, fabrication, delivery or
205           other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal in accordance with the notations; resubmit
206           without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain a different action mark.
207
208                   Do not permit submittals marked "Not Approved, Revise and Resubmit" to be used at the
209                   Project site, or elsewhere where Work is in progress.
210
211           Other Action: Where a submittal is primarily for information or record purposes, special
212           processing or other activity, the submittal will be returned, marked "Action Not Required".
213
214
215   PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
216
217
218   PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
219
220
221                                           END OF SECTION 01300




      SUBMITTALS                                                                                         01300 - 4
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011

 1
 2   SECTION 01340 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6   1.01   REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
 7
 8           A. Submit Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples required by Contract Documents.
 9
10   1.02   RELATED REQUIREMENTS
11
12           A. Conditions of the Contract: Definitions, and Additional Responsibilities of Parties.
13
14           B. Section 01310: Construction Schedules.
15
16          C. Designate in the construction schedule or in a separate coordinated schedule, the dates for
17   submission and the dates that reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples will be
18   needed.
19
20   1.03   SHOP DRAWINGS
21
22           A. Drawings shall be presented in a clear and thorough manner.
23
24            1. Details shall be identified by reference to sheet and detail, schedule or room numbers
25   shown on Contract Drawings.
26
27           B. Minimum Sheet Size: 8-1/2" x 11" (please send as PDF document).
28
29           C. Maximum Sheet Size: 24" x 36" (PDFs preferred).
30
31           D. Other Acceptable Sheets: 11" x 17"; 17" x 22"; 22" x 34" (PDFs preferred).
32
33   1.04   PRODUCT DATA
34
35           A. Preparation
36
37             1. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models.
38
39             2. Show performance characteristics and capacities.
40
41             3. Show dimensions and clearances required.
42
43             4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls.
44
45           B. Manufacturer’s standard schematic drawings and diagrams:
46
47             1. Modify drawings and diagrams to delete information which is not applicable to the Work.
48
49             2. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the Work.
50
51   1.05    SAMPLES
52
53           A. Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate:
54
55            1. Functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices.
56
57            2. Full range of color, texture and pattern.
58

     SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES                                                            01340-1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                          PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                JULY 5, 2011

 59            3. Full range of grade or size, with identification labels firmly attached.
 60
 61   1.06    CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
 62
 63           A. Review Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples prior to submission.
 64
 65           B. Determine and verify:
 66
 67               1. Field measurements.
 68
 69               2. Field construction criteria.
 70
 71               3. Catalog numbers and similar data.
 72
 73               4. Conformance with specifications.
 74
 75           C. Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents.
 76
 77           D. Notify the Architect/Engineer in writing, at the time of submission, of any deviations in the
 78   submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents.
 79
 80           E. Begin no fabrication or work which requires submittals until return of submittals after
 81   Architect/Engineer review.
 82
 83   1.07    SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
 84
 85           A. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule, and in sequence as to
 86   cause      no delay in the Work or in the work of any other Contractor.
 87
 88           B. Number of submittals required:
 89
 90               1. Shop Drawings: Submit the number of opaque reproductions which the Contractor
 91                  requires, plus three copies which will be retained by the Architect/Engineer, and the
 92                  Owner’s representative.
 93               2. Product Data: Submit the number of copies which the Contractor requires, plus three
 94                  which will be retained by the Architect/Engineer.
 95
 96               3. Samples: Submit the number stated in each specification section.
 97
 98           C. Submittals shall contain:
 99
100               1. The Date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions.
101
102               2. The Project title and number.
103
104               3. Contract identification.
105
106               4. The names of:
107
108                  a. Contractor.
109                  b. Supplier.
110                  c. Manufacturer.
111
112               5. Identification of the product, with the specification section number.
113
114               6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such.
115
116               7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials.

      SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES                                                              01340-2
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                         PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                    JULY 5, 2011

117
118               8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers.
119
120               9. Identification of deviations from Contract Documents.
121
122              10. Identification of revisions on resubmittals.
123
124              11. An 8 in. x 3 in. blank space for Contractor and Architect/Engineer stamps (on cover sheet).
125
126              12. Contractor’s stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal, verification of
127   products, field measurements and field construction criteria, and coordination of the
128   information within the submittal with requirements of the Work and of Contract documents.
129
130              13. Pages of submittal shall be consecutively numbered.
131
132   1.08    RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
133
134          A. Make any corrections or changes in the submittals required by the Architect/Engineer and
135   resubmit.
136
137           B. Shop Drawings and Product Data:
138
139               1. Revise initial drawings or data, and resubmit as specified for the initial submittal.
140
141               2. Indicate any changes which have been made other than those requested by the
142   Architect/Engineer.
143
144           C. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal.
145
146   1.09    DISTRIBUTION
147
148           A. Distribute reproductions of Shop Drawings and copies of Product Data which carry the
149   Architect/Engineer stamp of review to:
150
151               1. Job site file.
152
153               2. Other affected contractors.
154
155               3. Sub contractors.
156
157               4. Supplier or Fabricator.
158
159           B. Distribute samples which carry the Architect/Engineer stamp of review as directed by
160   Architect/Engineer.
161
162   1.10    ARCHITECT/ENGINEER DUTIES
163
164           A. Review submittals with reasonable promptness and in accord with schedule.
165
166           B. Affix stamp and initials or signature, and indicate requirements for resubmittal, or finish of
167   review of submittal.
168
169           C. Return submittals to Contractor for distribution, or for resubmission.
170
171   PART 2 - PRODUCTS -- NOT USED
172
173   PART 3 - EXECUTION -- NOT USED
174                                             END OF SECTION 01340

      SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES                                                                01340-3
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011

 1   SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 7
 8   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other
 9   Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
10
11
12   SUMMARY
13
14   This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for quality control services.
15
16   Quality control services include inspections and tests and related actions including reports, performed by
17   independent agencies, governing authorities, and the Contractor. They do not include Contract
18   enforcement activities performed by the Architect.
19
20   Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated.
21   These services do not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document
22   requirements.
23
24   Requirements of this Section relate to customized fabrication and installation procedures, not production
25   of standard products.
26
27        Specific quality control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections
28        that specify those activities. Those requirements, including inspections and tests, cover production
29        of standard products as well as customized fabrication and installation procedures.
30
31        Inspections, test and related actions specified are not intended to limit the Contractor's quality control
32        procedures that facilitate compliance with Contract Document requirements.
33
34        Requirements for the Contractor to provide quality control services required by the Architect, Owner,
35        or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.
36
37
38   RESPONSIBILITIES
39
40   Contractor Responsibilities: The Contractor shall provide inspections, tests and similar quality control
41   services, specified in individual Specification Sections and required by governing authorities, except
42   where they are specifically indicated to be the Owner's responsibility, or are provided by another identified
43   entity; these services include those specified to be performed by an independent agency and not by the
44   Contractor. Costs for these services shall be included in the Contract Sum.
45
46        The Owner will engage the services of an independent agency to perform inspections and tests
47        specified as the Owner's responsibilities. Payment for these services will be made by the Owner.
48
49        Retesting: The Contractor is responsible for retesting where results of required inspections, tests or
50        similar services prove unsatisfactory and do not indicate compliance with Contract Document
51        requirements, regardless of whether the original test was the Contractor's responsibility.
52
53             Cost of retesting construction revised or replaced by the Contractor is the Contractor's
54             responsibility, where required tests were performed on original construction.
55
56        Associated Services: The Contractor shall cooperate with agencies performing required inspections,
57        tests and similar services and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify the agency


     QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES                                                                             01400 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                         PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011

 58        sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Auxiliary services required
 59        include but are not limited to:
 60              Providing access to the Work and furnishing incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate
 61              inspections and tests.
 62
 63             Taking adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing or
 64             assisting the agency in taking samples.
 65
 66             Providing facilities for storage and curing of test samples, and delivery of samples to testing
 67             laboratories.
 68
 69             Providing the agency with a preliminary design mix proposed for use for materials mixes that
 70             require control by the testing agency.
 71
 72             Security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project site.
 73
 74   Duties of the Testing Agency: The independent testing agency engaged to perform inspections, sampling
 75   and testing of materials and construction specified in individual Specification Sections shall cooperate
 76   with the Architect and Contractor in performance of its duties, and shall provide qualified personnel to
 77   perform required inspections and tests.
 78
 79        The agency shall notify the Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies
 80        observed in the Work during performance of its services.
 81
 82        The agency is not authorized to release, revoke, alter or enlarge requirements of the Contract
 83        Documents, or approve or accept any portion of the Work.
 84
 85        The agency shall not perform any duties of the Contractor.
 86
 87   Coordination: The Contractor and each agency engaged to perform inspections, tests and similar
 88   services shall coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required services with a minimum of
 89   delay. In addition the Contractor and each agency shall coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of
 90   removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests.
 91
 92        The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking samples and similar
 93        activities.
 94
 95
 96   SUBMITTALS
 97
 98   The independent testing agency shall submit a certified written report of each inspection, test or similar
 99   service, to the Architect, in duplicate, unless the Contractor is responsible for the service. If the
100   Contractor is responsible for the service, submit a certified written report of each inspection, test or similar
101   service through the Contractor, in duplicate.
102
103        Submit additional copies of each written report directly to the governing authority, when the authority
104        so directs.
105
106        Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test or similar service shall include, but not be
107        limited to:
108
109             Date of issue.
110             Project title and number.
111             Name, address and telephone number of testing agency.
112             Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
113             Names of individuals making the inspection or test.
114             Designation of the Work and test method.
115             Identification of product and Specification Section.

      QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES                                                                              01400 - 2
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

116             Complete inspection or test data.
117             Test results and an interpretations of test results.
118             Ambient conditions at the time of sample-taking and testing.
119             Comments or professional opinion as to whether inspected or tested Work complies with
120                  Contract Document requirements.
121             Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
122             Recommendations on retesting.
123
124
125   QUALITY ASSURANCE
126
127   Qualification for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service agencies, including
128   independent testing laboratories, which are prequalified as complying with "Recommended Requirements
129   for Independent Laboratory Qualification" by the American Council of Independent Laboratories, and
130   which specialize in the types of inspections and tests to be performed.
131
132        Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project shall be authorized by
133        authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the State in which the Project is located.
134
135
136   PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable).
137
138
139   PART 3 - EXECUTION
140
141
142   REPAIR AND PROTECTION
143
144   General: Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample-taking and similar services, repair damaged
145   construction and restore substrates and finishes to eliminate deficiencies, including deficiencies in visual
146   qualities of exposed finishes. Comply with Contract Document requirements for "Cutting and Patching."
147
148   Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service activities, and protect repaired construction.
149
150   Repair and protection is the Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for
151   inspection, testing or similar services.
152
153
154                                            END OF SECTION 01400




      QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES                                                                            01400 - 3
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

 1   SECTION 01700 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6
 7   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 8
 9   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other
10   Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
11
12
13   SUMMARY
14
15   This Section specifies requirements for project closeout, including but not limited to:
16
17           Project record document submittal.
18           Operating and maintenance manual submittal.
19           Submittal of warranties.
20           Final cleaning.
21
22           Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Sections
23           in Divisions 2 through 16.
24
25
26   SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
27
28   Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the
29   following. List exceptions in the request.
30
31           Prepare a list of incomplete items, the value of incomplete construction and reasons the Work is
32           not complete.
33
34           Submit final certifications and similar documents.
35
36           Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to
37           services and utilities; include occupancy permits, operating certificates and similar releases.
38
39           Deliver to Owner, tools, spare parts, extra stock and similar items.
40
41           Make final change-over to permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner.
42
43           Complete start-up testing of systems and instruction of the Owner for operating and maintenance
44           personnel. Remove temporary facilities from the site, along with construction tools, mock-ups
45           and similar elements.
46
47           Complete final clean up requirements, including touch-up painting. Touch-up and otherwise
48           repair and restore marred exposed finishes.
49
50           Submit request for Certificate of Substantial Completion in writing.
51
52   FINAL ACCEPTANCE
53
54   Procedures: Before requesting final acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List
55   exceptions in the request.
56
57           Submit Consent of Surety to Final Payment.
58

     PROJECT CLOSEOUT                                                                                   01700 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011

 59           Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously
 60           submitted and accepted.
 61
 62           Submit a certified copy of the Architect's final inspection list of items to be completed or
 63           corrected, stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.
 64
 65
 66   RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS
 67
 68   General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes; protect from deterioration and loss in a
 69   secure, fire-resistive location; provide access to record documents for the Architect's reference during
 70   normal working hours.
 71
 72   Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white-prints of Contract
 73   Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies
 74   substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark whichever drawing is most capable of showing
 75   conditions fully and accurately; where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross-reference at the
 76   corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that
 77   would be difficult to measure and record at a later date.
 78
 79           Mark record sets with red erasable pencil; use other colors to distinguish between variations in
 80           separate categories of the Work.
 81
 82           Mark new information that is important to the Owner but was not shown on Contract Drawings or
 83           Shop Drawings.
 84
 85           Note related Change Orders numbers where applicable.
 86
 87           Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets, bind with durable paper cover sheets and
 88           print suitable titles, dates and other identification on the cover of each set.
 89
 90   Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements of miscellaneous record-
 91   keeping and submittals in connection with actual performance of the Work. Immediately prior to the date
 92   of Substantial Completion, complete records and place in good order, properly identified and bound or
 93   filed, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to the Architect for the Owner's records. Include list
 94   of installing subcontractors (with telephone numbers) for each piece of equipment and type of product.
 95
 96   Maintenance Manuals: Two (2) copies, all information typed and legible. Organize operating and
 97   maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in individual heavy-
 98   duty 2-inch, 3-ring, vinyl-covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark
 99   appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. Include the catalog number, serial number,
100   sizes, type, capacity and manufacturer's name and address for all: operating items of hardware, electrical
101   equipment, plumbing equipment, electric fixtures, plumbing fixtures and fittings and mechanical
102   equipment. Also include the following types of information:
103
104           Emergency instructions.
105           Spare parts list.
106           Copies of warranties.
107           Wiring diagrams.
108           Inspection procedures.
109           Shop Drawings and Product Data.
110           Fixture lamping schedule.
111
112   List installing subcontractors with telephone number for each piece of equipment and type of product.
113
114
115   PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
116

      PROJECT CLOSEOUT                                                                                  01700 - 2
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011

117
118   PART 3 - EXECUTION
119
120   CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
121
122   Operating and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each installer of equipment which requires regular
123   maintenance to meet with the Owner's personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and
124   maintenance. If installers are not experienced in procedures, provide instruction by manufacturer's
125   representatives. Include a detailed review of the following items:
126
127           Maintenance manuals.
128           Record documents.
129           Spare parts and materials.
130           Tools.
131           Lubricants.
132           Fuels.
133           Identification systems.
134           Control sequences.
135           Hazards.
136           Cleaning.
137           Warranties and bonds.
138           Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments.
139
140   As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following procedures:
141
142           Start-up.
143           Shutdown.
144           Emergency operations.
145           Noise and vibration adjustments.
146           Safety procedures.
147           Economy and efficiency adjustments.
148           Effective energy utilization.
149
150
151   FINAL CLEANING
152
153   General: General cleaning during construction is required by the General Conditions.
154
155   Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or
156   unit to the condition expected in a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program.
157   Comply with manufacturer's instructions.
158
159           Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for Certification of
160           Substantial Completion.
161
162                   Remove labels that are not permanent labels.
163
164                   Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove
165                   glazing compound and other substances that are noticeable vision-obscuring materials.
166                   Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials.
167
168                   Clean exposed interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dust-free condition, free of stains, films
169                   and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original reflective
170                   condition. Vacuum all floor surfaces.
171
172                   Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and
173                   other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures
174                   and lamps.

      PROJECT CLOSEOUT                                                                                   01700 - 3
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                      PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

175
176                   Clean the site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter and other foreign
177                   substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills and other foreign
178                   deposits. Rake all landscaped or bare ground areas.
179
180                   Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted to a smooth, even-textured surface.
181   Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work
182   during construction.
183
184   Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning.
185   Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not
186   discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from
187   the site and dispose of in a lawful manner.
188
189           Where extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated Work have become the
190           Owner's property, arrange for disposition of these materials as directed.
191
192
193
194
195
196                                           END OF SECTION 01700




      PROJECT CLOSEOUT                                                                                 01700 - 4
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011

 1   SECTION 01740 - WARRANTIES
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6
 7   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 8
 9   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other
10   Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
11
12
13   SUMMARY
14
15   This Section specifies general requirements for warranties required by the Contract Documents, including
16   manufacturers' standard warranties on products and special warranties.
17
18           Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's special warranty of workmanship
19           and materials.
20
21           Specific requirements for warranties for the Work and products and installations that are specified
22           to be warranted, are included in the individual Sections of Divisions 2 through 16.
23
24   Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturers' disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not
25   relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products.
26
27
28   WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS
29
30   Related Damages and Losses: When correcting warranted Work that has failed, remove and replace
31   other Work that has been damaged as a result of such failure or that must be removed and replaced to
32   provide access for correction of warranted Work.
33
34   Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected by
35   replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall
36   be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation.
37
38   Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or rebuild
39   the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of Contract Documents. The
40   Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether the
41   Owner has benefitted from use of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life.
42
43   Owner's Recourse: Written warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied warranties and shall
44   not limit the duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise available under the law, nor shall warranty
45   periods be interpreted as limitations on time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties,
46   obligations, rights or remedies.
47
48           Rejection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit selections
49           to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents.
50
51   The Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept Work for the Project where a special warranty,
52   certification or similar commitment is required on such Work or part of the Work.
53
54
55   SUBMITTALS
56
57   Submit written warranties to the Architect prior to the date certified for Substantial Completion.
58

     WARRANTIES                                                                                           01740 - 1
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                      PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011

59           Refer to individual Sections of Divisions 2 through 16 for specific content requirements and
60           particular requirements for submittal of special warranties.
61   Form of Submittal: At Final Completion, compile two (2) copies of each required warranty and bond
62   properly executed by the Contractor, subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer. Organize the warranty
63   documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual.
64
65   Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, commercial quality, durable, 3-ring, vinyl covered, loose-leaf
66   binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8½" by 11" paper.
67
68           Identify each binder on the front and the spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES", the
69           Project title or name and the name of the Contractor.
70
71   When operating and maintenance manuals are required for warranted construction, provide additional
72   copies of each required warranty, as necessary, for inclusion in each required manual.
73
74
75   PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable)
76
77
78   PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not applicable)
79
80
81
82
83
84                                           END OF SECTION 01740




     WARRANTIES                                                                                       01740 - 2
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011


 1   SECTION 02110 - SITE CLEARING
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 7
 8   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
 9   Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this section.
10
11   SUMMARY
12
13   This section includes the following:
14
15           Removal of trees and other vegetation.
16           Topsoil stripping.
17           Clearing and grubbing.
18
19
20   PROJECT CONDITIONS
21
22   Traffic: Conduct site clearing operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and
23   other adjacent facilities. Do not close or obstruct street, walks or other facilities without permission from
24   authorities having jurisdiction.
25
26   Protection of Existing Improvements: Provide protection necessary to prevent damage to existing
27   improvements to remain in place.
28
29           Protect improvements on adjoining properties or on Owner's property.
30           Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to property owners.
31
32   PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable)
33
34   PART 3 - EXECUTION
35
36   SITE CLEARING
37
38   General: Remove trees, shrubs, grass and other vegetation or obstructions, as required to permit
39   installation of new construction within the limits indicated on drawing. "Removal" includes digging out and
40   off-site disposing of stumps and roots. Dispose of waste materials off-site in a disposal area which
41   complies with all federal, state and local laws relating to such disposal.
42
43   Clearing and Grubbing: Clear site of trees, shrubs and other vegetation.
44
45           Completely remove stumps, roots and other debris protruding through ground surface.
46           Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material, unless
47           further excavation or earthwork is indicated.
48           Removed topsoil from building footprint to be stockpiled onsite for use during landscaping
49
50   DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS
51
52   Burning on Owner's Property: Burning is not permitted on Owner's property.
53   Removal from Owner's Property: Remove waste and unsuitable or excess topsoil materials from Owner's
54   property.
55
56                                            END OF SECTION 02110


     SITE CLEARING                                                                                        02110 - 1
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                         PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                               JULY 5, 2011

 1   SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6
 7   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 8
 9   Drawing and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
10   Division 1 Specification sections, apply to Work of this section.
11
12
13   SUMMARY
14
15   This Section includes but is not limited to the following:
16
17           Excavation.
18
19           Preparing of subgrade for building slabs, pavements and walks.
20
21           Drainage fill course for building slabs and retaining walls.
22
23           Excavating and backfilling of trenches within building lines.
24
25           Filling and backfilling.
26
27   Excavating and backfilling for Mechanical/Electrical Work: Refer to Divisions 15 and 16 sections for
28   excavation and backfill required in conjunction with underground mechanical and electrical utilities and
29   buried mechanical and electrical appurtenances.
30
31
32   DEFINITIONS
33
34   Excavation consists of removal and disposal of material to subgrade elevations.
35
36   Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or
37   dimensions. Unauthorized excavation and remedial work directed by Architect shall be at Contractor's
38   expense.
39
40           Under footings, foundation bases or retaining walls, fill unauthorized excavation by extending
41           indicated bottom elevation of footing or base to excavation bottom, without altering required top
42           elevation. Lean concrete fill may be used to bring elevations to proper position, when acceptable
43           to Architect.
44
45           In locations other than those above, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified
46           for authorized excavations of same classification, unless otherwise directed by Architect.
47
48   Additional Excavation: When excavation has reached required subgrade elevations, notify Architect, who
49   will make an inspection of conditions. If Architect determines that bearing materials at required subgrade
50   elevations are unsuitable, continue excavation until suitable bearing materials are encountered and
51   replace excavated material as directed by Architect.
52
53           Removal of unsuitable material and its replacement as directed will be paid on basis of
54           Conditions of the Contract relative to changes in work.
55
56   Subgrade: The undisturbed earth or the compacted soil layer immediately below granular subbase,
57   drainage fill or topsoil materials.
58

     EARTHWORK                                                                                         02200 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                         PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                    JULY 5, 2011

 59   Structure: Buildings, foundations, slabs, tanks, curbs or other man-made stationary features occurring
 60   above or below ground surface.
 61
 62
 63   QUALITY ASSURANCE
 64
 65   Codes and Standards: Perform excavation work in compliance with applicable requirements of
 66   authorities having jurisdiction.
 67
 68   Testing and Inspection Service: Allow testing service to inspect and approve subgrades and fill layers.
 69
 70
 71   PROJECT CONDITIONS
 72
 73   Existing Utilities: Locate underground utilities in areas of excavation work. If utilities are to remain in
 74   place, provide adequate means of protection during earthwork operations.
 75
 76   Use of Explosives: Use of explosives is not permitted.
 77
 78   Protection of Persons and Property: Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work.
 79
 80   Post and Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction.
 81
 82           Protect new structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements and other facilities from damage caused
 83           by settlement, lateral movement, undermining washout and other hazards created by earthwork
 84           operations.
 85
 86
 87   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
 88
 89
 90   SOIL MATERIALS
 91
 92   Satisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with American Association of State Highway
 93   and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) M145, soil classifications A-1, A-2-4, A-2-5 and A-3.
 94
 95   Unsatisfactory soil materials are defined in AASHTO M145 soil classification groups A-2-6, A-2-7, A-4, A-
 96   5, A-6 and A-7; also peat and other highly organic soils.
 97
 98   Subbase Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel or crushed stone.
 99
100   Drainage Fill: Washed, evenly graded mixture of crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel, with
101   100 percent passing a 1½" sieve and not more than 5 percent passing a No. 4 sieve.
102
103   Backfill and Fill Materials: Satisfactory soil materials free of clay, rock or gravel larger than 2" in any
104   dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetable and other deleterious matter.
105
106
107   PART 3 - EXECUTION
108
109
110   EXCAVATION
111
112   Excavation Classifications:
113
114           Earth excavation includes excavation, removal and disposal of earth and other materials
115           encountered that are not classified as rock excavation or unauthorized excavation.
116

      EARTHWORK                                                                                              02200 - 2
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

117           Rock excavation includes removal and disposal of materials and obstructions encountered that
118           cannot be excavated with a track-mounted power excavator, equivalent to Caterpillar Model No.
119           215C LC and rated at not less than 115 HP flywheel power and 32,000 pound drawbar pull and
120           equipped with a short stick and a 42" wide, short tip radius rock bucket rated at 0.81 cubic yard
121           (heaped) capacity.
122
123
124   STABILITY OF EXCAVATIONS
125
126   General: Comply with local codes, ordinances and requirements of agencies having jurisdiction.
127
128   Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes, ordinances and requirements of agencies having
129   jurisdiction. Shore and brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of
130   material excavated. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in safe condition until completion of
131   backfilling.
132
133   Shoring and Bracing: Provide materials for shoring and bracing, such as sheet piling, uprights, stringers
134   and cross-braces, in good serviceable condition. Establish requirements for trench shoring and bracing
135   to comply with local codes.
136
137
138   DEWATERING
139
140   Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from flowing into excavations and from flooding
141   project site and surrounding area.
142
143           Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of
144           foundation bottoms, undercutting footings and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades
145           and foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction discharge lines and
146           other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations.
147
148           Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits
149           to convey rainwater and water removed from excavations to collecting or runoff areas. Do not
150           use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches.
151
152
153   STORAGE OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS
154
155   Stockpile excavated materials acceptable for backfill and fill where directed. Place, grade and shape
156   stockpiles for proper drainage.
157
158           Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations.
159
160           Dispose of excess excavated soil material and materials not acceptable for use as backfill or fill.
161
162
163   EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES
164
165   Conform to elevations and dimensions shown extending a sufficient distance from footings and
166   foundations to permit placing and removal of concrete formwork, installation of services and other
167   construction and for inspection.
168
169           Excavations for footings and foundations: Do not disturb bottom of excavation.
170
171
172   EXCAVATION FOR PAVEMENTS
173
174   Cut surface under pavements to comply with cross-sections, elevations and grades as indicated.

      EARTHWORK                                                                                          02200 - 3
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011

175
176
177   TRENCH EXCAVATION FOR PIPES AND CONDUIT
178
179   Excavate trenches to depth indicated or required to establish indicated slope and invert elevations and to
180   support bottom of pipe or conduit on undisturbed soil. Beyond building perimeter, excavate trenches to
181   allow installation of top of pipe below frost line.
182
183
184   BACKFILL AND FILL
185
186   General: Place soil material in layers to required subgrade elevations using materials specified in Part 2
187   of this Section.
188
189           Under landscaped areas, use satisfactory excavated or borrow material.
190
191           Under walks and pavements, use subbase material, satisfactory excavated or borrow material, or
192           a combination.
193
194           Under building slabs and behind foundation and retaining walls, use drainage fill material.
195
196           Backfill trenches with concrete where trench excavations pass within 18 inches of column or wall
197           footings and which are carried below bottom of such footings, or which pass under wall footings.
198           Place concrete to level of bottom of adjacent footing.
199
200           Do not backfill trenches until tests and inspections have been made and backfilling is authorized
201           by Architect. Use care in backfilling to avoid damage or displacement of pipe systems.
202
203   Backfill excavations as promptly as work permits, but not until completion of the following:
204
205           Acceptance of construction below finish grade including, where applicable, dampproofing,
206           waterproofing and perimeter insulation.
207
208           Inspection, testing, approval and recording locations of underground utilities have been
209           performed and recorded.
210
211           Removal of concrete formwork.
212
213           Removal of shoring and bracing and backfilling of voids with satisfactory materials.
214
215           Removal of trash and debris from excavation.
216
217           Permanent or temporary horizontal bracing is in place on horizontally supported walls.
218
219
220   PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION
221
222   Ground Surface Preparation: Remove vegetation, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions and
223   deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placement of fill. Plow strip or break up sloped
224   surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill material will bond with existing surface.
225
226           When existing ground surface has a density less than that specified under "Compaction" for
227           particular area classification, break up ground surface, pulverize, moisture-condition to optimum
228           moisture content, and compact to required depth and percentage of maximum density.
229
230   Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth for material compacted by
231   heavy compaction equipment and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand-
232   operated tampers.

      EARTHWORK                                                                                          02200 - 4
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                    JULY 5, 2011

233
234   Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer as necessary to provide optimum moisture content.
235   Compact each layer to required percentage of maximum dry density or relative dry density for each area
236   classification. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces which are muddy, frozen or contain frost or
237   ice.
238
239   Place backfill and fill materials evenly adjacent to structures, piping or conduit to required elevations.
240   Prevent wedging action of backfill against structures or displacement of piping or conduit by carrying
241   material uniformly around structure, piping or conduit to approximately same elevation in each lift.
242
243   Control soil and fill compaction, providing minimum percentage of density specified for each area
244   classification indicated below. Correct improperly compacted areas or lifts as directed by Architect if soil
245   density tests indicate inadequate compaction.
246
247           Percentage of Maximum Density Requirements: Compact soil to not less than the following
248           percentages of maximum density, in accordance with ASTM D 1557 or AASHTO 180.
249
250                    Under building slabs, compact top 12 inches of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill
251                    material at 95 percent maximum density.
252
253                    Under lawn or unpaved areas, compact top 6 inches of subgrade and each layer of
254                    backfill or fill material at 85 percent maximum density.
255
256                    Under exterior slabs, walkways and pavement, compact top 6 inches of subgrade and
257                    each layer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent maximum density.
258
259                    Backfill against walls for full height and width of excavation at 90% of maximum density.
260
261           Moisture Control: Where subgrade or layer of soil material must meet moisture conditions before
262           compaction, uniformly apply water to surface of subgrade or layer of soil material. Apply water in
263           minimum quantity as necessary to prevent free water from appearing on surface during or
264           subsequent to compaction operations.
265
266                    Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material which is too wet to permit
267                    compaction to specified density.
268
269                    Stockpile or spread soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit
270                    compaction. Assist drying by discing, harrowing or pulverizing until moisture content is
271                    reduced to a satisfactory value.
272
273
274   GRADING
275
276   General: Uniformly grade areas within limits of grading under this section, including adjacent transition
277   areas. Smooth finished surface within specified tolerances, compact with uniform levels or slopes
278   between points where elevations are indicated or between such points and existing grades.
279
280   Grading Outside Building Lines: Grade areas adjacent to building lines to drain away from structures and
281   to prevent ponding. Finish surfaces free from irregular surface changes and as follows:
282
283           Pavements: Shape surface of areas under pavement to line, grade and cross-section with finish
284           surface not more than ½ inch above or below required subgrade elevation.
285
286   Grading Surface of Fill Under Building Slabs: Grade smooth and even, free of voids, compacted as
287   specified, and to required elevation. Provide final grades within a tolerance of ½ inch when tested with a
288   10 foot straightedge.
289


      EARTHWORK                                                                                            02200 - 5
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

290   Compaction: After grading, compact subgrade surfaces to the depth and indicated percentage of
291   maximum density for each area classification.
292
293
294   PAVEMENT SUBBASE COURSE
295
296   General: Subbase course consists of placing subbase material, in layers of specified thickness, over
297   subgrade surface to support a pavement base course.
298
299           Refer to other Division 2 sections for paving specifications.
300
301   Placing: Place subbase course material on prepared subgrade in layers of uniform thickness, conforming
302   to indicated cross-section and thickness. Maintain optimum moisture content for compacting subbase
303   material during placement operations.
304
305           When a compacted subbase course is indicated to be 6 inches thick or less, place material in a
306           single layer. When indicated to be more than 6 inches thick, place material in equal layers,
307           except no single layer more than 6 inches or less than 3 inches in thickness when compacted.
308
309
310   BUILDING SLAB DRAINAGE COURSE
311
312   General: Drainage course consists of placement of drainage fill material, in layers of indicated thickness,
313   over subgrade material to support concrete building slabs.
314
315   Placing: Place drainage fill material on prepared subgrade in layers of uniform thickness, conforming to
316   indicated cross-section and thickness. Maintain optimum moisture content for compacting material during
317   placement operations.
318
319           When a compacted drainage course is shown to be 6 inches thick or less, place material in a
320           single layer. When shown to be more than 6 inches thick, place material in equal layers, except
321           no single layer more than 6 inches or less than 3 inches in thickness when compacted.
322
323
324   MAINTENANCE
325
326   Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and
327   debris.
328
329   Repair and re-establish grades in settled, eroded and rutted areas to specified tolerances.
330
331   Settling: Where settling is measurable or observable at excavated areas during general project warranty
332   period, remove surface (pavement, lawn or other finish), add backfill material, compact and replace
333   surface treatment. Restore appearance, quality and condition of surface or finish to match adjacent work
334   and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible.
335
336
337   DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS
338
339   Remove excess excavated material, trash, debris and waste materials and dispose of it off Owner's
340   property.
341
342
343
344
345
346                                            END OF SECTION 02200


      EARTHWORK                                                                                         02200 - 6
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011

 1   SECTION 02511 - HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6
 7   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 8
 9   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
10   Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section.
11
12
13   SUMMARY
14
15   This section includes provisions for hot-mixed asphalt paving over prepared subbase.
16
17   Prepared subbase is specified in another Division 2 section.
18
19   Proof rolling of prepared subbase is included in this section.
20
21
22   SUBMITTALS
23
24   Material Certificates signed by material producer and Contractor, certifying that each material item
25   complies with or exceeds specified requirements.
26
27
28   SITE CONDITIONS
29
30   Weather Limitations: Apply coats when ambient temperature is above 50 deg F (10 deg C) and when
31   temperature has not been below 35 deg F (1 deg C) for 12 hours immediately prior to application. Do not
32   apply when base is wet or contains an excess of moisture.
33
34   Grade Control: Establish and maintain required lines and elevations.
35
36
37   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
38
39
40   MATERIALS
41
42   General: Use locally available materials and gradations that exhibit a satisfactory record of previous
43   installations.
44
45   Base Course Aggregate: Sound, angular crushed stone or crushed gravel ASTM D121, Type 1, well
46   graded.
47
48           Base Course: 1½" minus, evenly graded. Minimum 6" thick base course.
49
50           Leveling Course: ¾" minus, evenly graded. Minimum 2" thick.
51
52   Asphalt Aggregate: Crushed stone or crushed gravel. Provide single lift of minimum 2 1/2" thickness for
53   access drives and at car parking areas.
54
55   Asphalt Cement: ASTM D 3381 for viscosity-graded material (AASHTO M226)
56
57   Viscosity Grade: AC-10, AR-4000.
58

     HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING                                                                          02511 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

 59   Herbicide Treatment: Commercial chemical for weed control, registered by Environmental Protection
 60   Agency. Granular Monoberchlorate.
 61
 62
 63   ASPHALT-AGGREGATE MIXTURE
 64
 65   Provide plant-mixed, hot-laid asphalt-aggregate mixture complying with ASTM D 3515 and as
 66   recommended by local paving authorities to suit project conditions. Submit certificate and list of other
 67   projects with same mix.
 68
 69
 70   PART 3 - EXECUTION
 71
 72
 73   SURFACE PREPARATION
 74
 75   General: Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before applying herbicide
 76   treatment.
 77
 78   Proof-roll prepared subbase surface to check for unstable areas and areas requiring additional
 79   compaction.
 80
 81   Notify Contractor of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not begin paving work until deficient subbase areas
 82   have been corrected and are ready to receive paving.
 83
 84   Herbicide Treatment: Apply chemical weed control agent in strict compliance with manufacturer's
 85   recommended dosages and application instructions. Apply to compacted, dry subbase.
 86
 87
 88   GRAVEL BASE
 89
 90   Place gravel base in compacted layers. Spread, shape and compact all material places during same day.
 91   Compact gravel base to 95% of maximum density, in accordance with ASTM D1557 - Method D.
 92
 93   PLACING MIX
 94
 95
 96   General: Place hot-mixed asphalt mixture on prepared surface, spread and strike off. Spread mixture at
 97   minimum temperature of 226 deg F (107 deg C). Place areas inaccessible to equipment by hand. Place
 98   each course to required grade, cross-section and compacted thickness.
 99
100   Paver Placing: Place in strips not less than 10 feet wide, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. After
101   first strip has been placed and rolled, place succeeding strips and extend rolling to overlap previous
102   strips. Complete base course for a section before placing surface course. Immediately correct surface
103   irregularities in finish course behind paver. Remove excess material forming high spots with shovel or
104   lute.
105
106   Joints: Make joints between old and new pavements, or between successive days' work, to ensure
107   continuous bond between adjoining work. Construct joints to have same texture, density and smoothness
108   as other sections of hot-mixed asphalt course. Clean contact surfaces and apply tack coat.
109
110
111   ROLLING
112
113   General: Begin rolling when mixture will bear roller weight without excessive displacement. Compact
114   mixture with hot hand tampers or vibrating plate compactors in areas inaccessible to rollers.
115


      HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING                                                                          02511 - 2
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

116   Breakdown Rolling: Accomplish breakdown or initial rolling immediately following rolling of joints and
117   outside edge. Check surface after breakdown rolling and repair displaced areas by loosening and filling,
118   if required, with hot material.
119
120   Second Rolling: Follow breakdown rolling as soon as possible, while mixture is hot. Continue rolling until
121   mixture has been evenly compacted.
122
123   Finish Rolling: Perform finish rolling while mixture is still warm enough for removal of roller marks.
124   Continue rolling until roller marks are eliminated and course has attained 95 percent laboratory density.
125
126   Patching: Remove and replace paving areas mixed with foreign materials and defective areas. Cut out
127   such areas and fill with fresh, hot-mixed asphalt. Compact by rolling to specified surface density and
128   smoothness.
129
130   Protection: After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on pavement until it has cooled and hardened.
131
132   Erect barricades to protect paving from traffic until mixture has cooled enough not to become marked.
133
134
135   FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
136
137   General: Testing in-place hot-mixed asphalt courses for compliance with requirements for thickness and
138   surface smoothness. Repair or remove and replace unacceptable paving as directed by Architect.
139
140   Thickness: In-place compacted thickness tested in accordance with ASTM D 3549 will not be acceptable
141   if exceeding allowable variation of plus or minus ¼".
142
143   Surface Smoothness: Test finished surface or each hot-mixed asphalt course for smoothness, using 10-
144   foot straight edge applied parallel with and at right angles to centerline of paved area. Surfaces will not
145   be acceptable if exceeding the following tolerances for smoothness: 3/16".
146
147                                            END OF SECTION 02511




      HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING                                                                            02511 - 3
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                JULY 5, 2011

 1
 2   SECTION 02880 – PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT
 3
 4
 5   PART 1 - GENERAL
 6
 7
 8   RELATED DOCUMENTS:
 9
10   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-
11   1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
12
13
14   DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
15
16
17   Types of playground equipment in the section include:
18
19        Playstructure
20        Park Bench
21        Free-standing swings
22        Play Area border
23
24
25   QUALITY ASSURANCE:
26
27   Provide equipment by single manufacturer.
28
29   Install to be by a certified installer provided through Ross Recreation.
30
31
32   PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
33
34   Protect finish carpentry materials during transit, delivery, storage and handling to prevent damage.
35
36
37   JOB CONDITIONS:
38
39
40   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
41
42
43   QUALITY STANDARDS:
44
45   Manufacturers: Playground equipment products to be provided by Ross Recreation Equipment:
46
47             Ross Recreation Equipment
48             100 Brush Creek Road
49             Suite 206
50             Santa Rosa, CA 95404
51             Phone: (707) 538-3800
52             Fax: (707) 538-3826

     PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT                                                                                   02880 - 1
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                             JULY 5, 2011

53              Company Contact: Alex Hailey alexh@rossrec.com
54
55
56   MATERIALS:
57
58   General: Installation to include all components necessary for complete units.
59
60       Landscape Structures, Inc. Playshaper Playstructure Design #392
61       Contour Poly Bech 5’ with Back, direct bury
62       Single Post Swing/2Place/2Belts/Uncoated, Direct Bury
63       Toddler Swing Add-On with One Full Bucket, No Post.
64       Tuff Timber 30” Galvanized Stakes, 4’ Border for Play Area, Access Wedge
65
66
67   SUBMITTALS
68
69   General:       Submit the following in accordance with conditions of contract and Division 1 Specification
70                  Sections.
71
72                  Product Information.
73                  Color samples.
74
75   PART 3 - EXECUTION
76
77
78   INSTALLATION:
79
80   Install according to manufacturer's recommendations and instructions in a good workmanlike manner. A
81   complete, functional play area including all elements of the manufacturer’s design shall be installed.
82
83   Spread owner supplied shredded tire playground surfacing to an even thickness over smooth, graded
84   subgrade. Are to be covered is shown on plans. Edge strip is provided and installed by Ross Recreation.
85   Coordinate with playground equipment installer.
86
87
88   ADJUSTMENT, CLEANING, FINISHING AND PROTECTION:
89
90   Repair damaged and defective work wherever possible to eliminate defects functionally and visually; where
91   not possible to repair properly, replace.
92
93   Protection: Installer shall advise Contractor of final protection and maintained conditions necessary to
94   ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration at time of acceptance.
95
96   Remove any burrs or blemishes.
97
98                                            END OF SECTION 02870




     PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT                                                                            02880 - 2
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011

 1   SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6
 7   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 8
 9   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
10   Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
11
12
13   SUMMARY
14
15   This Section specifies cast-in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcing, mix design, placement
16   procedures and finishes.
17
18
19   SUBMITTALS
20
21   General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification
22   Sections.
23
24   Product Data: Submit concrete manufacturer's mix design.
25
26   Shop drawings for reinforcement, comply with ACI 315 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing
27   Reinforced Concrete Structures", showing bar schedules, diagrams of bent bars and arrangement of
28   concrete reinforcement.
29
30   Laboratory test reports for concrete materials and mix design test.
31
32   Materials certificates in lieu of materials laboratory test reports when permitted by Architect. Materials
33   certificates shall be signed by manufacturer and Contractor, certifying that each material item complies
34   with or exceeds specified requirements. Provide certification from admixture manufacturers that chloride
35   content complies with specification requirements.
36
37
38   QUALITY ASSURANCE
39
40   Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of following codes, specifications, and standards, except
41   where more stringent requirements are shown or specified:
42
43           ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete".
44
45           Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI), "Manual of Standard Practice".
46
47   Concrete Testing Service: The Owner may engage a testing laboratory to perform material evaluation
48   tests and to review concrete mix designs and certificates of compliance.
49
50
51   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
52
53
54   FORM MATERIALS
55




     CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                           03300 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011

 56   Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood faced or other acceptable
 57   panel-type materials, to provide continuous, straight, smooth, exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest
 58   practicable sizes to minimize number of joints and to conform to joint system shown on Drawings.
 59
 60           Use plywood to comply with U. S. Product Standard PS-1 "B-B (Concrete Form) Plywood", Class
 61           1, Exterior Grade or better, mill-oiled and edge-sealed, with each piece bearing legible inspection
 62           trademark.
 63
 64   Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal or other acceptable material. Provide
 65   lumber dressed on at least two (2) edges and one (1) side for tight fit.
 66
 67   Form Coatings: Provide commercial formulation form-coating compounds that will not bond with, stain, or
 68   adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces.
 69
 70
 71   REINFORCING MATERIALS
 72
 73   Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed.
 74
 75   Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, plain, cold-drawn steel.
 76
 77   Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric.
 78
 79   Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and
 80   fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Use wire-bar-type supports complying with
 81   CRSI specifications.
 82
 83           For slabs-on-grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will
 84           not support chair legs.
 85
 86
 87   CONCRETE MATERIALS
 88
 89   Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type 1.
 90
 91   Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Type F.
 92
 93   Normal Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33 and as herein specified. Provide aggregates from a single
 94   source for exposed concrete. Natural aggregates free from deleterious coatings. Aggregates shall be
 95   thoroughly washed before use.
 96
 97           Fine Aggregates: Conform to ASTM C 33. Materials finer than the 200 sieve shall not exceed
 98           4%. Use only clean, sharp, natural sand.
 99
100           Coarse Aggregates: Use only natural gravels, a combination of gravels and crushed gravels,
101           crushed stone or a combination of these materials containing no more than 15 percent flat or
102           elongated particles (long dimension more than five times the short dimension). Materials finer
103           than 200 sieve shall not exceed 0.5%.
104
105   Water: Drinkable.
106
107   Admixtures, General: Provide admixtures for concrete that contain not more than 0.1 percent chloride
108   ions.
109
110   Water-Reducing Admixture: All concrete shall contain a water-reducing admixture. The admixture shall
111   conform to ASTM C 494, Type A except it shall contain no chlorides, shall be nontoxic after thirty (30)
112   days and shall be compatible with the air-entraining admixtures. The amount of admixture added to the



      CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                            03300 - 2
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

113   concrete shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Furnish a compliance
114   statement that the admixture used satisfies all requirements of the Specification.
115
116   Sand Cushion: Clean manufactured or natural sand.
117
118   Moisture Barrier: Provide over prepared base material where indicated below slabs on grade. Use only
119   materials that are resistant to deterioration when tested in accordance with ASTM E 154.
120           "MOISTOP"as manufactured by Fortifiber Corporation, 16225 S. E. 106th Street, Portland, OR
121           (503 - 665 - 5173) or approved.
122
123   Moisture-Retaining Cover: One of the following, complying with ASTM C 171.
124
125           Waterproof paper.
126
127           Polyethylene film.
128
129           Polyethylene-coated burlap.
130
131
132   PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES
133
134   Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field
135   experience methods as specified in ACI 301. If trial batch method used, use an independent testing
136   facility acceptable to Architect for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. The testing facility shall
137   not be the same as used for field quality control testing.
138
139           Limit use of fly ash to not exceed 25 percent of cement content by weight.
140
141   Submit written reports to Architect of each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least seven (7)
142   days prior to start of work. Do not begin concrete production until proposed mix designs have been
143   reviewed by Architect.
144
145   Design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the following properties:
146
147           Footings and Foundation Walls: 2500-psi, 28-day compressive strength; W/C ratio, 0.58
148           maximum; 517 lbs. cement per cubic yard minimum; 1½ or ¾" minus aggregate for footings. ¾"
149           minus aggregate for foundation walls.
150
151           Exterior Slabs, Sidewalks and Curbs: 2500-psi, 28-day compressive strength; (air entrained). ¾"
152           minus aggregate.
153
154           Interior Slabs: 2500-psi, 28-day compressive strength; W/C ratio, 0.6 maximum. ¾" minus
155           aggregate; 470 lbs. cement per cubic yard minimum.
156
157   Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when
158   characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant, as
159   accepted by Architect. Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results must be
160   submitted to and accepted by Architect before using in work.
161
162
163   ADMIXTURES
164
165   Use water-reducing admixture or high range water-reducing admixture (super plasticizer) in all concrete.
166
167   Use admixtures for water reduction and set control in strict compliance with manufacturer's directions.
168
169   Slump Limits: Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at point of placement as follows:



      CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                             03300 - 3
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                      PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011

170
171           Slabs: Not more than four (4) inches.
172
173           Reinforced Foundation Systems: Not more than four (4) inches.
174
175           Other Concrete: Not more than four (4) inches.
176
177
178   CONCRETE MIXING
179
180   Ready-Mix Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as specified. Provide batch ticket
181   for each batch used in project. Addition of water to batch at site is not permitted.
182
183           When air temperature is between 85 deg. F. (30 deg. C.) and 90 deg. F. (32 deg. C.), reduce
184           mixing and delivery time from 1½ hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90
185           deg. F. (32 deg. C.), reduce mixing and delivery time to sixty (60) minutes.
186
187
188   PART 3 - EXECUTION
189
190
191   FORMS
192
193   General: Design, erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork to support vertical and lateral, static and
194   dynamic loads that might be applied until concrete structure can support such loads. Construct formwork
195   so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment, elevation and position.
196   Maintain formwork construction tolerances complying with ACI 347.
197
198   Construct forms to sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions shown and to obtain accurate alignment, location,
199   grades, level and plumb work in finished structures. Provide for openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways,
200   recesses, moldings, rustications, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and
201   inserts, and other features required in work. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes. Solidly
202   butt joints and provide backup at joints to prevent leakage of cement paste.
203
204   Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush
205   plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces.
206
207   Chamfer exposed corners and edges as indicated; using wood, metal, PVC or rubber chamfer strips
208   fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints.
209
210   Form Ties: Factory fabricated, adjustable-length, removable or snap-off metal form ties, designed to
211   prevent form deflection and to prevent spalling concrete surfaces upon removal. Provide ties so portion
212   remaining in concrete after removal is at least 1½" inside concrete. Form ties to leave holes no larger
213   than 1" in diameter in concrete surface.
214
215   Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate work of other
216   trades. Determine size and location of openings, recesses and chases from trades providing such items.
217   Accurately place and securely support items built into forms.
218
219   Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove
220   chips, wood, sawdust, dirt or other debris just before concrete is placed. Retighten forms and bracing
221   before concrete placement as required to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment.
222
223
224   MOISTURE BARRIER INSTALLATION
225



      CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                          03300 - 4
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011

226   General: Following leveling and tamping of granular base for slabs on grade, place moisture barrier with
227   longest dimension parallel with direction of pour.
228
229   Lap joints six (6) inches and seal barrier joints with manufacturer's recommended mastic and pressure-
230   sensitive tape. After placement of barrier, cover with sand cushion and compact to depth as shown on
231   drawings.
232
233
234   PLACING REINFORCEMENT
235
236   General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing
237   Reinforcing Bars", for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports and as herein
238   specified.
239
240            Avoid cutting or puncturing moisture barrier during reinforcement placement and concreting
241            operations.
242
243   Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice and other materials that reduce or destroy
244   bond with concrete.
245
246   Accurately position, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support
247   reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers or hangers.
248
249   Place reinforcement to obtain at least minimum coverages for concrete protection. Arrange, space and
250   securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement
251   operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
252
253   Install welded wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one foot and
254   lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction.
255
256
257   JOINTS
258
259   General: Construct construction, weakened plane, isolation, contraction and expansion joints true to line
260   with face perpendicular to surface of concrete.
261
262   Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints as indicated, or if not indicated, locate so as not
263   to impair strength and appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Architect. Place construction joints
264   at end of placement and at locations where placement operations are stopped for a period of more than
265   one-half hour, except where such placements terminate at expansion joints. Construct joints as shown,
266   or, if not shown, use standard metal keyway section forms.
267
268   Place construction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across
269   construction joints, except as otherwise indicated.
270
271   Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh concrete.
272
273   Weakened Plane (Contraction) Joints: Provide weakened plane joints, sectioning concrete into areas as
274   shown on Drawings. Construct weakened plane joints for a depth equal to at least one-third concrete
275   thickness. Form in fresh concrete by grooving top portion with a recommended cutting tool and finishing
276   edges with a jointer. Spacing as indicated on Drawings but in no case more than 7'-0" o.c. for sidewalk.
277
278   Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Ground: Construct isolation joints in slabs-on-ground at points of contact
279   between slabs-on-ground and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade
280   beams and elsewhere as indicated.
281



      CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                               03300 - 5
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011

282           Joint filler and sealant materials are specified in Division 7 Sections of these specifications.
283           Furnish joint fillers in one piece lengths for full width being placed, whenever possible. Protect
284           top edge of joint filler with metal cap during concrete placement. Remove cap after concrete
285           placement complete on both sides.
286
287   Contraction (Control) Joints in Slabs-on-Ground: Construct contraction joints in slabs-on-ground to form
288   panels of patterns as shown. Use saw cuts c" wide by ¼ slab depth or inserts ¼" wide by ¼ of slab
289   depth, unless otherwise indicated.
290
291           Contraction joints in unexposed floor slabs may be formed by saw cuts as soon as possible after
292           slab finishing as may be safely done without dislodging aggregate.
293
294           If joint pattern not shown, provide joints not exceeding 15 feet in either direction and located to
295           conform to bay spacing wherever possible (at column centerlines, half bays, third bays).
296
297   Expansion Joints: Provide premolded joint filler for expansion joints abutting concrete curbs, catch
298   basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks and other fixed objects, unless otherwise indicated.
299
300   INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS
301
302   General: Set and build into work anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work
303   that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions,
304   and directions provided by suppliers of items to be attached thereto.
305
306
307   PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES
308
309   General: Coat contact surfaces of forms with an approved, nonresidual, low-VOC, form-coating
310   compound before reinforcement is placed. (Moisten wood forms immediately before placing concrete
311   where form coatings are not used.)
312
313   Do not allow excess form-coating material to accumulate in forms or to come into contact with in-place
314   concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's
315   instructions.
316
317   Forms for Slabs: Set edge forms, bulkheads and intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain required
318   elevations and contours in finished surfaces.
319
320
321   CONCRETE PLACEMENT
322
323   Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel and
324   items to be embedded or cast-in. Notify other crafts to permit installation of their work; cooperate with
325   other trades in setting such work.
326
327   General: Comply with ACI 304, "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and
328   Placing Concrete", and as herein specified.
329
330   Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be placed on concrete
331   that has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot
332   be placed continuously, provide construction joints as herein specified. Deposit concrete to avoid
333   segregation at its final location.
334
335   Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers not deeper than twenty-four
336   (24) inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists of several
337   layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints.
338


      CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                              03300 - 6
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011

339           Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand-spading,
340           rodding or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of concrete in accordance
341           with ACI 309.
342
343           Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at
344           uniformly spaced locations not farther than visible effectiveness of machine. Place vibrators to
345           rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least six (6) inches into preceding layer. Do not insert
346           vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion, limit duration of
347           vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement
348           and other embedded items without causing segregation of mix.
349   Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within limits
350   of construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section is completed.
351
352           Bring slab surfaces to correct level with straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats or darbies to
353           smooth surface, free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning
354           finishing operations.
355
356           Maintain reinforcing in proper position during concrete placement.
357
358   Cold-Weather Placing: Comply with provisions of ACI 306 and as follows. Protect concrete work from
359   physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions or low temperatures.
360
361           When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg. F (4 deg. C), uniformly
362           heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less
363           than 50 deg. F (10 deg. C) and not more than 80 deg. F (27 deg. C) at point of placement.
364
365           Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen
366           subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials.
367
368           Do not use calcium chloride, salt and other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical
369           accelerators, unless otherwise accepted in mix designs.
370
371   Hot-Weather Placing: When hot weather conditions exist that would seriously impair quality and strength
372   of concrete, place concrete in compliance with ACI 305 and as herein specified.
373
374           Cover reinforcing steel with water-soaked burlap, if it becomes too hot, so that steel temperature
375           will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedment in concrete.
376
377           Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel and subgrade just before concrete is placed.
378
379           Use water-reducing retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity or
380           other adverse placing conditions.
381
382           Moisten forms immediately before placing concrete where form coating is not used.
383
384
385   FINISH OF FORMED SURFACES
386
387   Rough Form Finish: For formed concrete surfaces not exposed to view in the finish work or concealed by
388   other construction. This is the concrete surface having texture imparted by form-facing material used,
389   with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched and fins and other projections exceeding ¼ inch
390   in height rubbed down or chipped off.
391
392
393   MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES
394



      CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                              03300 - 7
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011

395   Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces to receive trowel finish and other finishes as
396   hereinafter specified.
397
398           After screeding, consolidating and leveling concrete slabs, do not work surface until ready for
399           floating. Begin floating, using float blades or float shoes only, when surface water has
400           disappeared, when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power-driven floats,
401           or both. Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand-floating, if area is small or
402           inaccessible to power units. Check and level surface plane to tolerance not exceeding ¼" in 10
403           ft. when tested with a 10' straightedge. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Immediately after
404           leveling, refloat surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture.
405
406   Trowel Finish: Apply trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces to be exposed to view and slab surfaces to
407   be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile, paint or other thin film finish coating
408   system.
409
410           After floating, begin first trowel finish operation using a power-driven trowel. Begin final troweling
411           when surface produces a ringing sound as trowel is moved over surface. Consolidate concrete
412           surface by final hand-troweling operation, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance
413           and with surface leveled to a tolerance c" in 10' when tested with a 10' straightedge. Grind
414           smooth surface defects that would telegraph through applied floor covering system.
415
416   Trowel and Fine Broom Finish: Where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed with thin-set mortar, apply
417   trowel finish as specified, then immediately follow with slightly scarifying surface by fine brooming.
418   Nonslip Broom Finish: Apply nonslip broom finish to exterior sidewalks and elsewhere as indicated.
419
420           Immediately after trowel finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with fiber-bristle
421           broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before
422           application.
423
424
425   CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION
426
427   General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures.
428   Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and
429   finishing. Weather permitting, keep continuously moist for not less than (seven) 7 days.
430
431   Curing Methods: Perform curing of concrete, by moist curing or moisture-retaining cover curing, as herein
432   specified.
433
434   Provide moisture curing by following methods.
435
436           Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water.
437
438           Use continuous water-fog spray.
439
440           Cover concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly saturate cover with water, and
441           keep continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and
442           edges, with 4-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers.
443
444   Provide moisture-cover curing as follows:
445
446           Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest
447           practicable width with sides and ends lapped at least three (3) inches and sealed by waterproof
448           tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material
449           and waterproof tape.
450



      CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                               03300 - 8
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                    JULY 5, 2011

451   Curing Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported
452   slabs, and other similar surfaces, by moist curing with forms in place for full curing period or until forms
453   are removed. If forms are removed, continue curing by methods specified above, as applicable.
454
455   Curing Unformed Surfaces: Cure unformed surfaces, such as slabs, floor topping and other flat surfaces,
456   by application of appropriate curing method.
457
458   Final cure concrete surfaces to receive finish flooring by use of moisture-retaining cover, unless otherwise
459   directed.
460
461
462   REMOVAL OF FORMS
463
464   Do not remove formwork until concrete has hardened and attained sufficient strength to permit safe
465   removal and adequate support for inherent and imposed loads
466
467   Remove forms carefully to avoid damaging corners and edges of exposed concrete.
468
469
470   REUSE OF FORMS
471
472   Architect approval required before reuse of forms.
473
474   Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise
475   damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-coating
476   compound as specified for new formwork.
477
478   CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
479
480   Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after
481   removal of forms, when acceptable to Architect.
482
483   Repair of Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects cannot be
484   repaired to satisfaction of Architect. Surface defects, as such, include color and texture irregularities,
485   cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets, fins and other projections on surface and stains
486   and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush out form tie holes, fill with dry-pack
487   mortar, or precast cement cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent.
488
489           Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, that contain defects that affect the durability
490           of concrete. If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace concrete.
491
492   Repair of Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness and
493   verify surface plane to tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as
494   herein specified.
495
496           Repair finished unformed surfaces that contain defects that affect durability of concrete. Surface
497           defects, as such, include crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to
498           reinforcement or completely through nonreinforced sections regardless of width, spalling,
499           popouts, honeycomb, rock pockets and other objectionable conditions.
500
501           Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at least fourteen
502           (14) days.
503
504           Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completion of surface
505           finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with fresh concrete. Finish repaired
506           areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary patching compounds may be used when
507           acceptable to Architect.



      CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                               03300 - 9
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011

508
509           Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding one (1) inch in
510           diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas to sound
511           concrete with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least ¾" clearance all
512           around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding
513           compound. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide concrete of same type or class
514           as original concrete. Place, compact and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in
515           same manner as adjacent concrete.
516
517           Repair isolated random cracks and single hole by dry pack method. Groove top of cracks and cut
518           out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt and loose particles. Dampen cleaned
519           concrete surfaces and apply bonding compound. Mix dry pack, consisting of one part Portland
520           cement to 2a parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve, using only enough water for handling
521           and placing. Place dry pack after bonding compound has dried. Compact mixture in place and
522           finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patch area continuously moist for not less than seventy-
523           two (72) hours.
524
525   Perform structural repairs with prior approval of Architect for method and procedure, using specified
526   epoxy adhesive and mortar.
527
528   Repair methods not specified above may be used, subject to acceptance of Architect.
529
530
531   QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION
532
533   General: The Owner may employ a testing laboratory to perform tests and to submit test reports.
534
535   Sampling and testing for quality control during placement of concrete may include the following, as
536   directed by Architect.
537
538   Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94.
539
540           Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of discharge for each day's pour of each type of concrete;
541           additional tests when concrete consistency seems to have changed.
542
543           Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 31; one set of four (4) standard cylinders for each
544           compressive strength test, unless otherwise directed. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory-
545           cured test specimens, except when field-cure test specimens are required.
546
547           Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C 39: one set for each day's pour exceeding five (5) cu. yds.
548           plus additional sets for each fifty (50) cu. yds. more than the first 25 cu. yds. of each concrete
549           class placed in any one day; one specimen test at seven (7) days, two specimens tested at
550           twenty-eight (28) days, and one specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required.
551
552           When total quantity of a given class of concrete is less than fifty (50) cu. yds., Architect may
553           waive strength test if adequate evidence of satisfactory strength is provided.
554
555           When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than eighty-five (85) percent of companion
556           laboratory-cured cylinders, evaluate current operations and provide corrective procedures for
557           protecting and curing the in-place concrete.
558
559           Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of three consecutive
560           strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive strength, and no individual strength
561           test result falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi.
562
563   Test results will be reported in writing to Architect, Ready-Mix Producer and Contractor within twenty-four
564   (24) hours after test. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the project identification name



      CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                             03300 - 10
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011

565   and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class,
566   location of concrete batch in structure, design compressive strength at twenty-eight (28) days, concrete
567   mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength and type of break for both seven (7) day
568   tests and twenty-eight (28) day tests.
569
570   Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope or other nondestructive device may be permitted but
571   shall not be used as the sole basis for acceptance or rejection.
572
573   Additional Tests: The testing service will make additional tests of in-place concrete when test results
574   indicate specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as
575   directed by Architect. Testing service may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored
576   cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed. Contractor shall pay for such tests
577   when unacceptable concrete is verified.
578
579                                           END OF SECTION 03300




      CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE                                                                          03300 - 11
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011

 1   SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6
 7
 8   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 9
10   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division
11   1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
12
13
14
15   SUMMARY
16
17   This Section includes fabrication and erection of structural steel work, as shown on drawings including
18   schedules, notes, and details showing size and location of members, typical connections, and types of steel
19   required.
20
21       Structural steel is that work defined in American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) "Code of
22       Standard Practice" and as otherwise shown on drawings.
23
24       Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications are specified elsewhere in Division 5.
25
26       Refer to Division 3 for anchor bolt installation in concrete.
27
28
29
30   SUBMITTALS
31
32   General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification
33   Sections.
34
35   Product data or manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for following products. Include
36   laboratory test reports and other data to show compliance with specifications (including specified standards).
37
38       Structural steel (each type), including certified copies of mill reports covering chemical and physical
39       properties.
40
41       High-strength bolts (each type), including nuts and washers.
42
43            Include Direct Tension Indicators if used.
44
45       Structural steel primer paint.
46
47       Shrinkage-resistant grout.
48
49   Shop drawings prepared under supervision of a licensed Structural Engineer, including complete details and
50   schedules for fabrication and assembly of structural steel members, procedures, and diagrams.
51
52       Include details of cuts, connections, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. Indicate welds by
53       standard AWS symbols and show size, length, and type of each weld.
54
55       Provide setting drawings, templates, and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other anchorages
56       to be installed as work of other sections.
57


     STRUCTURAL STEEL                                                                                      05120 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                         PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011

 58   Test reports conducted on shop- and field-bolted and welded connections. Include data on type(s) of tests
 59   conducted and test results.
 60
 61   Certified copies of survey conducted by a qualified person, showing elevations and locations of base plates
 62   and anchor bolts to receive structural steel and final elevations and locations for major members. Indicate
 63   discrepancies between actual installation and contract documents.
 64
 65
 66
 67   QUALITY ASSURANCE
 68
 69   Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of following, except as otherwise indicated:
 70
 71        American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and
 72        Bridges."
 73
 74             Paragraph 4.2.1 of the above code is hereby modified by deletion of the following sentence:
 75
 76                  "This approval constitutes the owner's acceptance of all responsibility for the design adequacy
 77                  of any detail configuration of connections developed by the fabricator as a part of his
 78                  preparation of these shop drawings."
 79
 80        AISC "Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings," including "Commentary."
 81
 82        "Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" approved by the Research
 83        Council on Structural Connections.
 84
 85        American Welding Society (AWS) D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel."
 86
 87        ASTM A 6 "General Requirements for Delivery of Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet Piling and Bars for
 88        Structural Use."
 89
 90   Qualifications for Welding Work: Qualify welding procedures and welding operators in accordance with AWS
 91   "Qualification" requirements.
 92
 93        Provide certification that welders to be employed in work have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification
 94        tests.
 95
 96        If recertification of welders is required, retesting will be Contractor's responsibility.
 97
 98
 99   DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
100
101   Deliver materials to site at such intervals to ensure uninterrupted progress of work.
102
103   Deliver anchor bolts and anchorage devices, which are to be embedded in cast-in-place concrete or
104   masonry, in ample time to not to delay work.
105
106   Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground by
107   using pallets, platforms, or other supports. Protect steel members and packaged materials from erosion and
108   deterioration. If bolts and nuts become dry or rusty, clean and relubricate before use.
109
110        Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion or damage to members or
111        supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed.
112
113
114
115

      STRUCTURAL STEEL                                                                                       05120 - 2
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011

116   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
117
118
119   MATERIALS
120
121   Metal Surfaces, General: For fabrication of work that will be exposed to view, use only materials that are
122   smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, rust and scale seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade
123   names, and roughness. Remove such blemishes by grinding, or by welding and grinding, prior to cleaning,
124   treating, and applying surface finishes.
125
126   Structural Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36.
127
128   Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E or S, Grade B; or ASTM A 501.
129
130       Finish: Black, except where indicated to be galvanized.
131
132   Steel Castings: ASTM A 27, Grade 65-35, medium-strength carbon steel.
133
134   Headed Stud-Type Shear Connectors: ASTM A 108, Grade 1015 or 1020, cold-finished carbon steel with
135   dimensions complying with AISC Specifications.
136
137   Anchor Bolts: ASTM A 307, nonheaded type unless otherwise indicated.
138
139   Unfinished Threaded Fasteners: ASTM A 307, Grade A, regular low-carbon steel bolts and nuts.
140
141       Provide hexagonal heads and nuts for all connections.
142
143   High-Strength Threaded Fasteners: Heavy hexagon structural bolts, heavy hexagon nuts, and hardened
144   washers, as follows:
145
146       Quenched and tempered medium-carbon steel bolts, nuts, and washers, complying with ASTM A 325.
147
148            Where indicated as galvanized, provide units that are zinc coated, either mechanically deposited
149            complying with ASTM B 695, Class 50, or hot-dip galvanized complying with ASTM A 153.
150
151   Electrodes for Welding: Comply with AWS Code.
152
153   Structural Steel Primer Paint: SSPC - Paint 1; red lead and oil.
154
155   Nonmetallic Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining product
156   containing selected silica sands, Portland cement, shrinkage compensating agents, plasticizing and water-
157   reducing agents, complying with CE-CRD-C621.
158
159       Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
160
161            100 Non-Shrink Grout (Non-Metallic); Conspec, Inc.
162            Supreme Grout; Cormix, Inc.
163            Sure Grip Grout; Dayton Superior.
164            Euco N.S.; Euclid Chemical Co.
165            Crystex; L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc.
166            Masterflow 713; Master Builders.
167            Sealtight 588 Grout; W. R. Meadows.
168            Propak; Protex Industries, Inc.
169            Set Non-Shrink; Set Products, Inc.
170            Five Star Grout; U.S. Grout Corp.
171
172
173   FABRICATION

      STRUCTURAL STEEL                                                                                    05120 - 3
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

174
175   Shop Fabrication and Assembly: Fabricate and assemble structural assemblies in shop to greatest extent
176   possible. Fabricate items of structural steel in accordance with AISC Specifications and as indicated on final
177   shop drawings. Provide camber in structural members where indicated.
178
179        Properly mark and match-mark materials for field assembly. Fabricate for delivery sequence that will
180        expedite erection and minimize field handling of materials.
181
182        Where finishing is required, complete assembly, including welding of units, before start of finishing
183        operations. Provide finish surfaces of members exposed in final structure free of markings, burrs, and
184        other defects.
185
186   Connections: Weld or bolt shop connections, as indicated.
187
188   Bolt field connections, except where welded connections or other connections are indicated.
189
190        Provide high-strength threaded fasteners for principal bolted connections.
191
192   High-Strength Bolted Construction: Install high-strength threaded fasteners in accordance with AISC
193   "Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
194
195   Welded Construction: Comply with AWS Code for procedures, appearance and quality of welds, and
196   methods used in correcting welding work.
197
198   Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will produce true alignment of axes without warp.
199
200   Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Weld
201   shear connectors in field, spaced as shown, to beams and girders in composite construction. Use automatic
202   end welding of headed stud shear connectors in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions.
203
204   Holes for Other Work: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel framing and for
205   passage of other work through steel framing members, as shown on final shop drawings.
206
207   Provide threaded nuts welded to framing and other specialty items as indicated to receive other work.
208
209   Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. Do not flame-cut holes or enlarge holes by
210   burning. Drill holes in bearing plates.
211
212
213   SHOP PAINTING
214
215   General: Shop-paint structural steel, except those members or portions of members to be embedded in
216   concrete or mortar. Paint embedded steel that is partially exposed on exposed portions and initial 2 inches
217   of embedded areas only.
218
219        Do not paint surfaces to be welded or high-strength bolted with friction-type connections.
220
221        Apply 2 coats of paint to surfaces that are inaccessible after assembly or erection. Change color of
222        second coat to distinguish it from first.
223
224   Surface Preparation: After inspection and before shipping, clean steelwork to be painted. Remove loose
225   rust, loose mill scale, and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Clean steel in accordance with Steel Structures
226   Painting Council (SSPC) as follows:
227
228        SP-3 "Power-Tool Cleaning."
229
230   Painting: Provide a one-coat, shop-applied paint system complying with Steel Structures Painting Council
231   (SSPC) Paint System Guide No. 7.00.

      STRUCTURAL STEEL                                                                                      05120 - 4
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

232
233
234
235
236   SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
237
238   General: Materials and fabrication procedures are subject to inspection and tests in mill, shop, and field,
239   conducted by a qualified inspection agency. Such inspections and tests will not relieve Contractor of
240   responsibility for providing materials and fabrication procedures in compliance with specified requirements.
241
242       Promptly remove and replace materials or fabricated components that do not comply.
243
244   Design of Members and Connections: Details shown are typical; similar details apply to similar conditions,
245   unless otherwise indicated. Verify dimensions at site whenever possible without causing delay in the work.
246
247       Promptly notify Architect whenever design of members and connections for any portion of structure are
248       not clearly indicated.
249
250   PART 3 - EXECUTION
251
252
253   ERECTION
254
255   Surveys: Check elevations of concrete and masonry bearing surfaces, and locations of anchor bolts and
256   similar devices, before erection work proceeds, and report discrepancies to Architect. Do not proceed with
257   erection until corrections have been made or until compensating adjustments to structural steel work have
258   been agreed upon with Architect.
259
260   Temporary Shoring and Bracing: Provide temporary shoring and bracing members with connections of
261   sufficient strength to bear imposed loads. Remove temporary members and connections when permanent
262   members are in place and final connections are made. Provide temporary guy lines to achieve proper
263   alignment of structures as erection proceeds.
264
265   Temporary Planking: Provide temporary planking and working platforms as necessary to effectively
266   complete work.
267
268   Setting Bases and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing
269   materials and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of base and bearing plates.
270
271       Set loose and attached base plates and bearing plates for structural members on wedges or other
272       adjusting devices.
273
274       Tighten anchor bolts after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove
275       wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut off flush with edge of base or bearing plate prior to packing with
276       grout.
277
278       Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and bases or plates to ensure that no voids remain. Finish
279       exposed surfaces, protect installed materials, and allow to cure.
280
281       For proprietary grout materials, comply with manufacturer's instructions.
282
283   Level and plumb individual members of structure within specified AISC tolerances.
284
285   Touch-Up Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of
286   shop paint. Apply paint to exposed areas using same material as used for shop painting.
287
288
289   QUALITY CONTROL

      STRUCTURAL STEEL                                                                                      05120 - 5
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

290   Correct deficiencies in structural steel work that inspections and laboratory test reports have indicated to be
291   not in compliance with requirements. Perform additional tests, at Contractor's expense, as necessary to
292   reconfirm any noncompliance of original work and to show compliance of corrected work.
293
294   Shop-Bolted Connections: Inspect or test in accordance with AISC specifications.
295
296        Verify that gaps of installed Direct Tension Indicators are less than gaps specified in ASTM F 959, Table
297        2.
298
299   Field-Bolted Connections: Inspect in accordance with AISC specifications.
300
301        For Direct Tension Indicators, comply with requirements of ASTM F 959. Verify that gaps are less than
302        gaps specified in Table 2.
303
304
305
306                                             END OF SECTION 05120




      STRUCTURAL STEEL                                                                                       05120 - 6
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011


 1   SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6
 7   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 8
 9   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
10   Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
11
12
13   DESCRIPTION OF WORK
14
15   This Section includes the following:
16
17           Framing with dimension lumber.
18
19           Posts and beams.
20
21           Wood grounds, nailers and blocking.
22
23           Wood furring.
24
25           Sheathing.
26
27           Subflooring.
28
29           Underlayment.
30
31   Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
32
33           Division 6 Section "Finish Carpentry" for nonstructural carpentry items exposed to view and not
34           specified in another Section.
35
36           Division 6 Section "Fabricated Wood Trusses"
37
38           Division 6 Section "Exterior Architectural Woodwork" for exterior woodwork specially fabricated
39           for this project.
40
41           Division 6 Section "Interior Architectural Woodwork" for interior woodwork specially fabricated for
42           this project.
43
44
45   DEFINITIONS
46
47   Rough carpentry includes carpentry work not specified as part of other Sections and generally not
48   exposed, unless otherwise specified.
49
50
51   DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
52
53   Delivery and Storage: Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect against exposure to weather and
54   contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber as well as plywood and other panels; provide for air
55   circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings including polyethylene and similar
56   materials.
57

     ROUGH CARPENTRY                                                                                   06100 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011


 58
 59   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
 60
 61
 62   LUMBER, GENERAL
 63
 64   Lumber Standards: Furnish lumber manufactured to comply with PS 20 "American Softwood Lumber
 65   Standard" and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by American Lumber
 66   Standards Committee's (ALSC) Board of Review.
 67
 68   Inspection Agency and Rules: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau Standard Grading Rules #16.
 69
 70   Grade Stamps: Provide lumber with each piece factory-marked with grade stamp of inspection agency
 71   evidencing compliance with grading rule requirements and identifying grading agency, grade, species,
 72   moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill.
 73
 74   Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detail dimensions. Provide actual sizes as required by
 75   PS 20, for moisture content specified for each use.
 76
 77           Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
 78
 79           Provide lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing and shipment for
 80           sizes 2 inches or less in nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated.
 81
 82
 83   DIMENSION LUMBER
 84
 85   For light framing (2 to 4 inches thick, 2 to 4 inches wide) provide the following grade and species:
 86
 87           "Standard" grade.
 88
 89           Douglas Fir-Larch graded under WCLIB rules. (Mixed species, fir, larch and hemlock acceptable
 90           for light framing and studs at Contractor's option.)
 91
 92   For structural light framing (2 to 4 inches thick, 2 to 4 inches wide), provide the following grade and
 93   species:
 94
 95           "No. 2" grade and better.
 96
 97           Same species as indicated for structural framing grade below.
 98
 99   For light structural and structural framing (2 to 4 inches thick, 5 inches and wider), provide the following
100   grade and species:
101
102           "No. 2" grade and better unless otherwise noted.
103
104           Douglas Fir-Larch graded under WCLIB.
105
106   For beams, posts and timbers (5 x 5 inches and larger), provide the following grade and species:
107
108           "No. 1" grade and better unless otherwise noted.
109
110           Douglas Fir-Larch graded under WCLIB.
111
112
113   MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER
114

      ROUGH CARPENTRY                                                                                      06100 - 2
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011


115   General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction including equipment curbs and
116   support bases, cant strips, bucks, nailers, blocking, furring, grounds, stripping and similar members.
117   Fabricate miscellaneous lumber from dimension lumber of sizes indicated and into shapes shown.
118
119   Moisture content: 19 percent maximum for lumber items not specified to receive wood preservative
120   treatment.
121
122   Grade: "Standard" grade boards per WCLIB.
123
124
125   PLYWOOD
126
127   General: Identify each plywood panel with appropriate certifying agency trademark.
128
129   Waferboard: Louisiana Pacific waferboard approved for subflooring, roof and wall sheathing. Strength
130   requirements and other specifications must meet or exceed those of plywood grades indicated below.
131
132   Roof Sheathing: Douglas Fir plywood, 15/32" x 4' x 8', APA Structural II rated sheathing, index 32/16,
133   Grade CD standard interior with exterior glue (5 ply).
134
135   Plywood Subfloor: Douglas Fir plywood, 1 -1/8 " x 4' x 8', tongue and groove edges, index 48 O.C.,
136   Grade CD, standard interior with exterior glue.
137
138   Shear Wall Sheathing: Douglas Fir plywood, 15/32" x 4' x 8', APA Structural I rated sheathing, index
139   32/16, Grade CD, standard interior with exterior glue.
140
141   Wall Sheathing: Douglas Fir plywood, 15/32" x 4' x 8', index 24/0, Grade CD, standard interior with
142   exterior glue.
143
144   Plywood Underlayment: ½" x 4' x 8', as recommended by flooring manufacturer.
145
146
147   AIR INFILTRATION BARRIER
148
149   Asphalt-saturated organic felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type 1 (No. 15 asphalt felt), unperforated.
150
151                                                       OR
152
153   Polyethylene sheet, 0.0061 inch thick, formed by spinning continuous strands of fine high density
154   polyethylene interconnected fibers and bonding them together by heat and pressure; with a moisture
155   vapor transmission rate of 400 grams/sq. meter/24 hrs. per ASTM E 96, procedure B; flame spread and
156   smoke developed ratings of 5 and 10 per ASTM E 84.
157
158   Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, air infiltration barriers that may be
159   incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
160
161           Asphalt-saturated organic felts.
162
163           "Tyvek Housewrap", Fibers Department, DuPont Company.
164
165
166




      ROUGH CARPENTRY                                                                                      06100 - 3
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011


167   FASTENERS
168
169   General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this
170   article for material and manufacture.
171
172           Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative
173           humidity, provide fasteners with a hot-dip zinc coating per ASTM A 153 or of AISI Type 304
174           stainless steel.
175
176   Nails, Wire, Brads and Staple: FS FF-N-105.
177
178   Power Driven Fasteners: National Evaluation Report NER-272.
179
180   Wood Screws: ANSI B18.6.1.
181
182   Lag Bolts: ANSI B18.2.1.
183
184   Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 503 hex nuts and flat washers.
185
186   All fasteners in pressure treated wood to be G90 galvanized.
187
188   METAL FRAMING ANCHORS
189
190   General: Provide metal framing anchors of type, size, metal and finish indicated that comply with
191   requirements specified including the following:
192
193           Current Evaluation/Research Reports: Provide products for which model code
194           evaluation/research reports exist that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and that
195           evidence compliance of metal framing anchors for application indicated with the building code in
196           effect for this project.
197
198           Allowable Design Loads: Provide products for which manufacturer publishes allowable design
199           loads that are determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and that are
200           demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing laboratory.
201
202   Galvanized Steel Sheet: Steel sheet zinc-coated by hot-dip process on continuous lines prior to
203   fabrication to comply with ASTM A 525 for Coating Designation G60 and with ASTM A 446, Grade A
204   (structural quality); ASTM A 526 (commercial quality); or ASTM A 527 (lock-forming quality); as standard
205   with manufacturer for type of anchor indicated.
206
207
208   MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
209
210   Sill Sealer Gaskets: Install two continuous beads of sealant beneath all sills in direct contact with
211   concrete.
212
213
214   PRESERVATIVE WOOD TREATMENT BY PRESSURE PROCESS
215
216   General: Where lumber or plywood is indicated as preservative-treated wood or is specified herein to be
217   treated, comply with applicable requirements of AWPA Standards C2 (Lumber) and C9 (Plywood). Mark
218   each treated item with the AWPB or SPIB Quality Mark Requirements.
219
220   Pressure-treat above-ground items with water-borne preservatives to a minimum retention of 0.25 pcf.
221   For interior uses, after treatment, kiln-dry lumber and plywood to have a maximum moisture content of 19
222   percent. Treat indicated items and the following:
223

      ROUGH CARPENTRY                                                                                     06100 - 4
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011


224           Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping and similar members in
225           connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers and waterproofing.
226
227           Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping and similar concealed members in contact with
228           masonry or concrete.
229
230           Wood floor plates installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth.
231
232   Complete fabrication of treated items prior to treatment, where possible. If cut after treatment, coat cut
233   surfaces to comply with AWPA M4. Inspect each piece of lumber or plywood after drying and discard
234   damaged or defective pieces.
235
236
237   PART 3 - EXECUTION
238
239
240   INSTALLATION, GENERAL
241
242   Pressure Treated Plates: Attach with anchor bolts 5/8" x 10" at 4'-0" o.c., unless otherwise indicated.
243   Minimum two anchor bolts per piece. Provide anchor bolt within 12 inches of ends at splices and corners.
244   NOTE: Miscellaneous plates on slabs without thickened footings to be shot to concrete or attached with
245   expansion shields, spacing and end distances as indicated above.
246
247   Discard units of material with defects which might impair quality of rough carpentry construction and that
248   are too small to use in fabricating rough carpentry with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement.
249
250   Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true to line and cut and fitted.
251
252   Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlate location
253   of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds and similar supports to allow attachment of other construction.
254
255   Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated.
256
257   Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes.
258
259   Use common wire nails, except as otherwise indicated. Use finishing nails for finish work. Select
260   fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will
261   receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting of
262   wood; predrill as required.
263
264   WOOD GROUNDS, NAILERS, BLOCKING AND SLEEPERS
265
266   Install wood grounds, nailers, blocking and sleepers where shown and where required for screeding or
267   attachment of other work. Form to shapes as shown and cut as required for true line and level of work to
268   be attached. Coordinate location with other work involved.
269
270   Attach to substrates as required to support applied loading. Countersink bolts and nuts flush with
271   surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Build into concrete during installation of concrete work. Where
272   possible, anchor to formwork before concrete placement.
273
274
275   WOOD FURRING
276
277   Install plumb and level with closure strips at edges and openings. Shim with wood as required for
278   tolerance of finished work.
279


      ROUGH CARPENTRY                                                                                    06100 - 5
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011


280           Firestop furred spaces on walls at ceiling line, with wood blocking or noncombustible materials,
281           accurately fitted to close furred spaces.
282
283
284   WOOD FRAMING, GENERAL
285
286   Framing Standard: Comply with N.F.P.A. "Manual for House Framing", unless otherwise indicated.
287
288   Install framing members of size and spacing indicated.
289
290   Anchor and nail as shown and to comply with the following:
291
292           National Evaluation Report No. NER-272 for pneumatic or mechanical driven staples, nails and
293           allied fasteners.
294
295           Published requirements of manufacturer of metal framing anchors.
296
297           "Table No. 23-II-B-1 Nailing Schedule" of the Uniform Building Code, current edition.
298
299   Do not splice structural members between supports.
300
301   Firestop concealed spaces of wood framed walls and partitions at the ceiling line. Where firestops are
302   not automatically provided by the framing system used, use closely fitted wood blocks of nominal 2-inch
303   thick lumber of the same width as framing members.
304
305
306   STUD FRAMING
307
308   General: Arrange studs so that wide face of stud is perpendicular to direction of wall or partition and
309   narrow face is parallel. Install single bottom plate and double top plates using 2-inch thick members
310   whose widths equal that of studs; except single top plate may be used for non-load bearing partitions.
311   Nail or anchor plates to supporting construction. Size and spacing of studs as indicated on plans.
312
313   Construct corners and intersections with not less than three (3) studs. Install miscellaneous blocking and
314   framing as shown and as required for support of facing materials, fixtures, specialty items and trim.
315
316   Frame openings with multiple studs and header. Provide nailed header members of thickness equal to
317   width of studs. Set headers on edge and support on jamb studs.
318
319           For non-bearing partitions, provide double-jamb studs and headers not less than 4 inches deep
320           for openings 3 feet and less in width, and not less than 6 inches deep for wider openings, or as
321           indicated on drawings.
322
323           For load-bearing partitions, provide double-jamb studs for openings 6 feet and less in width, and
324           triple-jamb studs for wider openings. Provide headers of depth shown.
325
326
327   FLOOR JOIST FRAMING
328
329   General: Install floor joists with crown edge up and support ends of each member with not less than 1½
330   inches of bearing. Attach floor joists as follows:
331
332           To wood bearing members by toe nailing or metal framing anchors.
333
334           To wood supporting members with wood ledgers or metal joist hangers.
335


      ROUGH CARPENTRY                                                                                  06100 - 6
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                         PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                     JULY 5, 2011


336   Frame openings with headers and trimmers supported by metal joist hangers; double headers and
337   trimmers where span of header exceeds 4 feet.
338
339   Do not notch in middle third of joists; limit notches to 1/6 depth of joist, a at ends. Do not bore holes
340   larger than a depth of joist or locate closer than 2 inches from top or bottom. Install solid blocking (2
341   inches thick by depth of joist) at ends of joists, unless nailed to header or bearing member.
342
343   Lap members framing from opposite side of beams, girders or partitions not less than 4 inches or securely
344   tie opposing members together. Install solid block (2 inches thick by depth of joist) over supports.
345
346   Under jamb studs at opening, install solid blocking between joist.
347
348   Under non-load bearing partitions, install double joists separated by solid blocking equal to depth of studs
349   above.
350
351           Install triple-joists separated as above, under partitions receiving ceramic tile and similar heavy
352           finishes or fixtures.
353
354
355   RAFTER AND CEILING JOIST FRAMING
356
357   Ceiling Joists: Install ceiling joists with crown up and to comply with requirements specified above for
358   floor joists. Face nail to ends of parallel rafters.
359
360           Where principal ceiling joists are at right angles to rafters, frame as indicated with additional short
361           joists from wall plate to first joist; nail to ends of rafters and to top plate and nail to long joists or
362           anchor with framing anchors or metal straps. Install 1 x 8 or 2 x 4 stringers spaced 4 feet o.c.
363           crosswise over principal ceiling joists.
364
365   Rafters: Notch to fit exterior wall plates and toe nail or use special metal framing anchors. Where rafters
366   abut at ridge, place directly opposite each other and nail to ridge member or use metal ridge hangers.
367
368           At valleys, install as shown.
369
370   Install special framing as shown for eaves, overhangs, dormers and similar conditions, if any.
371
372
373   TIMBER FRAMING
374
375   Install timber framing with crown edge up and provide not less than 4 inches of bearing on supports.
376   Install continuous members unless shown; tie together over supports if not continuous.
377
378   Where beams or girders are framed into pockets of exterior concrete walls, provide ½ inch air space
379   between sides and ends of wood members and supporting wall.
380
381   Install wood posts using metal anchoring and attachment devices indicated.
382
383   Seal ends of timber beams and posts exposed to weather with a water-repellent preservative.
384
385
386   INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION PANELS AND UNDERLAYMENT
387
388   General: Comply with applicable recommendations contained in Form No. E30, "APA
389   Design/Construction Guide - Residential & Commercial", for types of construction panels and applications
390   indicated.
391
392   Fastening Methods: Fasten panels as indicated below:

      ROUGH CARPENTRY                                                                                         06100 - 7
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                         PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011


393
394           Roof Sheathing: Install panels with long edges perpendicular to framing. See framing plan for
395           nailing and blocking schedule. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
396
397           Wall Sheathing: Install panels with long edges horizontal. Install so that all ends and edges are
398           backed by solid lumber framing or blocking; nailing: 8d nails at 6 inches o.c. at panel perimeter
399           and 12 inches o.c. in field. Gap between adjacent panels as recommended by panel
400           manufacturer. NOTE: Support all edges and ends with solid blocking. See shear wall nailing
401           requirements indicated on drawings.
402
403           Subflooring: Glue and nail to supports with 10d common at 6 inches o.c. at edges, 12 inches at
404           intermediate supports. Face grain perpendicular to supports.
405
406           Plywood Underlayment: 6d ring shank nails at 4 inches o.c. along edges, 8 inches o.c. in field.
407           Stagger end joints and offset joints with respect to panel edges.
408
409
410   AIR INFILTRATION BARRIER
411
412   Cover sheathing with air infiltration barrier as follows:
413
414           Apply asphalt-saturated organic felt horizontally with 2 inch overlap and 6 inch endlap; fasten to
415           sheathing with corrosion-resistant staples.
416
417           Apply plastic sheet to comply with manufacturer's printed directions.
418
419           Apply air infiltration barrier to cover upstanding flashing with a minimum of 3 inches overlap.
420
421
422
423
424
425                                             END OF SECTION 06100




      ROUGH CARPENTRY                                                                                    06100 - 8
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                     JULY 5, 2011

 1   SECTION 06192 - FABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 7
 8   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
 9   Division 1 Specification sections, apply to Work of this section.
10
11   DESCRIPTION OF WORK
12
13   Definition: Fabricated Wood trusses include planar structural units consisting of metal plate connected
14   members which are fabricated from dimension lumber and which have been cut and assembled prior to
15   delivery to the job site.
16
17
18   QUALITY ASSURANCE
19
20   Fabricator's Qualifications: Provide trusses by a firm which has a record of successfully fabricating
21   trusses similar to type indicated.
22   Uniformity of Manufacture for Connector Plates: Provide metal connector plates from a single
23   manufacturer.
24
25   SUBMITTALS
26
27   Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing species, sizes and stress grades of lumber to be used;
28   pitch, span, camber configuration and spacing for each type of truss required; type, size, material, finish,
29   design value and location of metal connector plates; and bearing and anchorage details.
30
31           To the extent engineering design considerations are indicated as fabricator's responsibility,
32           submit design analysis and test reports indicating loading, section modulus, assumed allowable
33           stress, stress diagrams and calculations and similar information needed for analysis and to
34           ensure that trusses comply with requirements.
35
36           Provide shop drawings which have been signed and stamped by a civil engineer licensed to
37           practice in California and the state where trusses are fabricated.
38
39           It is the Contractor’s responsibility to obtain approvals from the local building office prior to
40           submitting to the Architect for review.
41
42   DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
43
44   Handle and store trusses with care and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and TPI
45   recommendations to avoid damage from bending, overturning or other cause for which truss is not
46   designed to resist or endure.
47   Time delivery and erection of trusses to avoid extended on site storage and avoid delaying work of other
48   trades whose work must follow erection of trusses.
49
50
51   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
52
53   LUMBER MATERIALS
54
55   Factory mark each piece of lumber with type, grade, mill and grading agency.
56   Provide seasoned lumber with a maximum content at time of dressing of 19% or less.
57   Lumber Species: Douglas Fir, Hem-Fir, Western Larch graded by WWPA or WCLIB; or Southern Pine,
58   graded by SPIB; at Fabricator's option.

     FABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES                                                                                06192 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                      PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011

 59   Grade: Any grade of lumber fulfilling requirements indicated for species, stress ratings and moisture
 60   content.
 61
 62   METAL CONNECTOR PLATES, FASTENERS AND ANCHORAGES
 63
 64   Connector Plate Material: Metal complying with following requirements, not less than 0.036 thick, coated
 65   thickness.
 66   Galvanized Sheet Steel: ANSI/ASTM A446, Grade A, Coating G60.
 67   Fasteners and Anchorages: Provide size, type, material and finish indicated, complying with applicable
 68   Federal Specifications for nails, screws, bolts, nuts, and washers and anchoring devices.
 69
 70
 71   DESIGN LOADS (Truss Engineer to include weights necessary for chord and web members.)
 72
 73           L.L. top chord 20
 74           D.L. top chord 10
 75           L.L. bottom chord 10
 76           D.L. bottom chord 5
 77
 78   Lateral Loading: 42#/sq. ft. Type and extent of lateral web bracing to be designed by truss engineer.
 79
 80   FABRICATION
 81
 82   Cut truss members to accurate lengths, angles and sizes to produce close fitting joints with proper wood-
 83   to-wood bearing in assembled units.
 84   Fabricate metal connector plates to proper size, configuration, thickness and anchorage details required
 85   for types of joints designs indicated.
 86   Assemble truss members in design configuration indicated using jigs or other means to ensure uniformity
 87   and accuracy of assembly with close fitting joints.
 88   Connect truss members by means of metal connector plates accurately located and securely fastened to
 89   wood members by means indicated or of manufacturer and the Truss Plate Institute.
 90
 91
 92   PART 3 - EXECUTION
 93
 94   Erect and brace trusses to comply with manufacturer's and Truss Plate Institute recommendations.
 95   Erect trusses with plane of truss webs vertical (plumb) and parallel to each other, located accurately at
 96   design spacings indicated.
 97   Hoist units in place by means of proper lifting equipment suited to sizes and types of trusses required,
 98   applied at proper lift points as recommended by fabricator, exercising care not to damage truss members
 99   or joints by out-of-plane bending or other causes.
100   Provide temporary bracing as required to maintain trusses plumb, parallel and in proper location, until
101   permanent bracing is installed.
102   Anchor trusses securely at all bearing points to comply with methods and details indicated.
103   Install permanent bracing and related components to enable trusses to maintain design spacing,
104   withstand live and dead loads, including lateral loads, and to comply with other indicated requirements.
105   Do not cut or remove truss members.
106
107
108
109
110
111                                           END OF SECTION 06192




      FABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES                                                                          06192 - 2
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011


 1   SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6
 7   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 8
 9   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
10   Division 1 Specification sections, apply to Work of this section.
11
12
13   DESCRIPTION OF WORK
14
15   Definition: Finish carpentry includes carpentry work which is exposed to view is non-structural and which
16   is not specified as part of other sections.
17
18   Types of finish carpentry work in this section include:
19
20           Interior running and standing trim.
21
22           Exterior standing and running trim.
23
24
25   QUALITY ASSURANCE
26
27   Factory-mark each piece of lumber with type, grade, mill and grading agency identification; except omit
28   marking from surfaces to receive transparent finish, and submit mill certificate that material has been
29   inspected and graded in accordance with requirements if it cannot be marked on a concealed surface.
30
31
32   PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
33
34   Protect finish carpentry materials during transit, delivery, storage and handling to prevent damage, soiling
35   and deterioration.
36
37
38   JOB CONDITIONS
39
40   Conditioning: Installer shall advise Contractor of temperature and humidity requirements for finish
41   carpentry installation areas. Do not install finish carpentry until required temperature and relative
42   humidity have been stabilized and will be maintained in installation areas.
43
44   Maintain temperature and humidity in installation area as required to maintain moisture content of
45   installed finish carpentry within a 1.0 percent tolerance of optimum moisture content, from date of
46   installation through remainder of construction period.
47
48
49   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
50
51
52   WOOD PRODUCT QUALITY STANDARDS
53
54   Softwood Lumber Standards: Comply with WCLIB Publication and with applicable grading rules of the
55   respective grading and inspecting agency for the species and product indicated.
56
57   Wood Working Standards: Comply with Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) "Custom Grade".

     FINISH CARPENTRY                                                                                   06200 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011


 58
 59   MATERIALS
 60
 61   General
 62
 63   Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detailed dimensions. Provide dressed or worked and
 64   dressed lumber, as applicable, manufactured to the actual sizes and patterns as shown, unless otherwise
 65   indicated.
 66
 67   Moisture Content of Softwood Lumber: Provide kiln-dried (KD) lumber having a moisture content from
 68   time of manufacture until time of installation not greater than 15 percent maximum for both interior and
 69   exterior use.
 70
 71   Lumber for Transparent or Painted Finish: Use pieces of solid lumber stock. (No finger joints permitted.)
 72
 73   Interior Finish Carpentry: Pre-primed MDF trim material or solid paint grade hardwood of size and shape
 74   indicated.
 75            Window trim: 5/8” x 2 5/8” shaped trim
 76            Door trim: 3/4” x 2 1/2” shaped trim
 77            Baseboard: 5/8” x 4” shaped trim
 78            Window Sill: 3/4” thick, extend 2” past face of drywall into room and extend 3” past window
 79            opening to left and right, finish edge with 1/4” radius.
 80            Trim below window sill: 5/8” x 2 5/8” extend 2 3/4” past window opening to left and right.
 81
 82   Exterior Finish Carpentry: "A" and better Western Red Cedar, S4S, WCLIB 102d Clear Redwood, or
 83   Hardi-trim. Sizes as indicated.
 84            Siding outside corner trim: 3/4” x 4”
 85            Inside corner trim: 1”x1”
 86            Other trim sized as shown on plan.
 87
 88
 89   MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
 90
 91   Fasteners and Anchorages: Provide nails, screws and other anchoring devices of the proper type, size,
 92   material and finish required for application indicated to provide secure attachment. Exterior fasteners to
 93   be G60 galvanized or stainless steel.
 94
 95
 96   PART 3 - EXECUTION
 97
 98
 99   PREPARATION
100
101
102   Condition wood materials to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas prior to installing.
103
104   Backprime exterior trim unless it is pre-finished. Prime or finish cut edges and ends of materials to match
105   face color prior to installation. Comply with requirements of section on painting within Division 9 for
106   primers and their application.
107




      FINISH CARPENTRY                                                                                    06200 - 2
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                         PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011


108   INSTALLATION
109
110   Discard units of material which are unsound, warped, bowed, twisted, improperly treated, not adequately
111   seasoned or too small to fabricate work with minimum of joints or optimum jointing arrangements, or
112   which are of defective manufacture with respect to surfaces, sizes or patterns.
113
114   Install the work plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required using concealed
115   shims. Install to a tolerance of c" in 8-0" for plumb and level and with 1/32" maximum offset in flush
116   adjoining surfaces, c" minimum offsets in revealed adjoining surfaces.
117
118   Scribe and cut work to fit adjoining work and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts.
119
120   Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number of joints possible, using full-length pieces (from
121   maximum length of lumber available) to the greatest extent possible. Stagger joints in adjacent and
122   related members. Cope at returns, miter at corners to produce tight fitting joints with full surface contact
123   throughout length of joint. Use scarf (miter) joints for end-to-end joints, sloped away from winter wind
124   direction and water run off. Set nails and putty prior to finishing. Miter all joints.
125
126   Anchor finish carpentry work to anchorage devices or blocking built-in or directly attached to substrates.
127   Secure to grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as
128   required for a complete installation. Use fine finishing nails for exposed nailing, countersunk and filled
129   flush with finished surface and matching final finish where transparent finish is indicated.
130
131   Install manufactured products strictly per manufacturers’ instructions.
132
133
134   ADJUSTMENT, CLEANING, FINISHING AND PROTECTION
135
136   Repair damaged and defective finish carpentry work wherever possible to eliminate defects functionally
137   and visually; where not possible to repair properly, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform
138   appearance.
139
140   Refer to Division 9 sections for final finishing of installed finish carpentry work.
141
142   Protection: Installer of finish carpentry work shall advise Contractor of final protection and maintain
143   conditions necessary to ensure that Work will be without damage or deterioration at time of acceptance.
144
145
146
147
148
149                                                 END OF SECTION




      FINISH CARPENTRY                                                                                   06200 - 3
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                    JULY 5, 2011


 1   SECTION 06400 - PREFINISHED CABINETS
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6
 7   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 8
 9   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
10   and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
11
12
13   DESCRIPTION OF WORK
14
15   Extent of cabinets and millwork as indicated on drawings.
16
17
18   QUALITY ASSURANCE
19   Construct and install cabinets conforming to the requirements of:
20
21   Woodworking Institute: Custom Grade
22
23   Field Measurements: Cabinet manufacturer is responsible for verification of all dimensions
24   necessary for manufacturing and installing cabinets, including plumbing fixture dimensions for
25   integration into cabinet assemblies.
26
27
28   SUBMITTALS
29
30   Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing location and size of each type of cabinet and
31   countertops, accessories, materials, finishes, hardware types and locations, fillers, etc. Include
32   fully dimensioned plans and elevations and indicate details of anchorage to countertop and to
33   walls.
34
35
36   PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
37
38   Protect cabinets and countertops and miscellaneous millwork during transit, delivery, storage and
39   handling to prevent damage, soiling and deterioration.
40
41   Do not deliver cabinets and countertops and millwork until painting, wet work, grinding and similar
42   operations, which could be performed before installation of cabinets and millwork have been
43   completed in installation areas.
44
45   Store cabinets and countertops in installation areas or, if that is impracticable, in areas similar
46   with ambient conditions.
47
48
49   JOB CONDITIONS
50

     PREFINISHED CABINETS                                                                             06400 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011


 51   Conditioning: Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for temperature and humidity
 52   requirements in cabinet installation areas. Do not install work until required temperature and
 53   relative humidity have been stabilized and will be maintained in installation areas.
 54
 55   Maintain temperature and humidity in installation areas at required to maintain moisture content
 56   of installed work within a tolerance range of the optimum moisture content acceptable to
 57   manufacturer, from date of installation through remainder of construction period.
 58
 59
 60   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
 61
 62
 63   BASIC MATERIALS
 64
 65   Particleboard: Not to be used – use plywood.
 66
 67   Plastic Laminate: NEMA LD-3, of thickness, type and grade designation indicated. Colors,
 68   patterns and finishes as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard selection.
 69
 70   Hardboard: ANSI A 135.4, Class 1, tempered.
 71
 72   Plywood: ½” thick minimum.
 73
 74
 75   DEFINITIONS
 76
 77   Exposed portions of cabinets include all surfaces including edges visible when doors and drawers
 78   are closed.
 79
 80   Semi-exposed portions of cabinets include surfaces behind opaque doors and drawer fronts
 81   including shelves, dividers, interior faces of cabinet ends, backs, tops and bottoms, drawer sides
 82   backs and bottoms, and back face of doors. Also included are underside of bottoms of cabinets
 83   and tops 2'-6" or more above floor.
 84
 85   Concealed portions of cabinets include sleepers, web frames, dust panels and other surfaces not
 86   normally visible after installation, including underside of bottoms of cabinets less than 2'-6" above
 87   floor.
 88
 89
 90   CABINETS
 91
 92   Exposed Surface Materials: plywood with staingrade hardwood veneer surface: Cherry or Oak.
 93
 94   Semi-Exposed Surface: High pressure plastic laminate, 0.020" thick, Cabinet Liner Type (CL-20),
 95   “Melamine”.
 96
 97   Concealed Materials: Any sound, dry solid lumber, plywood (no particleboard), or MDO or
 98   combination thereof; without defects affecting strength, utility or stability.
 99
100   Core Material for Plastic Laminates: Plywood.

      PREFINISHED CABINETS                                                                            06400 - 2
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                         PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                              JULY 5, 2011


101
102   Treatment of Exposed and Semi-Exposed Edges: Edge doors and drawer fronts and shelving
103   with high impact plastic tee or P.V.C. edging.
104
105   Style of Face Construction: Full overlay
106
107   Cabinet Construction:
108
109           Door style to be: Shaker.
110
111           Sides, Dividers, Tops, Bottoms, Shelves and Stretchers: Not less than ½" thick. Provide
112           stretchers at top of base cabinet. Shelves over 2'-6" to be ¾" thick minimum.
113
114           Backs: Not less than c" thick.
115
116           Drawers: Sides, subfronts and backs: not less than d" thick. Bottoms: not less than ¼"
117           thick. Provide box type construction with front, bottom and back rabbeted in sides and
118           secured with glue and mechanical fasteners.
119
120           Joinery: Rabbet backs flush into end panels and secure with concealed mechanical
121           fasteners. Connect wall cabinet tops and bottoms and base cabinet bottoms and
122           stretchers to ends and dividers by means of mechanical fasteners. Rabbet tops, bottoms
123           and backs into end panels.
124
125           Subbase: Not less than ¾" thick, of height and relationship to cabinet fronts and exposed
126           ends as indicated.
127
128           Toe Board: Not less than e" thick, attached to subbase with concealed fasteners.
129
130
131   COUNTERTOPS
132
133   Exposed Surface Material: High pressure plastic laminate 0.050" thick, General Purpose Type
134   (GP50).
135
136   Substrate (Core) for Exposed Surface Material: Particleboard.
137
138   Countertop Configuration: Provide countertops with the following front styles (nose), cove and
139   backsplash style, unless otherwise indicated.
140
141           Front Style: Waterfall or modern.
142
143           Cove: Integral
144
145           Backsplash Style: Modern edge with scribe.
146
147   Countertop Thickness: Standard, with subbase not less than ¾" thick.
148   CABINET HARDWARE
149


      PREFINISHED CABINETS                                                                        06400 - 3
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                       JULY 5, 2011


150   General: Provide manufacturer's standard hardware units of type, size and finish indicated,
151   complying with ANSI A156.9, of type, material, size and finish indicated, or, if not indicated, as
152   selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard choices.
153
154   Drawer slides and door hinges to be “heavy duty” and rated for at least 100 pounds and have full
155   extensions.
156
157   Silencers at all doors and drawers.
158
159   FABRICATION
160
161   Assemble units in shop in as large components as practicable. Minimize field cutting and jointing.
162
163   FINISHES
164
165   Exposed vertical surfaces to be: pigment match Wilsonart, Montana Walnut 7110T-60, and seal
166   with minimum 4 coats door sealer or as selected by Architect.
167   Countertops to be: Wilsonart Tungsten EV 4814-60 or as selected by Architect.
168   Semi-exposed surfaces to be: almond or white melamine or as selected by Architect.
169
170
171   PART 3 - EXECUTION
172
173   INSTALLATION
174
175   Install cabinets plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required using
176   concealed shims. Where cabinets abut other finished work, scribe and cut for accurate fit.
177   Provide filler strips, scribe strips and moldings as indicated or required and in finish to match
178   cabinet face.
179
180   Anchor cabinets securely in place with concealed (when doors and drawers are closed)
181   fasteners, anchored into structural support members of wall construction. Comply with
182   manufacturer's instructions for support of units.
183
184   Attach countertops securely to base units. Spline and glue joints in countertops; provide
185   concealed mechanical clamping of joint. Provide cutouts for fixtures and appliances as indicated;
186   drill pilot holes at corners before making cutouts. Smooth cut edges.
187
188   Complete hardware installation and adjust doors and drawers for proper operation.
189
190   CLEANING AND PROTECTION
191
192   Repair or remove and replace defective work as directed upon completion of installation.
193
194   Clean exposed and semi-exposed surfaces, touch-up finish as required. Remove and refinish
195   damaged or soiled areas.
196
197   Protection: Advise Contractor of final protection and maintained conditions necessary to ensure
198   that work will be without damage or deterioration at time of acceptance.
199                                               END OF SECTION

      PREFINISHED CABINETS                                                                                06400 - 4
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011

 1   SECTION 07200 - INSULATION
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6
 7   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 8
 9   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
10   and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
11
12
13   DESCRIPTION OF WORK
14
15   Extent of insulation work is shown on drawings and indicated by provisions of this section.
16
17
18   QUALITY ASSURANCE
19
20   Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide insulation materials which are identical to those whose
21   fire performance characteristics, as listed for each material or assembly of which insulation is a
22   part, have been determined by testing, per methods indicated below, by UL or other testing and
23   inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
24
25           Surface burning characteristics: As follows, tested per ASTM E 84 and U.B.C. standard
26           No. 42-1.
27
28           1.       When insulation facing is not in substantial contact with the surface of ceiling or
29                    wall board: Flame spread to be 25 or less and smoke density to be 450 or less.
30
31           2.     When insulation facing is in substantial contact with surface of ceiling or wall
32           board: Contact spread and smoke density may be non-rated.
33
34
35   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
36
37
38   MATERIALS
39
40   Glass Fiber Blanket/Batt Insulation: Inorganic glass fibers formed into resilient flexible blankets or
41   semi-rigid batts; FS HH-I-521, type as indicated, densities of not less than 0.5 lb. per cu. ft. for
42   glass fiber units, k-value of 0.27; manufacturer's standard lengths and widths as required to
43   coordinate with spaces to be insulated; types as follows:
44
45           Kraft paper faced units with integral nailing flanges; barrier rating of 1.0 perms, other face
46           (if any) permeable as manufactured by Certainteed, Manville, Owens-Corning, or
47           approved.
48
49   Mechanical Anchors: Type and size as recommended by insulation manufacturer for type of
50   application and condition of substrate.
51


     INSULATION                                                                                      07200 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                     JULY 5, 2011

 52   Expanding foam: type as recommended by manufacturer for holes, voids around door for use and
 53   window frames.
 54
 55
 56   PART 3 - EXECUTION
 57
 58
 59   INSPECTION AND PREPARATION
 60
 61   Installer must examine substrates and conditions under which insulation work is to be performed
 62   and must notify Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with insulation
 63   work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to installer.
 64
 65   Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulations or vapor barriers, including removal of
 66   projections which might puncture vapor barriers.
 67
 68
 69   INSTALLATION
 70
 71   General
 72
 73   Comply with manufacturer's instructions for particular conditions of installation in each case. If
 74   printed instructions are not available or do not apply to project conditions, consult manufacturer's
 75   technical representative for specific recommendations before proceeding with work.
 76
 77   Extend insulation full thickness as shown over entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly
 78   around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections which interfere with
 79   placement.
 80
 81   Apply a single layer of insulation of required thickness, unless otherwise shown or required to
 82   make up total thickness.
 83
 84   Blanket-Type Building Insulation: Apply insulation units to substrate by method indicated, comply
 85   with manufacturer's recommendations.
 86
 87   Install with vapor barriers toward heated side. R-30 in ceilings and R-19 in walls, unless indicated
 88   otherwise. R-19 Batt between joists under floor in crawl space.
 89
 90   Install appending foam insulation around outlet boxes, windows, doors, holes, cracks, and other
 91   voids in insulating membrane. Trim off excess.
 92
 93   PROTECTION
 94
 95   General: Protect installed insulation and vapor barriers from harmful weather exposures and
 96   from possible physical abuses.
 97
 98
 99
100                                               END OF SECTION




      INSULATION                                                                                        07200 - 2
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

 1   SECTION 07320 - COMPOSITION ASPHALT SHINGLES
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6
 7   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 8
 9   Drawing and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
10   Division 1 specifications sections, apply to work of this section.
11
12
13   DESCRIPTION OF WORK
14
15   Extent of composition asphalt shingles is shown on drawings and is hereby defined as weather
16   protection for roofs.
17
18
19   QUALITY ASSURANCE
20
21   UL Listing: Provide labeled materials which have been tested and listed by UL Class "A" or "B"
22   shingle.
23
24
25   SUBMITTALS
26
27   Product Data: Submit technical product data, installation instructions and recommendations from
28   shingle manufacturer, including data that materials comply with requirements.
29
30   Samples: Submit full range of samples for color and texture selection.
31
32
33   DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
34
35   Deliver materials in manufacturer's unopened, labeled containers.
36
37   Store materials to avoid water damage, and store rolled goods on end. Comply with manufacturer's
38   recommendations for job-site storage and protection.
39
40
41   JOB CONDITIONS
42
43   Substrate: Proceed with shingle work only after substrate construction and penetration work have
44   been completed.
45
46   Weather Conditions: Proceed with shingle work only when weather conditions are in compliance with
47   manufacturer's recommendations and when substrate is completely dry.
48   SPECIFIED PRODUCT WARRANTY
49
50   Provide shingle installer's warranty on installed work, agreeing to pay for repair or replacement of
51   defective shingles as necessary to eliminate leaks. Period of warranty is two (2) years from date of
52   substantial completion. (See guarantee form found in Section 01010 of this document.)
53
54   Provide shingle manufacturer's warranty on installed work, agreeing to pay for repair or replacement
55   of defective shingles as necessary to eliminate leaks. Period of warranty is thirty (30) years from date
56   of substantial completion.
57
58   PART 2 – PRODUCTS
59
60
61   ASPHALT SHINGLE MATERIALS

     COMPOSITION ASPHALT SHINGLES                                                                  07320 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

 62   Shingles: Premium laminated fiberglass shingle, thirty (30) year, limited warranty, mineral-surfaced,
 63   self-sealing, fiberglass based asphalt strip shingles, complying with UL Class "A" external fire
 64   exposure label and UL wind resistance rating. Color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's
 65   standard colors.
 66
 67   Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following or approved equal:
 68
 69           GAF Timberline 30 Year Natural Shaded
 70           IKO Cambridge 30 Year West
 71
 72   Asphalt-Saturated Roofing Felt: No. 15, unperforated organic felt, complying with ASTM D 226, 36
 73   inches wide, approximate weight of 18 lbs./square.
 74
 75   Asphalt Plastic Cement: Fibrated asphalt cement complying with ASTM D 2822, designed for trowel
 76   application.
 77
 78   Ridge Shingles: Manufacturer's standard factory pre-cut units to match shingles.
 79
 80   Nails: Aluminum or hot-dip galvanized 11 or 12-gauge sharp pointed conventional roofing nails with
 81   barbed shanks, medium d inch diameter head, and of sufficient length to penetrate through e inch
 82   plywood sheathing.
 83
 84   Staples: Minimum 16-gauge zinc-coated steel roofing staples with minimum crown width of 15/16"
 85   and of sufficient length to penetrate through e inch plywood sheathing.
 86
 87   Metal Drip Edge, Rake Flashing: See Section 07600.
 88
 89
 90   PART 3 - EXECUTION
 91
 92
 93   SUBSTRATE REVIEW AND PREPARATION
 94
 95   Installer of shingles must examine substrate and conditions under which shingling work is to be
 96   performed and must notify Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with
 97   work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer.
 98
 99   Clean substrate of any projections and substances detrimental to shingling work. Cover minor voids
100   in substrate with sheet metal flashing secured with roofing nails.
101
102   Coordinate installation of shingles with flashing and other adjoining work to ensure proper
103   sequencing. Do not install shingle roofing until all vent stacks and other penetrations through roofing
104   have been installed and are securely fastened against movement.
105
106
107   INSTALLATION
108
109   General: Comply with instructions and recommendations of shingle manufacturer, except to extent
110   more stringent requirements are indicated.
111
112   Composition Asphalt Shingles:
113         Underlayment: Apply one layer of building felt horizontally over entire surface, lapping
114         succeeding courses 4 inches minimum and fastening with sufficient nails to hold in place until
115         shingle application. End laps should be 6 inches wide and located at least 6 feet from end
116         laps in the preceding course.
117
118           Shingles: Install starter strip of roll roofing or inverted shingles with tabs removed; nail
119           shingles in manufacturer's recommended pattern, weather exposure and number of fasteners
120           per shingle. Use horizontal and vertical chalk lines to ensure straight coursing.
121


      COMPOSITION ASPHALT SHINGLES                                                                  07320 - 2
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                    PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

122         Hand Seal Each Shingle: Place one spot of shingle tab cement 1 inch in diameter under
123         each tab immediately upon installation. Self sealing option is not an acceptable option.
124
125         Comply with installation details and recommendations of shingle manufacturer and
126         Residential Asphalt Roofing Manual.
127
128         Flashing and Edge Protection: Install metal flashing, vent flashing and edge protection as
129         shown in compliance with details and recommendations of the Residential Asphalt Roofing
130         Manual and as indicated in these specifications and drawings.
131
132         Valleys: metal flashing at valley locations extending a minimum of 12” in both directions over
133         a double layer, 30” wide, of 15lb roof felt.
134
135
136
137
138                                          END OF SECTION




      COMPOSITION ASPHALT SHINGLES                                                               07320 - 3
YIHA MAIDEN LANE                     PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                    JULY 5, 2011



SECTION 07461 SIDING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1   SECTION INCLUDES

      A.   Fiber cement lap siding, panels, single, trim, fascia, moulding and accessories,
           James Hardie HZ5 Engineered for Climate Siding.

      B.   Factory-primed fiber cement lap siding, panels, single, trim, fascia, moulding and
           accessories, James Hardie HZ5 Engineered for Climate Siding.

1.2   RELATED SECTIONS

      A.   Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry: Wood framing and bracing.

      B.   Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry: Sheathing.

      C.   Section 07210 - Insulation: Exterior wall insulation.

1.3   REFERENCES

      A.   ASTM C1186 - Standard Specification for Flat Fiber-Cement Sheets

1.4   SUBMITTALS

      A.   Submit under provisions of Section 01300.

      B.   Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including:
           1.   Preparation instructions and recommendations.
           2.   Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.
           3.   Installation methods.

1.5   QUALITY ASSURANCE

1.6   DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation.

      B.   Store siding on edge or lay flat on a smooth level surface. Protect edges and
           corners from chipping. Store sheets under cover and keep dry prior to installing.

      C.   Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, and materials used with solvent-
           based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having
           jurisdiction.

1.7   PROJECT CONDITIONS

      A.   Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within
           limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products
           under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits.

1.8   WARRANTY

      A.   Product Warranty: Limited, non-pro-rated product warranty.
           1.   HardiePlank HZ5 lap siding for 30 years.
           2.   HardiPanel HZ5 vertical siding for 30 years.
           3.   HardieSoffit HZ5 panels for 30 years.


SIDING                                                                                        07461-1
YIHA MAIDEN LANE                     PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011


           4.      HardieShingle HZ5 siding for 30 years.
           5.      Artisan HZ5 lap siding for 30 years.

      B.   Product Warranty: Limited, product warranty.
           1.   HardieTrim HZ and HZ5 boards for 15 years.

      C.   Finish Warranty: Limited product warranty against manufacturing finish defects.
           1.     When used for its intended purpose, properly installed and maintained
                  according to James Hardie's published installation instructions, James
                  Hardie's ColorPlus finish with ColorPlus Technology, for a period of 15 years
                  from the date of purchase: will not peel; will not crack; and will not chip.
                  Finish warranty includes the coverage for labor and material.

      D.   Workmanship Warranty: Application limited warranty for 2 years.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1   MANUFACTURERS

      A.   Acceptable Manufacturer: James Hardie Building Products, Inc., which is located at:
           26300 La Alameda Suite 400 ; Mission Viejo, CA 92691; Toll Free Tel: 866-274-
           3464; Tel: 949-367-4980; Email: info@jameshardie.com

      B.   Requests for approval of equal substitutions will be considered in accordance with
           provisions of Section 01600.

2.2   SIDING

      A.   HardiePlank HZ5 lap siding, HardiPanel HZ5 vertical siding, HardieSoffit HZ5 panels
           and HardieShingle HZ5 siding requirement for Materials:
           1.    Fiber-cement Siding - complies with ASTM C 1186 Type A Grade II.
           2.    Fiber-cement Siding - complies with ASTM E 136 as a noncombustible
                 material.
           3.    Fiber-cement Siding - complies with ASTM E 84 Flame Spread Index = 0,
                 Smoke Developed Index = 5.
           4.    CAL-FIRE, Fire Engineering Division Building Materials Listing - Wildland
                 Urban Interface (WUI) Listed Product.
           5.    National Evaluation Report No. NER 405 (BOCA, ICBO, SBCCI, IBC, IRC).
           6.    City of Los Angeles, Research Report No. 24862.
           7.    US Department of Housing and Urban Development Materials Release
                 1263d.
           8.    California DSA PA-019.


      B.   Lap Siding: HardiePlank HZ5 Lap siding with a sloped top, beveled drip edge and
           nailing line as manufactured by James Hardie Building Products, Inc.

           1.      Type: Select Cedarmill 8-1/4 inches (210 mm) with 7 inches (178 mm)
                   exposure.


      C.   Vertical Siding: HardiePanel HZ5 siding as manufactured by James Hardie Building
           Products, Inc.

           1.      Type: Cedarmill Vertical siding panel 4 feet by 8 feet (1219 mm by 2438 mm).

      D.   Trim:



SIDING                                                                                    07461-2
YIHA MAIDEN LANE                      PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                         JULY 5, 2011


           1.     HardieTrim HZ5 boards and HardieTrim HZ boards as manufactured by
                  James Hardie Building Products, Inc.

2.3   FASTENERS
          1.   Wood Framing Fasteners: type, head size, and shank diameter as
               recommended by manufacturer, hot dip galvanized.


2.4   FINISHES

      A.   Factory Primer: Provide factory applied universal primer.
           1.    Primer: Factory primed by James Hardie.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1   EXAMINATION

      A.   Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared.

      B.   If framing preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of
           unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding.

      C.   Nominal 2 inch by 4 inch (51 m by 102 mm) wood framing selected for minimal
           shrinkage and complying with local building codes, including the use of water-
           resistive barriers or vapor barriers where required. Minimum 1-1/2 inches (38 mm)
           face and straight, true, of uniform dimensions and properly aligned.
           1.      Install water-resistive barriers and claddings to dry surfaces.
           2.      Repair any punctures or tears in the water-resistive barrier prior to the
                   installation of the siding.
           3.      Protect siding from other trades.


3.2   PREPARATION

      A.   Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation.

      B.   Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for
           achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. Shim as
           required to provide a substrate that is plumb, 1/8” in 10’ – 0”.

      C.   Install a water-resistive barrier is required in accordance with local building code
           requirements.

      D.   The water-resistive barrier must be appropriately installed with penetration and
           junction flashing in accordance with local building code requirements.



3.3   INSTALLATION - HARDIEPLANK HZ5 LAP SIDING

      A.   Install materials in strict accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions.

      B.   Starting: Install a minimum 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick lath starter strip at the bottom
           course of the wall. Apply planks horizontally with minimum 1-1/4 inches (32 mm)
           wide laps at the top. The bottom edge of the first plank overlaps the starter strip.

      C.   Allow minimum vertical clearance between the edge of siding and any other material
           in strict accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.



SIDING                                                                                          07461-3
YIHA MAIDEN LANE                      PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                    JULY 5, 2011


      D.   Align vertical joints of the planks over framing members.

      E.   Maintain clearance between siding and adjacent finished grade.

      F.   Locate splices at least one stud cavity away from window and door openings.

      G.   Wind Resistance: Where a specified level of wind resistance is required Hardieplank
           lap siding is installed to framing members and secured with fasteners described in
           Table No. 2 in National Evaluation Service Report No. NER-405.

      H.   Locate splices at least 12 inches (305 mm) away from window and door openings.

3.4   INSTALLATION - HARDIEPANEL HZ5 VERTICAL SIDING

      A.   Install materials in strict accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions.

      B.   Block framing between studs where HardiePanel siding horizontal joints occur.

      C.   Install metal Z flashing and provide a 1/4 inch (6 mm) gap at horizontal panel joints.

      D.   Place fasteners no closer than 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) from panel edges and 2 inches (51
           mm) from panel corners.

      E.   Allow minimum vertical clearance between the edge of siding and any other material
           in strict accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

      F.   Maintain clearance between siding and adjacent finished grade.

      G.   Specific framing and fastener requirements refer to Tables 2 and 3 in National
           Evaluation Service Report No. NER-405.



3.5   INSTALLATION - HARDIETRIM HZ5 BOARDS

      A.   Install materials in strict accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions.
           Install flashing around all wall openings.

      B.   Fasten through trim into structural framing or code complying sheathing. Fasteners
           must penetrate minimum 3/4 inch (19 mm) or full thickness of sheathing. Additional
           fasteners may be required to ensure adequate security.

      C.   Place fasteners no closer than 3/4 inch (19 mm) and no further than 2 inches (51
           mm) from side edge of trim board and no closer than 1 inch (25 mm) from end.
           Fasten maximum 16 inches (406 mm) on center.

      D.   Maintain clearance between trim and adjacent finished grade.

      E.   Trim inside corner with a single board trim both side of corner.

      F.   Outside Corner Board Attach Trim on both sides of corner with 16 gage corrosion
           resistant finish nail 1/2 inch (13 mm) from edge spaced 16 inches (406 mm) apart,
           weather cut each end spaced minimum 12 inches (305 mm) apart.

      G.   Allow 1/8 inch gap between trim and siding.

      H.   Seal gap with high quality, paint-able caulk.

      I.   Shim frieze board as required to align with corner trim..


SIDING                                                                                        07461-4
YIHA MAIDEN LANE                      PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                              JULY 5, 2011


      J.   Fasten through overlapping boards. Do not nail between lap joints.

      K.   Overlay siding with single board of outside corner board then align second corner
           board to outside edge of first corner board. Do not fasten HardieTrim boards to
           HardieTrim boards.

      L.   Shim frieze board as required to align with corner trim.

      M.   Install HardieTrim Fascia boards to rafter tails or to sub fascia.

3.6   FINISHING

      A.   Finish factory primed siding with a minimum of one coat of high quality 100 percent
           acrylic or latex or oil based exterior grade paint within 180 days of installation.
           Follow paint manufacturer's written product recommendation and written application
           instructions.

3.7   PROTECTION

      A.   Protect installed products until completion of project.

      B.   Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion.

                                      END OF SECTION




SIDING                                                                                   07461-5
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011

 1   SECTION 07600 - FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6
 7   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 8
 9   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
10   Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
11
12
13   DESCRIPTION OF WORK
14
15   This Section includes the following:
16
17           Metal flashing.
18
19           Gutters and Downspouts.
20
21           Miscellaneous sheet metal accessories.
22
23
24   QUALITY ASSURANCE
25
26   Warrant work of this section to be weatherproof for two (2) years following project substantial completion
27   date and repair and/or replace without additional cost to Owner any water leaks and resulting damage to
28   building materials and/or building contents as may occur under normal usage within warranty period.
29
30
31   PROJECT CONDITIONS
32
33   Coordinate work of this section with interfacing and adjoining work for proper sequencing of each
34   installation. Ensure best possible weather resistance and durability of work and protection of materials
35   and finishes.
36
37
38   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
39
40
41   SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM MATERIALS
42
43   Gutters and Downspouts: Extruded aluminum or steel with bonderized finish. Residential OGEE profile
44   5” gutters, 2”x3” downspouts. Gutters to be continuous with no seams, Dark Bronze color or as selected
45   by Architect. See drawings.
46
47   Metal Drip Edges: 24 gauge galvanized steel 2” x 2”. Paint to match adjacent wall and fascia color.
48
49   Z-Flashings: 24 guage galvanized steel 4” vertical leg up with 2” vertical leg down at changes of wall
50   finish or trim. Paint to match adjacent wall and fascia color or as indicated on plan.
51
52   Other flashings: 24 gauge galvanized steel. Paint to match adjacent wall and fascia color.
53
54
55   MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES
56
57   Fasteners: Same material as flashing or sheet metal or stainless steel. Match finish of exposed heads
58   with material being fastened.



     FLASHING AND SHEET METAL                                                                          07600 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

 59
 60   Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying, nonmigrating sealant.
 61   Elastomeric Sealant: Generic type recommended by manufacturer of metal and fabricator of components
 62   being sealed; comply with Federal Specification TT-S-001543. Sika 1a, or approved.
 63
 64   Epoxy Seam Sealer: Two part noncorrosive metal seam cementing compound, recommended by metal
 65   manufacturer for exterior/interior nonmoving joints, including riveted joints.
 66
 67   Metal Accessories: Provide sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices and similar accessory units as
 68   required for installation of work, matching or compatible with material being installed, noncorrosive, size
 69   and gauge required for performance.
 70
 71   Roofing Cement: ASTM D 2822, asphaltic.
 72
 73
 74   FABRICATED UNITS
 75
 76   General Metal Fabrication: Site fabricate from pre-finished materials to create seamless runs. Comply
 77   with details shown, and with applicable requirements of SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and
 78   other recognized industry practices. Fabricate for waterproof and weather-resistant performance; with
 79   expansion provisions for running work, sufficient to permanently prevent leakage, damage or deterioration
 80   of the work. Form work to fit substrates. Comply with material manufacturer instructions and
 81   recommendations for forming material. Form exposed sheet metal work without excessive oil-canning,
 82   buckling and tool marks, true to line and levels as indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form
 83   hems.
 84
 85   Separations: Provide for separation of metal from noncompatible metal or corrosive substrates by
 86   coating concealed surfaces at locations of contact, with bituminous coating or other permanent separation
 87   as recommended by manufacturer/fabricator.
 88
 89   Sealant Joints: Where movable, non-expansion type joints are required for proper performance of work,
 90   form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant, in compliance with industry standards.
 91
 92
 93   PART 3 - EXECUTION
 94
 95   INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
 96
 97   General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and
 98   recommendations and with SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual". Anchor units of work securely
 99   in place by methods indicated, providing for thermal expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where
100   possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints and seams which
101   will be permanently watertight and weatherproof. Provide for expansion and contraction joints at corners.
102
103   Bed Flanges of work in a thick coat of bituminous roofing cement where required for waterproof
104   performance.
105
106   CLEANING AND PROTECTION
107
108   Clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances which might cause corrosion of metal or
109   deterioration of finishes.
110
111   Protection: Advise Contractor of required procedures for surveillance and protection of flashings and
112   sheet metal work during construction to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration, other
113   than natural weathering, at time of substantial completion.
114
115                                               END OF SECTION




      FLASHING AND SHEET METAL                                                                           07600 - 2
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                         PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011


 1   SECTION 07900 - JOINT SEALERS
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 7
 8   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
 9   Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
10
11
12   DESCRIPTION OF WORK
13
14   The extent of each form and type of joint sealer is indicated on drawings and by provisions of this section.
15
16   Work of this section includes the following:
17
18           Exterior joints around window frames, door frames and other openings in exterior.
19
20           Interior joints around window frames, door frames and other openings in exterior.
21
22           Spaces around utility penetrations through walls and floor.
23
24           Where subject to air infiltration, caulk spaces between wall framing members and windows, doors
25           and other openings in exterior walls.
26
27           Joint filler for concrete sidewalks.
28
29
30   SUBMITTALS
31
32   Provide product data and color samples of actual material, where color selection is required.
33
34
35   PERFORMANCE
36
37   Provide joint sealers as required to establish and maintain airtight and waterproof continuous seals on a
38   permanent basis, within recognized limitations of wear and aging as indicated for each application.
39
40
41   JOB CONDITIONS
42
43   Deliver materials to project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels informing about
44   manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time and
45   mixing instructions for multicomponent materials.
46
47   Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations to prevent their
48   deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants or other causes.
49
50
51   PROJECT CONDITIONS
52
53   Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers when ambient and substrate
54   temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by joint sealer manufacturers or when joint
55   substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation or other causes.
56   Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers where joint widths are less than
57   allowed by joint sealer manufacturer for application indicated.

     JOINT SEALERS                                                                                      07900 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011


 58
 59   Joint Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers until contaminates capable of
 60   interfering with their adhesion are removed from joint substrates.
 61
 62
 63   WARRANTY
 64
 65   Warranty for two (2) years following project Substantial Completion date that sealants will not lose their
 66   adhesion or cohesion, that work of this section will remain weatherproof and that Contractor will repair
 67   and/or replace without additional cost to Owner any water leaks and resulting damage to building
 68   materials as may occur under normal usage within Warranty period.
 69
 70
 71   PART 2 PRODUCTS
 72
 73   MANUFACTURERS
 74
 75   Silicone Sealants:
 76           Bostik Inc: www.bostik-us.com.
 77           Dow Corning Corporation: www.dowcorningsealants.com.
 78           Momentive Performance Materials, Inc (formerly GE Silicones): www.momentive.com.
 79           Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com.
 80           BASF Construction Chemicals-Building Systems: www.chemrex.com.
 81           Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
 82
 83   Polyurethane Sealants:
 84           Bostik Inc: www.bostik-us.com.
 85           Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com.
 86           BASF Construction Chemicals-Building Systems: www.chemrex.com.
 87           Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
 88
 89   Polysulfide Sealants:
 90           Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com.
 91           BASF Construction Chemicals-Building Systems: www.chemrex.com.
 92           Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
 93
 94   Acrylic Sealants:
 95            Tremco Global Sealants: www.tremcosealants.com.
 96            Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
 97
 98   Butyl Sealants:
 99           Bostik Inc: www.bostik-us.com.
100           Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com.
101           Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
102
103   Acrylic Emulsion Latex Sealants:
104            Bostik Inc: www.bostik-us.com.
105            Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com.
106            BASF Construction Chemicals-Building Systems: www.chemrex.com.
107            Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.
108
109   SEALANTS
110
111   Sealants and Primers - General: Provide products having volatile organic compound (VOC) content as
112   specified in Section 01 6116.
113


      JOINT SEALERS                                                                                      07900 - 2
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                      PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                JULY 5, 2011


114   Type JS-1 - General Purpose Exterior Sealant at Dissimilar Exterior Finishes: Silicone; ASTM C 920,
115   Type S, Grade NS, Class 100/50, for Use NT; Single-Component, Nonsag, Neutral-Curing.
116           Product: 790 manufactured by Dow Corning Corporation.
117           Product: SikaSil-C990 manufactured by Sika Corporation, Construction Products Division.
118           Product: Spectrem 1 manufactured by Tremco Incorporated.
119           Applications: Use for exposed joints at dissimilar exterior finishes.
120
121   Type JS-2 - General Purpose Exterior Sealant at Similar Exterior Finishes: Silicone; ASTM C 920, Type
122   S, Grade NS, Class 50, for Use NT; Single-Component, Nonsag, Neutral-Curing.
123          Product: 795 manufactured by Dow Corning Corporation.
124          Product: SikaSil-C995 manufactured by Sika Corporation, Construction Products Division.
125          Product: Spectrem 2 manufactured by Tremco Incorporated.
126          Applications: Use for exposed joints at similar exterior finishes.
127
128   Type JS-3 - Concrete Paving and Brick Paving Joint Sealant: Polyurethane, self-leveling; ASTM C 920,
129   Class 25, Uses T, I, M and A; single component.
130          Color: Color as selected.
131          Applications: Use for joints in sidewalks, plaza paving and vehicular paving.
132
133   Type JS-4 - Exterior Metal Lap Joint Sealant: Butyl or polyisobutylene, nondrying, nonskinning,
134   noncuring.
135           Applications: Use for concealed locations only; do not apply to insulated concrete formwork
136   ICFs):
137   Concealed sealant bead in sheet metal work.
138   Concealed sealant bead in siding overlaps.
139
140   Type JS-5 - General Purpose Interior Sealant: Acrylic emulsion latex; ASTM C 834, Type OP, Grade NF
141   single component, paintable.
142            Color: Colors as selected.
143            Applications: Use for interior locations only:
144   Interior wall and ceiling control joints.
145   Joints between door and window frames and wall surfaces.
146   Other interior joints for which no other type of sealant is indicated.
147
148   Type JS-6 - Plumbing Fixture/ Tile Sealant: White silicone; ASTM C 920, Uses I, M and A; single
149   component, mildew resistant.
150           Applications: Use for:
151   Joints between plumbing fixtures and floor and wall surfaces.
152   Joints between restroom countertops and wall surfaces.
153
154   Type JS-7 - Acoustical Sealant: Butyl or acrylic sealant; ASTM C 920, Grade NS, Class 12-1/2, Uses M
155   and A; single component, solvent release curing, non-skinning.
156           Applications: Use for concealed locations only:
157
158   Type JS-8 - Interior Floor Joint Sealant: Polyurethane, self-leveling; ASTM C 920, Grade P, Class 25,
159   Uses T, M and A; single component.
160           Approved by manufacturer for wide joints up to 1-1/2 inches.
161           Color: Colors as selected.
162           Applications: Use for:
163                   Expansion joints in floors.
164
165   ACCESSORIES
166
167   Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application.
168
169   Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible
170   with joint forming materials.

      JOINT SEALERS                                                                                  07900 - 3
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                          PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                     JULY 5, 2011


171   Joint Backing: Round foam rod compatible with sealant; ASTM D 1667, closed cell PVC; oversized 30 to
172   50 percent larger than joint width.
173
174   Joint Backing at Pool Deck: #16 silica sand.
175
176   Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application.
177
178
179   PART 3 - EXECUTION
180
181
182   INSPECTION
183
184   Installer must examine substrates (joint surfaces) and conditions under which joint sealer work is to be
185   performed, and must notify Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with joint
186   sealer work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer.
187
188
189   JOINT PREPARATION
190
191   Clean joint surfaces immediately before installation of gaskets, sealants or caulking compounds. Remove
192   dirt, insecure coatings, moisture and other substances which could interfere with seal of gasket bond,
193   sealant or caulking compound. Prime surfaces as recommended by sealant manufacturer.
194
195
196   INSTALLATION
197
198   Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions.
199
200   Install sealants inlocations indicated in Part 2.
201
202   Set joint filler units at depth or position in joint as indicated to coordinate with other work, including
203   installation of bond breakers, backer rods and sealants. Do not leave voids or gaps between ends of joint
204   filler units.
205
206   Install sealant backer rod as required, except where shown to be omitted or recommended to be omitted
207   by sealant manufacturer for application indicated.
208
209   Employ only proven installation techniques, which will ensure that sealants are deposited in uniform,
210   continuous ribbons without gaps or air pockets. Except as otherwise indicated, fill sealant rabbet to a
211   slightly concave surface, slightly below adjoining surfaces. Where horizontal joints are between a
212   horizontal surface and vertical surface, fill joint to form a slight cove, so that joint will not trap moisture and
213   dirt.
214
215
216   CURE AND PROTECTION
217
218   Cure sealants and caulking compounds in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and
219   recommendations. Advise Contractor of procedures required for cure and protection of joint sealers
220   during construction period, so they will be without deterioration or damage (other than normal wear and
221   weathering) at time of Substantial Completion. Cure and protect sealants in a manner which will minimize
222   increases in modulus of elasticity and other accelerated aging effects. Replace or restore sealants which
223   are damaged or deteriorated during construction period.
224
225
226
227                                                  END OF SECTION

      JOINT SEALERS                                                                                           07900 - 4
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                JULY 5, 2011


 1   SECTION 08210 - DOORS
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6
 7   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 8
 9   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
10   and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work specified in this section.
11
12
13   DESCRIPTION OF WORK
14
15   Extent and location of each type of door is shown on drawings and in schedules. Provide solid
16   core doors with veneer faces.
17
18
19   QUALITY ASSURANCE
20
21   NWMA Quality Marking: Mark each wood door with NWMA Wood Flush Door Certification
22   Hallmark certifying compliance with applicable requirements of ANSI/NWMA I.S. 1 Series. For
23   manufacturers not participating in NWMA Hallmark Program, a certification of compliance may be
24   substituted for marking of individual doors.
25
26   Manufacturer: Obtain doors from a single manufacturer to ensure uniformity in quality of
27   appearance and construction, unless otherwise indicated.
28
29
30   REFERENCES
31
32   Comply with the applicable requirements of the following standards unless otherwise indicated:
33
34           ANSI/NWMA I.S. 1, "Industry Standard for Wood Flush Doors" published by National
35           Woodwork Manufacturers' Association (NWMA).
36
37           AWI Quality Standard: Section 1300 of "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards"
38           published by the Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI). Designations for grade and
39           core construction under types of doors refer to this standard.
40
41
42   SUBMITTALS
43
44   Product Data: Submit door manufacturer's product data, specifications and installation
45   instructions for each type of wood door.
46
47           Include details of core and edge construction, trim for openings and similar components.
48
49           Include finishing specifications for doors to receive factory-applied shop finish.
50

     DOORS                                                                                        08210 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011


 51           Include certifications as may be required to show compliance with specifications.
 52
 53   Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating location and size of each door, elevation of
 54   each kind of door, details of construction, location and extent of hardware blocking, requirements
 55   for factory finishing and other pertinent data.
 56
 57   Specific Product Warranty: Submit written agreement on door manufacturer's standard form
 58   signed by manufacturer, installer and Contractor, agreeing to repair or replace defective doors
 59   which have warped (bow, cup or twist) or which show telegraphing of core construction below in
 60   face veneers, or do not conform to tolerance limitations of NWMA and AWI.
 61
 62   The warranty shall also include refinishing and reinstallation which may be required due to repair
 63   or replacement of defective doors.
 64
 65   The warranty shall be in effect during following period of time after date of substantial completion:
 66
 67           Solid Core Doors: 5 years.
 68
 69
 70   PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
 71
 72   Protect doors during transit, storage and handling to prevent damage, soiling and deterioration.
 73   Comply with the "On-Site Core" recommendations of NWMA pamphlet "Care and Finishing of
 74   Wood Doors" and with manufacturer's instructions.
 75
 76
 77   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
 78
 79
 80   ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
 81
 82   Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following:
 83
 84           Masonite
 85           Jeld Wen
 86           or approved.
 87
 88
 89   MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS
 90
 91   Type A: Fiberglass solid core six panel door
 92
 93   Type B: Solid Core 6 Panel Interior Door, may be 1 3/8” or 1 ¾” thick, paint grade.
 94
 95   Type C: Sliding glass door – see window specification.
 96
 97   Type D: Solid Core 6 Panel Bi-Fold Door, may be 1 3/8” or 1 ¾” thick.
 98
 99   Frames: Solid wood or MDF, paint grade.
100

      DOORS                                                                                          08210 - 2
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011


101   PART 3 - EXECUTION
102
103
104   INSPECTION
105
106   Installer must examine door frames and verify that frames are correct type and have been
107   installed as required for proper hanging of corresponding doors and notify Contractor in writing of
108   conditions detrimental to proper and timely installation of wood doors. Do not proceed with
109   installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to
110   installer.
111
112
113   INSTALLATION
114
115   Condition doors to average prevailing humidity in installation area prior to hanging.
116
117   Hardware: For installation, see Division 8, "Builders Hardware", (Section 08700) of these
118   specifications.
119
120   Manufacturer's Instructions: Install wood doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions
121   and as shown.
122
123   Job Fit Doors: Align doors to frame for proper fit and uniform clearance at each edge and
124   machine for hardware.
125
126   Prefit Doors: Fit to frames and machine for hardware to whatever extent not previously worked at
127   factory as required for proper fit and uniform clearance at each edge.
128
129   Job Site Finished Doors: See painting sections in Division 9 (Section 09900) of these
130   specifications for requirements for finishing wood doors.
131
132
133   ADJUST AND CLEAN
134
135   Operation: Rehang or replace doors which do not swing or operate freely, as directed by
136   Architect.
137
138   Finished Doors: Refinish or replace doors damaged during installation, as directed by Architect.
139
140   Protection and Completed Work: Advise Contractor of proper procedures required for protection
141   of installed wood doors from damage or deterioration until acceptance of work.
142
143
144
145
146
147                                               END OF SECTION
148



      DOORS                                                                                         08210 - 3
YIHA MAIDEN LANE                     PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011


SECTION 08361

RESIDENTIAL OVERHEAD DOORS


PART 1 GENERAL

1.1   SECTION INCLUDES

      A.   Residential Metal Overhead Doors.

      B.   Electric Operators.

1.2   RELATED SECTIONS

      A.   Section 06100 - Wood Blocking and Curbing: Rough wood framing and blocking for
           door opening.

1.3   REFERENCES

      A.   ANSI/DASMA 108 - Standard Method for Testing Sectional Garage Doors and
           Rolling Doors: Determination of Structural Performance Under Uniform Static Air
           Pressure Difference

      B.   UL: Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.

1.4   DESIGN / PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

      A.   Wind Loads: Design and size components to withstand loads caused by pressure
           and suction of wind acting normal to plane of wall as calculated in accordance with
           applicable code. Design for 100 mph wind.

      B.   Wiring Connections: Requirements for electrical characteristics.
           1.    115 volts, single phase, 60 Hz.

      C.   Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters
           Laboratories, Inc. acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose
           specified.

      D.   Single-Source Responsibility: Provide doors, tracks, motors, and accessories from
           one manufacturer for each type of door. Provide secondary components from source
           acceptable to manufacturer of primary components.

1.5   SUBMITTALS

      A.   Submit under provisions of Section 01300.

      B.   Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including:
           1.   Preparation instructions and recommendations.
           2.   Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.
           3.   Installation methods.

      C.   Shop Drawings: Indicate plans and elevations including opening dimensions and
           required tolerances, connection details, anchorage spacing, hardware locations, and
           installation details.

      D.   Selection Samples: For each finish product specified, two complete sets of color
           chips representing manufacturer's full range of available colors and patterns.



                                           08361-1
YIHA MAIDEN LANE                     PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011


      E.   Verification Samples: For each finish product specified, two samples, minimum size
           6 inches (150 mm) square, representing actual product, color, and patterns.

      F.   Manufacturer's Certificates: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.

      G.   Operation and Maintenance Data.

1.6   QUALITY ASSURANCE

      A.   Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products
           specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience.

      B.   Installer Qualifications: Authorized representative of the manufacturer with minimum
           five years documented experience.

      C.   Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters
           Laboratories, Inc. acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose
           specified.

1.7   DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

      A.   Store products in manufacturer's unopened labeled packaging until ready for
           installation.

      B.   Protect materials from exposure to moisture until ready for installation.

      C.   Store materials in a dry, ventilated weathertight location.

      D.   Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, and materials used with
           solvent-based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having
           jurisdiction.

1.8   WARRANTY

      A.   Provide manufacturers limited warranty as follows:
           1.    Traditional Steel Series 381 Insulated. Warranty 15 years.
           2.    Electric Opener: Model 1026/1026-2TX. Warranty 5 years. One-year warranty
                 on all other parts.
           3.    Electric Opener: Model 2026/2026-2TX. Warranty 10 years. One-year
                 warranty on all other parts.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1   MANUFACTURERS

      A.   Acceptable Manufacturer: Overhead Door Corporation, which is located at: 2501 S.
           State Highway 121 Bus. Suite 200 ; Lewisville, TX 75067; Toll Free Tel:
           800-929-3667; Tel: 469-549-7100;Web: www.overheaddoor.com

      B.   Substitutions:

2.2   RESIDENTIAL METAL OVERHEAD DOORS

      A.   Insulated Steel Sectional Overhead Doors: 381 Series Insulated Steel Doors by
           Overhead Door Corporation.
           1.     Door Assembly: Rigid steel construction; fully insulated on the inside face with
                  vinyl backing. Fabricated with steel end stiles and tongue and groove
                  sections.



                                            08361-2
YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                JULY 5, 2011


                  a.     Size: As indicated on the Drawings.
                  b.     Panel Thickness: 2 inches (51 mm) nominal.
                  c.     Panel Style:
                         1)     Classic Raised Panel.
                         2)     Simulated wood grain textured panel.
                  d.     Exterior Steel: .018 inch (.46 mm), high strength hot-dipped galvanized
                         with an embossed simulated wood grain texture.
                  e.     Insulation: Polystyrene.
                  f.     Thermal Values: R-value of 6.17.
                  g.     Windload Design: ANSI/DASMA 108 standards to meet applicable
                         code.
                  h.     Window Design:
                         1)     Window Location:
                                a)     Second from top section.
                         2)     Decorative Window Style:
                                a)     Aston 1 (Short panel).
           2.     Finish/Color: Two coat baked-on polyester. Color to be selected by Architect.
           3.     Hardware: Standard garage door hardware.
           4.     Lock:
                  a.     Interior mounted slide lock.
                  b.     Optional keyed lock.
           5.     Tamper-resistant bottom fixture.
           6.     Weatherstripping: PVC bulb-type strip at bottom.
           7.     Track: Provide track as recommended by manufacturer to suit loading
                  required and clearances available.
           8.     Nylon rollers.
           9.     Manual Operation.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1   EXAMINATION

      A.   Do not begin installation until openings and substrates have been properly prepared.

      B.   Verify wall openings are ready to receive work and opening dimensions and
           tolerances are within specified limits.

      C.   If preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of
           unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding.

3.2   PREPARATION

      A.   Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation.

      B.   Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for
           achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions.

3.3   INSTALLATION

      A.   Securely brace door tracks suspended from structure. Secure tracks to structural
           members only.        Install overhead doors, track and openers in accordance with
           approved shop drawings and the manufacturer's printed instructions.


      C.   Coordinate installation with adjacent work to ensure proper clearances and allow for
           maintenance.




                                             08361-3
YIHA MAIDEN LANE                     PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011


      D.   Anchor assembly to wall construction and building framing without distortion or
           stress.

      E.   Fit and align door assembly including hardware.

      F.   Coordinate installation of electrical service. Complete power and control wiring from
           disconnect to unit components.

3.4   CLEANING AND ADJUSTING

      A.   Adjust door assembly to smooth operation and in full contact with weatherstripping.

      B.   Clean doors, frames and glass.

      C.   Remove temporary labels and visible markings.

3.5   PROTECTION

      A.   Do not permit construction traffic through overhead door openings after adjustment
           and cleaning.

      B.   Protect installed products until completion of project.

      C.   Touch-up, damaged coatings and finishes and repair minor damage before
           Substantial Completion.

                                      END OF SECTION




                                            08361-4
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                   PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                           JULY 5, 2011


 1   SECTION 085313
 2
 3   VINYL WINDOWS
 4
 5   PART 1 - GENERAL
 6
 7
 8   1.01 SUMMARY
 9
10   A. Section includes: Tubular extruded poly vinyl chloride (PVC) windows of the
11   following type(s):
12          1. Horizontal sliding windows.
13          2. Double sliding windows.
14          3. Single-hung windows.
15
16   B. Related Sections:
17         1. 07600 – Flashings and Sheet Metal
18         2. 07900 – Joint Sealers
19
20
21   1.02 SUBMITTALS
22
23   A. Reference Section 01300 – Submittals; submit following items:
24        1.Product Data.
25        2.Shop Drawings: Include window schedule, window elevations, sections and
26          details, and multiple window assembly details.
27        3. Color samples: Minimum 1x4 inch (25x100 mm) samples of PVC with integral
28        color.
29        4. Quality Assurance/Control Submittals:
30                a. Qualifications: Proof of manufacturer's qualifications.
31                b.U-Factor and structural rating charts required for AAMA and NFRC
32                   labeling requirements.
33                c. Installation Instructions - AAMA 2400 (“Mounting Flange Installation”).
34
35   B. Closeout Submittals: Reference Section 01 78 00 – Closeout Submittals; submit
36   following items:
37       1. Temporary window labels marked to identify windows that labels were applied to.
38       2. Maintenance instructions.
39       3. Special Warranties.
40
41
42   1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
43
44   A. Overall Standards: Comply with ANSI/AAMA 101.I.S.2, except as otherwise noted
45   herein.
46

     VINYL WINDOWS                                                                             085313 - 1
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                   PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                           JULY 5, 2011


47   B. Qualifications:
48      1. Manufacturer Qualifications:
49              a. Minimum five years experience in producing vinyl windows of the type(s)
50                  specified.
51              b. Member AAMA, NFRC.
52
53   C. Conform to the requirements of the CBC 2007 edition.
54
55   D. Certifications for insulated glass windows:
56      1. AAMA: Windows shall be Gold Label certified with label attached to frame per
57          AAMA requirements.
58      2. NFRC: Windows shall be NFRC certified with temporary U-factor label applied
59          to glass and an NFRC tab added to permanent AAMA frame label.
60
61
62   1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
63
64   A. Reference Section 01 66 00 – Product Storage and Handling Requirements.
65
66   B. Follow manufacturer's instructions on label applied to windows.
67
68
69   1.05 WARRANTY
70
71   A. Residential Special Warranty:
72      1. Lifetime guarantee to original owner.
73      2. Transferability:
74              a. Permit unlimited transfer of ownership in first ten years.
75              b. Upon first transfer of ownership, guarantee period shall become ten years
76                  from date of original purchase.
77      3. Guarantee windows against defect in materials and workmanship including costs
78          for parts and labor.
79
80
81   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
82
83
84   2.01 MANUFACTURER
85
86   A. Milgard Manufacturing, Inc.                     Tel: 1.800.MILGARD (645-4273)
87   1010 54th Avenue East                              (253) 922-2030
88   Tacoma, WA 98424                                   Fax: (253) 926-0848
89                                                      Website: milgard.com
90
91   B. Window Series: Milgard Montecito™ or approved equal, sliding windows and patio
92   doors.

     VINYL WINDOWS                                                                             085313 - 2
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                   PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                           JULY 5, 2011


 93
 94   2.02 MATERIALS
 95
 96   A. Vinyl: Integral color PVC compound containing impact-resistant solid plasticizer,
 97   titanium dioxide UV inhibitor, and surface and color stabilizers.
 98       1. Comply with ASTM D 4216 and ANSI/AAMA 101/I.S.2.
 99
100
101   2.03 GENERAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
102
103   A. Thermal Performance: Comply with NFRC 100.
104
105   B. Air Leakage, Water Resistance, Structural Test: Comply with ANSI/AAMA 101/I.S.2.
106
107   C. Forced-Entry Resistance: Comply with ASTM E 588.
108
109   D. Meet Energy Star performance requirements.
110
111
112   2.04 WINDOW TYPES
113
114   A. Horizontal Slider - 8120M Series, 1-3/8 inch (35 mm) nail fin setback:
115      1. Frame: Minimum 3-1/4 inch (83 mm) deep, multi-chambered vinyl profile.
116      2. Sash: Minimum 1-1/4 inch (32 mm) deep, multi-chambered vinyl profile.
117      3. Sightlines: Equal for operating and fixed sash.
118      4. Performance Class:
119             a. 71-1/2" x 59-1/2" and smaller: HS-C40.
120             b. 71-1/2" x 71-1/2" to 71-1/2" x 59-1/2": HS-C35.
121             c. Larger than 71-1/2" x 71-1/2": HS-LC25.
122      5. Hardware:
123             a. Nylon rollers with stainless steel axles, extruded vinyl snap-on monorail
124                 roller track.
125             b. Dual pull rails.
126             c. SmartTouch™ direct action locking mechanism.
127      6. Weatherstripping: Fin Seal Polypropylene pile.
128

129   B. Standard Sliding Door –8631 Series, 1 inch (25 mm) nail fin setback:
130       1. Frame: Minimum 4-5/8 inch (128 mm) deep, multi-chambered vinyl profile.
131       2. Panel Frame: Minimum 2-3/4 by 1-1/2 inch (70 by 38 mm), multi-chambered
132          vinyl profile.
133       3. Sill: 4-5/8 by 1-1/2 inch high (128 by 38 mm high) extruded multi-chambered
134          vinyl profile.
135       4. Sightlines: Equal for operating and fixed panels.
136       5. Structural Class: SGD-C30.
137       6. Hardware:


      VINYL WINDOWS                                                                            085313 - 3
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                    PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                             JULY 5, 2011


138           a. Handle and Lock: [Inside and outside pull with handle operated 2 point
139               jamb lock]
140           b. Keyed exterior cylinder lock, Schlage compatible.
141           c. Rollers: two sets of dual stainless steel, 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) diameter,
142               rollers on raised monorail stainless steel track.
143      7. Weatherstripping: Fin seal polypropylene pile.
144
145
146   2.05 GLAZING
147   A. Insulated Glass Units: ASTM E 774, Class A, 7/8 inch (22 mm) thick overall except
148   Garden Window, Double Slider, & Double Hung which are 3/4 inch (19 mm) thick.
149       1. Glazing Type: Clear/SunCoat® Low-E
150       2. Spacer Bar: Aluminum box spacer.
151       3. Tempered per UBC 2406.3.
152
153
154   2.06 INSECT SCREENS
155   A. Provide tight-fitting screen for operating sash with hardware to allow easy removal.
156       1. Screen Cloth: Charcoal colored fiberglass mesh.
157       2. Frame:
158              a. Cambered formed aluminum with rigid plastic corner keys.
159              b. Standard clear pull tabs for screen removal
160
161   2.07 FABRICATION
162
163   A. Fabricate frames and sash with mitered and fusion welded corners and joints. Trim
164   and finish corners and welds to match adjacent surfaces.
165
166   B. Provide concealed metal reinforcements in sash frame for attaching lock mechanism.
167
168   C. Factory inside glaze (except double-hung, double slider and garden window) with
169   snap-on PVC mitred glazing stops matching bevels on the sash and frame. Note: Field
170   glazing is required for large window units (over 40sf (3.72 m2)). Insulating glass units
171   shall be reglazable without dismantling sash framing.
172
173
174   2.08 FINISH
175
176   A. Frame and Sash Color: Tan.
177
178   B. Color match screen frame to window frame and sash color.
179
180   2.09 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
181
182   A. Windows inspected in accordance with manufacturer's Quality Control Program as
183   required by AAMA Gold Label certification.

      VINYL WINDOWS                                                                              085313 - 4
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                    PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                           JULY 5, 2011


184
185
186   PART 3 - EXECUTION
187
188   3.01 EXAMINATION
189
190   A. Examine openings in which windows will be installed.
191      1. Verify that framing complies with AAMA 2400 ("Mounting Flange Installation).
192      2. Verify that fasteners in framed walls are fully driven and will not interfere with
193         window installation.
194
195   B. Coordinate with responsible entity to correct unsatisfactory conditions.
196
197   C. Commencement of work by installer is acceptance of substrate conditions.
198
199   3.02 INSTALLATION
200
201   A. Install windows in framed walls in accordance with AAMA 2400 (“Mounting Flange
202   Installation”).
203
204   B. Do not remove temporary labels.
205
206   C. Install insect screens on operable sash.
207
208
209   3.03 CLEANING
210
211   A. Reference Section 01700 – Project Closeout.
212
213   B. Remove temporary labels and retain for Closeout Submittals.
214
215   C. Clean soiled surfaces and glass using a mild detergent and warm water solution with
216   soft, clean cloths.
217
218
219                                       END OF SECTION
220




      VINYL WINDOWS                                                                              085313 - 5
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011


 1   SECTION 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6
 7   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 8
 9   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
10   Division 1 Specification sections, apply to the work of this section.
11
12
13   QUALITY ASSURANCE
14
15   Manufacturer: Obtain each type of hardware (latch and lock sets, hinges, closers, etc.) from a single
16   manufacturer, although several may be indicated as offering products complying with requirements.
17
18
19   SUBMITTALS
20
21   Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each item of hardware in accordance
22   with Division 1 section "Submittals". Include whatever information may be necessary to show compliance
23   with requirements and include instructions for installation and for maintenance of operating parts and
24   finish.
25
26   Hardware Schedule: Submit hardware schedule in manner indicated below. Coordinate hardware with
27   doors, frames and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function and finish of hardware.
28
29           Final Hardware Schedule Content: Based on door hardware indicated, organize hardware
30           schedule into "hardware sets" indicating complete designations of every item required for each
31           door or opening. Include the following information:
32
33                   Type, style, function, size and finish of each hardware item.
34
35                   Name and manufacturer of each item.
36
37                   Fastenings and other pertinent information.
38
39                   Location of hardware set cross-referenced to indications on Drawings both on floor plans
40                   and in door and frame schedule.
41
42                   Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols, codes, etc., contained in schedule.
43
44                   Mounting locations for hardware.
45
46                   Door and frame sizes and materials.
47
48   Templates: Furnish hardware templates to each fabricator of doors, frames and other work to be factory-
49   prepared for the installation of hardware.
50
51   Keying Schedule: Submit separate detailed schedule indicating clearly how the Owner's instructions on
52   keying of locks has been fulfilled.
53
54           Unit key: opens all locking doors to a unit. Provide 3 each.
55           Master Key: opens all locking doors in the project.
56
57

     DOOR HARDWARE                                                                                    08710 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011


 58   PRODUCT HANDLING
 59
 60   Packaging of hardware is responsibility of supplier. As material is received by hardware supplier from
 61   various manufacturers, sort and repackage in containers clearly marked with appropriate hardware set
 62   number to match set numbers of approved hardware schedule. Two or more identical sets may be
 63   packed in same container.
 64
 65
 66   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
 67
 68
 69   SCHEDULED HARDWARE: See Schedule on drawings.
 70
 71   Manufacturers:
 72
 73           Schlage
 74           Pemko
 75           Ives
 76           Stanley
 77           Glynn-Johnson
 78           or approved.
 79
 80   MATERIALS AND FABRICATION
 81
 82   General:
 83
 84   Hand of door: The drawings show direction of swing of each door leaf. Furnish each item of hardware for
 85   proper installation and operation of door movement as shown.
 86
 87   Furnish screws for installation, with each hardware item. Provide Phillips flat-head screws, except as
 88   otherwise indicated. Finish screws to match hardware finish. No self taping sheet metal screws.
 89
 90   Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units which are exposed when door is closed. Do not use
 91   through bolts where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed.
 92
 93
 94   LOCK CYLINDERS AND KEYING
 95
 96   Standard System: Provide new master key system for project.
 97
 98   Equip locks with manufacturer's standard 6-pin stainless steel tumblers.
 99
100   Exterior doors to be keyed alike.
101
102   Key Quantity: Furnish three (3) change keys for each lock.
103
104           Deliver keys to Owner's representative.
105
106   Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard or extended wrought box strike for each latch or lock bolt, with
107   curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match hardware set.
108
109   Provide matching finishes for hardware units at each door or opening. In general, match items to the
110   manufacturer's standard finish for the latch and lock set for color and texture.
111
112   The designations used to indicate hardware finishes are the industry-recognized U. S. Standard
113   commercial finishes. Finish shall be 605 Bright Brass, except hinges. Bathroom doors to have brushed
114   chrome on the bathroom side, 605 on the other.

      DOOR HARDWARE                                                                                    08710 - 2
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011


115   PART 3 - EXECUTION
116
117
118   INSTALLATION
119
120   Mount hardware units at heights indicated in "Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware for
121   Standard Steel Doors and Frames", by the Door and Hardware Institute, except as specifically indicated
122   or required to comply with governing regulations, and except as may be otherwise directed by Architect.
123
124   Mount door hardware between 30” and 44” above finish floor.
125
126   Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Do
127   not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate.
128
129   Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as
130   necessary for proper installation and operation.
131
132   Drill and countersink units which are not factory-prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and
133   anchors in accordance with industry standards.
134
135   Set thresholds for exterior doors in full bed of butyl-rubber or polyisobutylene mastic sealant.
136
137
138   ADJUST AND CLEAN
139
140   Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operations or function
141   of every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the
142   application made.
143
144   Final Adjustment: Wherever hardware installation is made more than one month prior to acceptance or
145   occupancy of a space or area, return to the work during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy, and
146   make final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean operating items as
147   necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors.
148
149
150
151
152                                                END OF SECTION
153




      DOOR HARDWARE                                                                                      08710 - 3
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                         PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011


 1   SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM DRYWALL
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6
 7   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 8
 9   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
10   Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
11
12
13   SUMMARY
14
15   Extent of each type of gypsum drywall construction required is indicated on Drawings.
16
17   This Section includes the following types of gypsum board construction:
18
19           Gypsum board screw-attached to wood framing and furring members.
20
21
22   DEFINITIONS
23
24   Gypsum Board Construction Terminology: Refer to ASTM C 11 and GA 505.
25
26
27   SUBMITTALS
28
29   Contractor to provide to Architect 2 ft. sq. sample of each finish type required for approval prior to start of
30   finish application.
31
32
33   QUALITY ASSURANCE
34
35   Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain each type of gypsum board and related joint treatment materials
36   from a single manufacturer.
37
38
39   DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
40
41   Deliver materials in original packages, containers or bundles bearing brand name and identification of
42   manufacturer or supplier.
43
44   Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, direct
45   sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic and other causes. Neatly stack gypsum
46   boards flat to prevent sagging.
47
48   Handle gypsum boards to prevent damage to edges, ends and surfaces. Do not bend or otherwise
49   damage metal corner beads and trim.
50
51
52   PROJECT CONDITIONS
53
54   Environmental Requirements, General: Establish and maintain environmental conditions for application
55   and finishing gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840 and with gypsum board manufacturer's
56   recommendations.
57

     GYPSUM DRYWALL                                                                                        09250 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011


 58   Minimum Room Temperatures: Maintain minimum 55 deg. F.
 59
 60   Ventilate building spaces to remove water not required for drying of joint treatment materials. Avoid drafts
 61   during dry, hot weather to prevent materials from drying too rapidly.
 62
 63   Review: sequence and methods at project meeting 2 weeks prior to installation.
 64
 65
 66   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
 67
 68
 69   MANUFACTURERS
 70
 71   Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products
 72   which may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
 73
 74   Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following:
 75
 76           Gypsum Boards and Related Products:
 77
 78           Domtar Gypsum Co.
 79
 80           Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co.
 81
 82           United States Gypsum Co.
 83
 84           Or approved equal.
 85
 86
 87   GYPSUM BOARD
 88
 89   General: Provide gypsum board of types indicated in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end
 90   joints.
 91
 92   Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, and as follows:
 93
 94           Type: 1/2" thick. Water resistant type in bathrooms.
 95                   5/8” thick at ceilings where joist spacing is greater than 16”.
 96
 97           Edges: Tapered.
 98
 99
100   TRIM ACCESSORIES
101   Corner Bead and Edge Trim for Interior Installation: Provide corner beads, edge trim and control joints
102   which comply with ASTM C 1047, and as required and indicated by installation and drawings and as
103   recommended by Gypsum Board manufacturer. Rounded outside corners.
104
105
106   GYPSUM BOARD JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS
107
108   General: Provide materials complying with ASTM C 475, ASTM C 840, and recommendations of the
109   manufacturer of both gypsum board and joint treatment materials for the application indicated.
110
111   Joint Tape: Perforated type.
112



      GYPSUM DRYWALL                                                                                    09250 - 2
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011


113   Joint Compounds: Ready-mixed vinyl-type for interior use. Two separate grades; one chemical -
114   hardening type specifically for bedding tapes and filling depressions, and one vinyl powder type for
115   topping and sanding.
116
117   Joint Compound for Cementitious Backer Units: Materials recommended by cementitious backer unit
118   manufacturer.
119
120
121   MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
122
123   General: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum drywall construction which comply with referenced
124   standards and the recommendations of the manufacturer of the gypsum board.
125
126   Gypsum Board Screws: ASTM C 1002.
127
128   Acoustical Sealant: Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining, latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 and
129   effective in reducing airborne sound transmission through joints and openings. Provide at each side of
130   walls between units, and at other locations indicated on plan.
131
132
133   PART 3 - EXECUTION
134
135
136   EXAMINATION
137
138   Examine substrates to which gypsum board assemblies are to be attached. Report unfavorable
139   conditions to Contractor. Do not proceed with work until unfavorable conditions have been corrected.
140
141
142   APPLICATION AND FINISHING OF GYPSUM BOARD
143
144   Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: ASTM C 840 and GA-216.
145
146   Locate exposed end-butt joints as far from center of walls and ceilings as possible, and stagger not less
147   than 24 inches in alternate courses of board.
148
149   Install ceiling boards across framing in the manner which minimizes the number of end-butt joints, and
150   which avoids end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger end joints at least 24 inches.
151
152   Install wall/partition boards horizontally with end joints staggered over studs and in around electrical
153   boxes.
154
155   Shim, or provide subframing to achieve a finished flatness not to exceed 1/8” in 10’ in any direction on
156   any surface.
157
158   Attach gypsum board to supplementary framing and blocking provided for additional support at openings
159   and cutouts.
160   Form control joints and expansion joints at locations indicated, with space between edges of boards,
161   prepared to receive trim accessories.
162
163   Where acoustical sealant is indicated, seal construction at perimeters, control and expansion joints,
164   openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant, including a bead at both faces of
165   partitions. Comply with ASTM C 919 and manufacturer's recommendations for location of edge trim and
166   close off sound-flanking paths around or through construction, including sealing of partitions above
167   acoustical ceilings.
168


      GYPSUM DRYWALL                                                                                      09250 - 3
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011


169   Space fasteners in gypsum boards in accordance with referenced gypsum board application and finishing
170   standard and manufacturer's recommendations.
171
172   Install control joints at spacings and locations required by referenced gypsum board application and finish
173   standard and approved by the Architect for visual effect.
174
175
176   FINISHING OF DRYWALL
177
178   General: Apply treatment at gypsum board joints (both directions), flanges of trim accessories,
179   penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects and elsewhere as required to prepare work for decoration.
180   Comply with manufacturer's recommendations.
181
182   Apply joint tape at joints between gypsum boards, except where trim accessories are indicated.
183
184
185
186   APPLICATION OF TEXTURE FINISH
187
188   Protect any surfaces or cavities that are not to receive textures (electrical outlet boxes for example).
189
190   Surface Preparation and Primer: Prepare and prime drywall and other surfaces in strict accordance with
191   texture finish manufacturer's instructions. Apply primer to all surfaces to achieve texture finish.
192
193   Finish Application: Mix and apply finish to drywall and other surfaces indicated to receive finish in strict
194   accordance with manufacturer's instructions to produce a uniform texture matching approved samples
195   without starved spots or other evidence of thin application and free of application patterns.
196
197           Ceiling Texture: Medium orange peel.
198
199           Wall Texture: Medium orange peel except smooth at locations scheduled to receive wallpaper.
200
201   Remove any texture droppings or overspray from door frames, windows, floor, electrical boxes, duct
202   openings, and other adjoining construction.
203
204
205   PROTECTION
206
207   Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner suitable to Installer, which ensures gypsum
208   drywall construction being without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
209
210
211
212
213                                                END OF SECTION




      GYPSUM DRYWALL                                                                                       09250 - 4
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                          PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                     JULY 5, 2011


 1   SECTION 09640 - RESILIENT FLOORING
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6
 7   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 8
 9   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
10   Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
11
12
13   DESCRIPTION OF WORK
14
15   Extent of resilient flooring is shown on drawings and in schedules.
16           Vinyl composition tile.
17
18
19   QUALITY ASSURANCE
20
21   Manufacturer: Provide each type of resilient flooring and accessories as produced by a single
22   manufacturer, including recommended primers, adhesives, sealants and leveling compounds.
23
24
25   REFERENCES
26
27   Standard: Resilient Floor Covering Institute Recommended Specification for Resilient Floor
28   Coverings.
29
30
31   JOB CONDITIONS
32
33   Maintain minimum temperature of 65 deg. F (18 deg. C) in spaces to receive resilient flooring for at
34   least 48 hours prior to installation, during installation, and for not less than 48 hours after installation.
35   Store resilient flooring materials in spaces where they will be installed for at least 48 hours before
36   beginning installation.
37
38   Subsequently, maintain minimum temperature of 55 deg. F (13 deg. C) in areas where work is
39   completed.
40
41   Install resilient flooring and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been
42   completed and permanent heating system is operating. Moisture content of subfloor/underlayment,
43   building air temperature and relative humidity must be within limits recommended by sheet flooring
44   manufacturer.
45
46
47   SUBMITTALS
48
49   Samples of product in color specified for verification.
50
51   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
52
53
54   VINYL COMPOSITION TILE
55
56   Armstrong Civic Stone Tan, Home Depot Model #54004031, 1/8" thick x 12" x 12"
57   (no substitutes allowed)
58

     RESILIENT FLOORING                                                                                  09640 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011


 59
 60   ACCESSORIES
 61
 62   Adhesives (Cements): Waterproof, stabilized type as recommended by flooring manufacturer to suit
 63   material and substrate conditions.
 64
 65   Leveling Compound: Latex type as recommended by flooring manufacturer.
 66
 67   Rubber Edge Strips: As manufactured by Mercer or approved equal. Required thickness to protect
 68   exposed edge of resilient flooring. Provide units of maximum available length, to minimize number of
 69   joints. Color selected by Architect. Transitional moldings and reducer strip shapes as required and
 70   approved by Architect.
 71
 72   Concrete sealer: Type recommended by flooring manufacturers to seal floor from moisture migration
 73   from below slab to meet moisture content of floor as required by flooring manufacturer.
 74
 75   Concrete Slab Primer: Non-staining type as recommended by flooring manufacturer.
 76
 77   Underlayment: At wood framed floors, as recommended by flooring manufacturer and to maintain
 78   warranties. If no recommendation, 1/2” AC plywood with taped joints and entire surface floated with
 79   floor leveler.
 80
 81
 82   PART 3 - EXECUTION
 83
 84
 85   PREPARATION
 86
 87   Broom clean or vacuum surfaces to be covered and inspect floor surface. Start of flooring installation
 88   indicates acceptance of underlayment conditions and full responsibility for completed work.
 89
 90   Use leveling compound as recommended by flooring manufacturer for filling small cracks and
 91   depressions in subfloors. Acceptable flatness tolerance is 1/8” in 10’-0”. No abrupt vertical changes.
 92   Cracks greater than 1/32” must be filled; cracks greater than 1/16” must be filled and taped.
 93
 94   Perform bond and moisture tests on concrete subfloors to determine if surfaces are sufficiently cured
 95   and dry.
 96
 97
 98   INSTALLATION
 99
100   Install flooring in strict compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. Extend flooring into toe
101   spaces, door reveals and into closets and similar openings.
102
103   Maintain reference markers, holes, or openings that are in place or plainly marked for future cutting
104   by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other non-permanent marking
105   device.
106
107   Tightly cement flooring to subbase without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints,
108   telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, or other surface imperfections. Hand roll flooring at
109   perimeter of each covered area to assure adhesion.
110
111   Lay flooring to provide as few seams as possible with economical use of materials. Match edges for
112   color shading and pattern at seams in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations.
113
114   Use conventional full spread adhesive method indicated.
115


      RESILIENT FLOORING                                                                            09640 - 2
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011


116   Prepare seams in vinyl sheet flooring in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for most
117   inconspicuous appearance, sealing continuously with fluid-applied sealant or adhesive as standard
118   with manufacturer.
119
120   Apply rubber edge strips where shown on drawings or required. Secure units to substrate, complying
121   with manufacturer's recommendations.
122
123
124   CLEANING AND PROTECTION
125
126   Remove any excess adhesive or other surface blemishes, using neutral type cleaners as
127   recommended by flooring manufacturer. Protect installed flooring with heavy Kraft paper or other
128   covering.
129
130   Finishing: After completion of project and just prior to final inspection of work, thoroughly clean floors
131   and accessories.
132
133
134                                              END OF SECTION




      RESILIENT FLOORING                                                                              09640 - 3
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

 1   SECTION 09.900 - PAINTING
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 7   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
 8   Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this section.
 9
10   SUMMARY
11   This Section includes surface preparation, painting and finishing of exposed interior and exterior items
12   and surfaces.
13
14   The work includes painting and finishing of all interior and exterior exposed items and surfaces
15   throughout project, except as otherwise indicated.
16
17   Painting is not required on prefinished items, finished metal surfaces, concealed surfaces, operating parts
18   and labels.
19
20   Prefinished items not to be painted include the following factory-finished components: Architectural
21   casework; Acoustic materials, unless otherwise indicated; Finished mechanical and electrical equipment;
22   Light fixtures; Switchgear; Distribution cabinets, except as directed by Architect.
23
24   Concealed surfaces not to be painted include wall or ceiling surfaces in the following generally
25   inaccessible areas:
26   Foundation spaces; Basement; Furred areas; Pipe spaces; Duct shafts.
27
28   Finished metal surfaces not to be painted include: Anodized or prepainted aluminum; Stainless steel,
29   unless otherwise noted; Chromium plate; Bronze or brass.
30
31   Operating parts not to be painted include moving parts of operating equipment such as the following:
32   Valve and damper operators; Linkages; Sensing devices; Motor and fan shafts.
33
34   Labels: Do not paint over Underwriter's Laboratories, Factory Mutual or other code-required labels or
35   equipment name, identification, performance rating or nomenclature plates.
36
37   SUBMITTALS
38   Product Data: Manufacturer's technical information, label analysis, MSDS sheets and application
39   instructions for each material proposed for use.
40
41           List each material and cross-reference the specific coating and finish system and application.
42           Identify each material by the manufacturer's catalog number and general classification.
43
44   Samples for Verification Purposes: Provide samples of each color and material to be applied, with texture
45   to simulate actual conditions. Use selected colors when preparing samples for review. Resubmit until
46   required sheen, color and texture are achieved.
47           Provide a list of material and application for each coat of each sample.
48           Submit samples on the following substrates for the Architect's review of color and texture only:
49                   Drywall: 4" x 8" draw down.
50                   Painted, Stained or Natural Wood: Provide two 4" x 8" samples of each natural and
51                   stained wood finish for trim and cabinetry.
52                   Exterior finishes: 3' x 3' section of wall on site
53
54   Allow for at least one change of each color selection during review process.
55
56   QUALITY ASSURANCE
57   Single-Source Responsibility: Provide primers and undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer
58   as the finish coats.

     PAINTING                                                                                           09900 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

 59   Paint Coordination: Provide finish coats which are compatible with prime paints used. Review other
 60   sections of these specifications in which prime paints are to be provided to ensure compatibility of total
 61   coating system for various substrates. Upon request from other trades, furnish information on
 62   characteristics of finish materials proposed for use, to ensure compatible primers or remove and reprime
 63   as required. Notify Architect in writing of any anticipated problems using special coating systems with
 64   substrates primed by others.
 65   Material Quality: Provide the manufacturer's best quality trade sale paint material of the various coating
 66   types specified. Paint material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be
 67   acceptable.
 68
 69           Proprietary names used to designate colors or materials are not intended to imply that products
 70           named are required or to exclude equal products of other manufacturers.
 71
 72   DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
 73   Deliver materials to the job site in the manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing
 74   manufacturer's name and label. Store cans tightly sealed.
 75
 76   JOB CONDITIONS
 77   Apply water-based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air
 78   temperatures are between 50 deg. F (10 deg. C) and 90 deg. F (32 deg. C).
 79
 80   Apply solvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air
 81   temperatures are between 45 deg. F (7 deg. C) and 95 deg. F (35 deg. C).
 82
 83   Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog or mist, when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent, at
 84   temperatures less than 5 deg. F (3 deg. C) above the dew point, or to damp or wet surfaces.
 85
 86   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
 87
 88   MATERIAL QUALITY
 89   Provide best quality grade of various types of coatings as regularly manufactured by acceptable paint
 90   materials manufacturers. Materials not displaying manufacturer's identification as a standard, best-grade
 91   product will not be acceptable.
 92
 93   Acceptable exterior paint manufacturers include the following:
 94
 95           ICI Dulux
 96           Benjamin Moore
 97           Sherwin Williams
 98           Frazee
 99
100   Acceptable interior paint manufacturers include the following:
101
102           Behr
103           No substitutes allowed
104
105   Provide undercoat paint produced by same manufacturer as finish coats. Use only thinners approved by
106   paint manufacturer, and use only within recommended limits.
107
108   Colors:
109   Interior paint to be Behr Premium Plus Ultra Semigloss Interior Enamel and Behr Enamel Undercoater
110   Primer & Sealer No. 75 in Antique White.
111   Exterior colors to be selected by the Architect from the full line of the manufacturer’s colors.
112
113   PART 3 - EXECUTION
114
115   EXAMINATION


      PAINTING                                                                                           09900 - 2
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                    JULY 5, 2011

116   Examine substrates and conditions under which painting will be performed for compliance with
117   requirements for application of paint. Do not begin paint application until unsatisfactory conditions have
118   been corrected.
119
120           Start of painting will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions
121           within a particular area.
122
123   PREPARATION
124   General Procedures: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, mask
125   lighting fixtures and similar items or provide surface-applied protection prior to surface preparation and
126   painting. Following completion of painting, have items reinstalled by workers skilled in the trades
127   involved.
128
129   Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted in accordance with the manufacturer's
130   instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified.
131
132           Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces
133           are sufficiently alkaline to cause blistering and burning of finish paint, correct this condition before
134           application. Do not paint surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted in
135           manufacturer's printed directions.
136
137           Wood with Opaque Finish Exterior: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil and other foreign substances with
138           high pressure washer; do not abrade with to high a pressure or with the nozel to close to the
139           wood. The existing rough grain texture is desirable, do not sand smooth. Scrape and clean small,
140           dry, seasoned knots and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer
141           before application of primer. Fill cracks between adjacent surfaces with caulking before painting.
142
143           Wood with Opaque Finish Interior: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil and other foreign substances with
144           high water or solvents; sand smooth. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots and apply a
145           thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before application of primer. Fill
146           cracks between adjacent surfaces with caulking before painting. Sand smooth again after primer.
147
148           Wood with Transparent Finish: No prep. No finish.
149
150           Touch-up shop-applied prime coats wherever damaged or bare, where required by other
151           sections of these specifications. Clean and touch-up with same type shop primer.
152
153           Seal tops, bottoms and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealer
154           immediately upon delivery.
155
156           Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with non-petroleum based solvents so that the
157           surface is free of oil and surface contaminants.
158
159   Materials Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare paint materials in accordance with manufacturer's
160   directions.
161   Maintain containers used in mixing and application of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials
162   and residue.
163
164           Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density; stir as required during
165           application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain material
166           before using.
167
168           Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and only within recommended limits.
169
170   APPLICATION
171   Apply paint in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for
172   substrate and type of material being applied.
173           Paint colors, surface treatments and finishes are indicated in "schedules."
174
      PAINTING                                                                                              09900 - 3
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011

175           The number of coats and film thickness required is the same regardless of the application
176           method. Number of coats indicated in schedule are minimum required. Do not apply succeeding
177           coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. Sand between
178           applications where sanding is required to produce an even, smooth surface in accordance with
179           the manufacturer's directions.
180
181           Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions show through final coat of
182           paint until paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance. Give special attention to ensure
183           that surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, welds and exposed fasteners, receive a dry film
184           thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces.
185
186           Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Paint
187           surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only before final
188           installation of equipment.
189
190           Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms and side edges same as exterior faces.
191           Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat.
192
193           Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been shop-primed and touch-up painted.
194
195   Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated or otherwise
196   prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface
197   deterioration.
198
199           Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint
200           has dried to where it feels firm and does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure
201           and where application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of the
202           undercoat.
203
204   Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials at not less than the manufacturer's recommended
205   spreading rate. Provide a total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the
206   manufacturer.
207
208   Prime Coats: Before application of finish coats, apply a prime coat of material as recommended by the
209   manufacturer. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in
210   first coat appears.
211
212   Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover to provide an opaque, smooth surface of uniform finish,
213   color, appearance and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness
214   or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable.
215
216   Transparent (Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass-smooth surface film of even luster.
217   Provide a finish free of laps, cloudiness, color irregularity, runs, brush marks, orange peel, nail holes or
218   other surface imperfections.
219
220   Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish or repaint
221   work not in compliance with specified requirements.
222
223   CLEANING
224
225   Cleanup: At the end of each work day, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish and other discarded paint
226   materials from the site.
227
228   Upon completion of painting, clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by
229   washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.
230   PROTECTION
231   Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by painting. Correct damage
232   by cleaning, repairing or replacing and repainting, as acceptable to Architect.
233
      PAINTING                                                                                            09900 - 4
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                      PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011

234   Provide "wet paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings
235   provided by others for protection of their work after completion of painting operations.
236           At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced
237           painted surfaces.
238   PAINT SCHEDULE FINISH SYSTEMS - EXTERIOR
239   4-color exterior paint scheme.
240
241   Exterior Miscellaneous Metals - Galvanized and Aluminum
242            1st coat:      Primer (Primer touch-up existing).
243            2nd coat:      Alkyd resin, Lo-Lustre.
244            3rd coat:      Alkyd resin, Lo-Lustre.
245
246   NOTE: Zinc chromate prime at aluminum. Galvanized steel primer at galvanized.
247
248   Factory Primed Hardi products
249
250           Hardi Panel, Hardi Trim, Hardi Plank:
251           1st coat:       Touch up with manufacturer recommended primer
252           2nd coat:       Acrylic latex eggshell
253           3rd coat:       Acrylic latex eggshell
254           (Indian design painted pattern to be semi-gloss)
255
256   Wood Trim and Fascia
257         1st coat:      Wood stabilizer.
258         2nd coat:      Alkyd oil solid body stain.
259         3rd coat:      Alkyd oil solid body stain.
260
261   Exterior Wood Doors and Frames
262            1st coat:    Primer
263            2nd coat     Solid color alkyd oil stain
264            3rd coat     Solid color alkyd oil stain
265            4th coat:    Polyurethane sealer.
266            5th coat:    Polyurethane satin.
267
268   PAINT SCHEDULE INTERIOR (See Finish Schedule for system location.)
269
270   Gypsum Board
271         1st coat:         Behr Enamel Undercoater Primer & Sealer No. 75
272         2nd coat:         Behr Premium Plus Ultra Semigloss Interior Enamel Antique White
273         3rd coat:         Behr Premium Plus Ultra Semigloss Interior Enamel Antique White
274
275   Gypsum Board at Restroom
276           1st coat:     Behr Enamel Undercoater Primer & Sealer No. 75
277           2nd coat      Behr Premium Plus Ultra Semigloss Interior Enamel Antique White
278           3rd coat      Behr Premium Plus Ultra Semigloss Interior Enamel Antique White
279   Miscellaneous Metals
280           1st coat:     Zinc chromate primer.
281           2nd coat:     Alkyd resin - low luster.
282           3rd coat:     Alkyd resin - low luster.
283
284   Painted Wood or Hardi Trim
285           1st coat:      Behr Enamel Undercoater Primer & Sealer No. 75
286           2nd coat:      Behr Premium Plus Ultra Semigloss Interior Enamel Antique White
287           3rd coat:      Behr Premium Plus Ultra Semigloss Interior Enamel Antique White
288                                          END OF SECTION




      PAINTING                                                                                        09900 - 5
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011


 1   SECTION 10800 – TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES
 2
 3   PART 1 - GENERAL
 4
 5   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 6
 7   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
 8   Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
 9
10   REFERENCE STANDARDS
11
12   ASTM A 666 – Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet,
13   Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2003.
14   ASTM B 456 – Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Copper Plus Nickel Plus
15   Chromium and Nickel Plus Chromium; 2003.
16   ASTM C 1036 – Standard Specifications for Flat Glass; 2006.,
17   GSA CID A-A-3002 – Mirrors, Glass; U.S. General Services Administration; 1996.
18
19   SUMMARY
20
21   Accessibility: All products used in Buildings 2 and 3 to be ADA compliant. All installations must comply
22   with manufacturer recommendations and local access codes in terms of clearances, configurations,
23   backing requirements, graspability, insulation, and all other requirements. It is the contractor’s
24   responsibility to install a complete, useable, and permitable installation.
25
26   Toilet, bath, and laundry accessories required.
27
28   QUALITY ASSURANCE
29
30   Accessory Locations: Coordinate accessory locations with other work to avoid interference and to assure
31   proper operation and servicing of accessory units.
32
33   Products: Provide products of same manufacturer for each type of accessory unit and for units exposed
34   in same areas, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect.
35
36   SUBMITTALS
37
38   See Section 01300 – Submittals for submittal procedures.
39
40   Product Data: Provide data on accessories describing size, finish, details of function, attachment
41   methods.
42
43
44   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
45
46   MATERIALS, GENERAL
47
48   Accessories – General: Shop assembled, free of dents and scratches and packaged complete with
49   anchors and fittings, steel anchors plates, adapters, and anchor components for installation.
50          1. Grind welded joints smooth.
51          2. Fabricate units made of metal sheet of seamless sheets, with flat surfaces.
52
53   Mirror Glass: Float glass, ASTM C 1036 Type I, Class 1, Quality Q2, with silvering, copper coating, and
54   suitable protective organic coating to copper backing in accordance with GSA CID A-A-3002.
55
56   Fasteners, Screws, and Bolts: Hot dip galvanized, tamper proof, security type.
57

     TOILET ACCESSORIES                                                                               10800 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                         PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011


 58   Expansion Shields: Fiber, lead, or rubber as recommended by accessory manufacturer for component
 59   and substrate.
 60   FINISHES
 61
 62   Stainless Steel: No. 8 mirror polished finish.
 63
 64   Chrome/Nickel Plating: ASTM B 456, SC 2, satin finish, unless otherwise noted.
 65
 66   Baked Enamel: Pretreat to clean condition, apply one coat primer and minimum two coats epoxy baked
 67   enamel.
 68
 69   Back paint components where contact is made with building finishes to prevent electrolysis.
 70
 71
 72   TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES
 73
 74   Toilet Paper Dispenser: Single roll, surface mounted bracket type, chrome plated zinc alloy brackets.
 75
 76   Grab Bar: Bobrick B-58616 Stainless Steel Grab Bar, 1 ¼” diameter with snap flange.
 77
 78   SHOWER AND TUB ACCESSORIES
 79
 80   Towel Bar: Stainless steel Type 304, ¾ inch square tubular bar; rectangular brackets, concealed
 81   attachment, bright polished finish. Provide 2 in each bathroom.
 82
 83   Shower Curtain Rod: Stainless steel tube, 1 inch outside diameter, 0.04 inch wall thickness, satin-
 84   finished, with 3 inch outside diameter, minimum 0.04 inch thick satin-finished stainless steel flanges, for
 85   installation with exposed fasteners.
 86
 87   RESIDENTIAL ACCESSORIES
 88
 89   Mirror: Size shown on plan or 24”x36” mirror minimum in each bathroom.
 90
 91   Medicine Cabinet: One-piece construction of heavy-gage steel or plastic with factory applied, gloss white,
 92   baked enamel finish, semi-recessed, bright polished finish stainless steel mirror frame.
 93          1. Shelves: Adjustable, aluminum or glass; provide not less than three shelves.
 94          2. Door: Fitted with continuous piano type hinge, shock absorbing spring-and-rod door stop,
 95             magnetized catch, right-hand swing.
 96          3. Size: 15” x20”
 97
 98   PART 3 - EXECUTION
 99
100   PREPARATION
101
102   Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to site for timely installation.
103
104   INSTALLATION
105
106   Install accessory units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
107
108   Install plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate.
109
110   Mounting Heights and Locations: As required by accessibility regulations and as indicated by drawings.
111
112   Provide 2x backing behind grab bars, towel bars, shower curtains, etc.
113
114                                                 END OF SECTION

      TOILET ACCESSORIES                                                                                 10800 - 2
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

 1   SECTION 11452 - RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES
 2
 3   PART 1 - GENERAL
 4
 5
 6   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 7
 8   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
 9   Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
10
11   SUMMARY
12
13   This Section includes the following types of residential appliances:  Refrigerator/freezers,
14   undercounter dishwasher, range, range hood, washing machine, dryer, microwave oven.
15
16   SUBMITTALS
17
18   General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.
19
20   Product data for each appliance type required indicating compliance with requirements, including installation
21   instructions and physical dimensions and power, plumbing and mechanical requirements. Provide complete
22   operating and maintenance instructions for each appliance. Distribute to cabinetry, electrical, plumbing and
23   mechanical subcontracts in addition to normal submittal.
24
25   QUALITY ASSURANCE
26
27   Energy Ratings: Provide residential appliances that carry labels indicating energy cost analysis (estimated
28   annual operating costs) and efficiency information as required by Federal Trade Commission.
29
30   Energy Star: Provide residential appliances that carry labels indicating that they meet Energy Star
31   performance requirements.
32
33   UL and NEMA Compliance: Provide electrical components required as part of residential appliances that are
34   listed and labeled by UL and comply with applicable NEMA standards.
35
36   Design Criteria: The drawings indicate sizes, profiles, and dimensional requirements of residential
37   appliances and are based on the specific types and models indicated. Appliances by other manufacturers
38   may be considered, provided deviations in dimensions and profiles are minor and do not change the design
39   concept as judged by the Architect. The burden of proof of equality is on the proposer.
40
41   DELIVERY AND STORAGE
42
43   Deliver appliances to the Project site in the manufacturer's undamaged protective packaging.
44
45   Delay delivery of appliances until utility rough-in is complete and construction in the spaces to receive
46   appliances is substantially complete and ready for installation.
47
48   WARRANTIES
49
50   Warranty: Submit written warranties executed by the manufacturer of each appliance specified agreeing to
51   repair or replace units or components that fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty
52   period.
53
54        Refrigerator/Freezer: 5-year warranty on the sealed refrigeration system. Full 1 year parts and labor on
55        the entire appliance.
56
     RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES                                                                                 11452 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                JULY 5, 2011

 57   Warranties specified above shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other
 58   provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties
 59   made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.
 60
 61   PART 2 – PRODUCTS
 62
 63   Products listed are to establish quality level, features, (ie number of cycles) and capacity required. All
 64   products to be by single manufacturer. All products to be white. Unit B appliances shall be ADA compliant
 65   and devices designed to be under counter must fit under ADA compliant counter. Approved alternates will
 66   be accepted.
 67
 68   Refrigerator: GE Energy Star 18.1 cu.ft. Top-Freezer Refrigerator. Model # GTH18ABC
 69   Under counter dishwasher: GE Built-In Dishwasher, 5 cycles.2 options. Model #GSD2100 or
 70   GSD2101VWW. Unit B ADA Model #GLDA696PWW.
 71   Range: GE 30” Free-Standing QuickClean Electric Range with coil heating elements, porcelain cooktop,
 72   storage drawer. Model # JBS03MWH. Unit B ADA Model#JBP15DM.
 73   Range Hood: GE Standard Range Hood. Model#JV338H, For Unit B ADA compliance, locate light
 74   switches above counter to control fan and light.
 75   Washing machine: GE 3.6 DOE Cu.Ft. stainless steel capacity washer, Energy Star, 5 wash/spin speed
 76   combinations, rotary electronic controls. Model # GTWN4250M. For Unit B ADA Model #GFWN1100L
 77   Frontload Washer.
 78   Dryer: GE 6.0 Cu.Ft. capacity DuraDrum electric dryer with Sensor Dry. Model # GTDX400EM. For Unit B
 79   ADA Model #GFDN110EL Frontload.
 80   Microwave Oven: GE 1.1 Cu. Ft. Countertop Microwave Oven. Model # JES1139WL. For Unit B ADA
 81   Model # JEM25DM shall be located on countertop, not under cabinet mounted.
 82
 83   MANUFACTURERS
 84
 85   Subject to compliance with requirements, provide appliances from a reputable manufacturer with locally
 86   available maintenance service. Maintenance provider’s office to be within 50 miles of the site with a
 87   guaranteed response time of within 24 hours. All products to be by single manufacturer.
 88
 89
 90   PART 3 - EXECUTION
 91
 92   INSTALLATION
 93
 94   General: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.
 95
 96   Freestanding Equipment: Place units in final locations after finishes have been completed in each area.
 97   Verify that clearances are adequate to properly operate equipment. Provide any padding or protection
 98   necessary to protect existing finishes.
 99
100   Under Cabinet Equipment: Mount microwave under cabinets.
101
102   Utilities: Refer to Divisions 15 and 16 for plumbing and electrical requirements.
103
104   ADJUST AND CLEAN
105
106   Testing: Test each item of residential equipment to verify proper operation. Make necessary adjustments.
107
108   Accessories: Verify that accessory items required have been furnished and installed.
109
110   Cleaning: Remove packing material from residential equipment items and leave units in clean condition,
111   ready for operation.
112                                         END OF SECTION 11452
      RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES                                                                          11452 - 2
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                     PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011


 1
 2   SECTION 12512 - HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS
 3
 4
 5   PART 1 GENERAL
 6
 7
 8   1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
 9
10     A.   Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
11          Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
12
13
14   1.2 SUMMARY
15
16     A.   This Section includes vertical louver vane blinds.
17
18     B.   Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
19
20          1.     Division 6 Section "Miscellaneous Carpentry" for wood blocking and grounds for
21                 mounting vertical louver blinds.
22          2.     Division 8 Sections for window walls with vertical louver blinds mounted on window
23                 frames.
24          3.     Division 8 Sections for windows with vertical louver blinds mounted on window frames.
25          4.     Division 16 Sections for electrical service and connections for motorized blind operation.
26
27     C.   Scope of work: Provide horizontal blinds for each window in the project.
28
29
30   1.3 SUBMITTALS
31
32     A.   General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and
33          Division 1 Specification Sections.
34
35     B.   Product data for horizontal louver blind specified. Include printed data on physical
36          characteristics. Show installation details at and relationship to adjoining work. Include
37          elevations indicating blind units. Indicate location of blind controls.
38
39     C.   Samples for initial selection in the form of manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of
40          colors, textures, and patterns available for horizontal louver blind indicated.
41
42     D.   Schedule of horizontal louver blinds using same room designations indicated on Drawings.
43          Indicate location of blind controls and size of blid.
44
45     E.   Maintenance data for blinds to include in the operation and maintenance manual specified in
46          Division 1. Include the following:
47
48          1.     Methods for maintaining blinds and finishes.
49          2.     Precautions for cleaning materials and methods that could be detrimental to finishes and
50                 performance.
51
52     QUALITY ASSURANCE
53
54     F.   Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide vertical louver blinds identical to those tested for
55          the following fire-test-response characteristics as determined by UL or another testing and
56          inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
57

     HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS                                                                           12512 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                               JULY 5, 2011


 58             1.     Test Method: NFPA 701.
 59             2.     Rating: Pass.
 60
 61      G.     Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain each type of vertical louver blind from one source and by
 62             a single manufacturer.
 63
 64
 65   1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
 66
 67      A.     Field Measurements: Check actual vertical louver blind dimensions by accurate field
 68             measurements before fabrication, and show recorded measurements on final shop drawings.
 69             Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.
 70
 71      B.     Space Enclosure and Environmental Limitations: Do not install vertical louver blinds until space
 72             is enclosed and weatherproof, wet-work in space is completed and nominally dry, work above
 73             ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are and will be
 74             continuously maintained at values near those indicated for final occupancy.
 75
 76   1.6WARRANTY
 77
 78             Provide manufacturer’s warranty against material defects for 2 years. Provide installers
 79             warranty for correct installation and smooth operation and adjustment for 1 year.
 80
 81   2PART - PRODUCTS
 82
 83
 84   2.1 MANUFACTURERS
 85
 86      A.     Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
 87             following:
 88
 89                    a.     Hunter Douglas, Inc.
 90                    b.     Kirsch.
 91                    a.     Graber
 92
 93
 94   2.2 HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS
 95
 96      A.     Louvers: Manufacturer's standard as follows:
 97
 98             Aluminum, 1” wide, manual operation, draw bottom to top.
 99
100
101
102   PART 3 - EXECUTION
103
104
105   EXISTING CONDITIONS
106
107   Verify that work surfaces are accurately located and secure.
108
109   Prior to starting work, notify General Contractor about defects requiring correction.
110
111   Do not start work until conditions are satisfactory.
112
113
114   PROTECTING WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS

      HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS                                                                         12512 - 2
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                         PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                JULY 5, 2011


115
116   Protect against damage and discoloration caused by work of this Section.
117
118
119   INSTALLATION
120
121   Follow Manufacturer’s instructions.
122
123   Do necessary cutting, tapping and drilling.
124
125   Provide necessary clearance to permit unencumbered sash hardware operation.
126
127   Protect metal parts in contact with dissimilar materials against galvanic corrosion.
128
129   Securely attach units plumb, square, and true with brackets, clips and fasteners.
130
131
132   ADJUSTMENTS
133
134   Adjust units to provide correct clearance and overlaps.
135
136   Adjust moving parts to operate satisfactorily at time of project substantial completion and during warranty
137   period.
138
139
140   PRODUCT CLEANING AND REPAIRING
141
142   Including work of other trades, clean, repair and touch-up, or replace when directed, products which have
143   been soiled, discolored, or damaged by work of this Section.
144
145   Remove debris from project site daily.
146
147
148                                                      END SECTION
149




      HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS                                                                          12512 - 3
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                      PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                JULY 5, 2011

 1   SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6
 7   CONTRACT CONDITIONS
 8
 9   Work of this Division is bound by the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 in
10   addition to this Specification and accompanying Drawings.
11
12
13   SHOP DRAWINGS
14
15   Provide Shop Drawings for the following equipment:
16
17           Fixtures and Trim
18           Plumbing Specialties
19           Plumbing Cleanouts
20
21
22   RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
23
24   Basic Materials and Methods - Section 15050
25   Insulation - Section 15250
26
27
28   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
29
30
31   GENERAL
32
33   Below are suggested piping products. All products allowed by Code and used in standard practice
34   are approved.
35
36   Accessibility: All products used in Buildings 2 and 3 to be ADA compliant. All installations must
37   comply with manufacturer recommendations and local access codes in terms of clearances,
38   configurations, backing requirements, graspability, insulation, and all other requirements. It is the
39   contractor’s responsibility to install a complete, useable, and permitable installation.
40
41
42   PLUMBING PIPING
43
44   Domestic Water:
45
46           Inside Building - Above grade - 3" and smaller - Type M copper or Pex.
47
48           Inside Building to 5' outside - Below Grade - 3" and smaller - Type K copper.
49
50           Outside building 5' and beyond - Below Grade - PVC Class 100 water pipe.
51
52   Sanitary Sewer:
53
54           Inside building - Above Grade - ABS Plastic.
55

     PLUMBING                                                                                   15400 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

 56           Inside building to 5' outside - Below Grade - ABS Plastic.
 57
 58           Outside building 5' and beyond - PVC Sewer pipe.
 59
 60   Storm Sewer: PVC ASTM 3034.
 61   FIXTURES AND TRIM
 62
 63   General: Furnish and install plumbing fixtures, traps, trims, escutcheons, hangers, supports, ledge
 64   rims and accessories listed in Plumbing Fixture Schedule.
 65
 66   Traps: Exposed traps shall be not less than 17 gauge chrome plated brass tube, metal to metal
 67   ground joints. Dearborn, Standard Brass or approved. A.B.S. approved at concealed locations
 68   (inside cabinets). Coated cast iron, recessed, screwed joint or no-hub traps at janitor sink.
 69
 70   Supplies and Stop Valves: All fixtures (i.e., lavatories, sinks and toilets) shall be fitted with chrome
 71   plated solid brass stops (unless otherwise noted), replaceable neoprene seat, d" tube riser, ½" brass
 72   nipple to wall, loose key handle, escutcheon. Provide drop ear elbows and solid blocking as required
 73   for rigid installation. Brasscraft, American Standard, Kohler, or approved.
 74
 75
 76   PLUMBING SPECIALTIES
 77
 78   Water Hammer Arrestors: Stainless steel construction, bellows type, suitable for installation without
 79   access. Tested in accordance with PDI WH-201 standard. J. R. Smith 5005 through 5050 Series,
 80   PPP or equal. At interior walls provide a coverplate that is flush with the wall.
 81
 82   Vent Flashing: 26 gauge galvanized steel with 12" skirt and neoprene collar.
 83
 84
 85   PLUMBING CLEANOUTS
 86
 87   General: Plumbing cleanouts shall be installed in the drainage system where required by the
 88   governing Plumbing Code. Cleanouts to be full line size.
 89
 90
 91   PLUMBING FIXTURES
 92
 93   American Standard plumbing fixtures are approved as an equal given they meet other performance
 94   criteria.
 95
 96   Kitchen Sink:   Buildings 2 and 3: Kohler Assure™ barrier-free tile-in/undercounter white kitchen sink
 97                   - K-6536-3. Faucet: MOEN Banbury Single-Handle Pull-Out Sprayer Kitchen Faucet
 98                   in Chrome. With pop-up strainer, p-trap, angle stops, and escutcheons.
 99                   All other buildings: Kohler Langlade Smart Divide, cast iron double bowl kitchen sink,
100                   white K-6626-4-0. Faucet: MOEN Banbury Single-Handle Pull-Out Sprayer Kitchen
101                   Faucet in Chrome. With pop-up strainer, p-trap, angle stops, and escutcheons.
102
103   Lavatory:       Kohler Pennington Countertop Lavatory, vitreous china, self rimming, 20 ¼” x 17 ½”
104                   K 2196.
105                   Faucet:        Price Pfister 48 Series Unison Lavatory faucet high-arc spout,
106                                  ceramic disc valving, chrome finish, 4” double handle. 048UNCC
107
108                                    OR
109


      PLUMBING                                                                                      15400 - 2
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                         PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011

110                                       American Standard Whitfield 4” Centerset 2 handle, Speed Connect
111                                       Faucet, polished chrome finish.
112
113                     With strainer, p-trap, angle stops, and escutcheons.
114
115
116   Toilet:           Buildings 2 & 3: Glacier Bay roundfront 1.28 6PF HET, chair height all-in-one toilet in
117                     white with angle stop shut off, including all internal tank mechanisms, flush handle,
118                     seat, and wax seal to make a complete installation.
119                     All other buildings: Sterling Windham 10” rough in elongated toilet with ProForce
120                     technology 402210-0.
121
122
123   Accessible Shower:        Buildings 2 & 3: Lasco 1603-CFS, Accessible Shower, center drain, smooth
124                             wall, barrier free, 60”x34”.       With strainer, p-trap, and escutcheons.
125                             Installation to include grab bars, seat, faucet, hand-held shower slide bar,
126                             vacuum breaker and hose, pressure balancing mixing valve, soap dish, and
127                             curtain rod. All components are to be from the same manufacturer and
128                             intended to make one installation.
129                             All other buildings: Sterling Advantage 60” Bath/Shower System 61030110.
130
131   PART 3 - EXECUTION
132
133
134   SURFACE CONDITIONS
135
136   Inspection: All work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades affected by
137   work of this Section and verify that all such work is completed to the point where installation may
138   properly commence. Verify that plumbing may be installed in strict compliance with all pertinent
139   codes and regulations, approved Shop Drawings and manufacturer's standards.
140
141   Discrepancies: In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. Do not proceed with
142   installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved.
143
144
145   CUTTING STRUCTURAL FRAMING
146
147   Exposed Members: Not permitted.
148
149   Concealed Wood Joists, Rafters and Beams:
150
151             Notches prohibited.
152
153             Bored holes prohibited:
154
155                     In middle one-third of member length.
156                     Greater than one-third of member depth.
157                     Within 2 inches of member top or bottom.
158
159   Concealed Studs, Columns and Posts
160
161   Maximum notching depth:
162
163             At exterior and bearing walls: 25% of member width.
164             At all other walls: 40% of member width.

      PLUMBING                                                                                        15400 - 3
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                JULY 5, 2011

165
166   Maximum size of bored holes:
167
168           At bearing walls: 40% of member width.
169           At all other walls: 60% of member width.
170
171   Metal structure: Not permitted.
172
173
174   PIPE AND FITTINGS
175
176   General: Drainage piping sloped at ¼" per foot. Changes in size made with reducing wye fittings.
177
178   Water Supply Lines: All lines to be installed on warm side of building insulation.
179
180   Vent Piping: Vent through roof - flashed with neoprene or plastic roof jacks.
181
182   Plastic joints: Solvent weld.
183
184   Copper Tube: All joints shall be silver solder, or 95-5 tin antimony solder. All joints below grade
185   permitted only where necessary and only with silver solder joints.
186   Domestic Water Piping: Run parallel and at right angles to building lines. Fixtures with both hot and
187   cold water connections, connect with cold on right, and hot on left, facing fixture.
188
189   Sanitary Sewer Piping: Verify location and grade of sewers before installing any underground piping
190   and report any discrepancies to Architect. Interior drain piping pitched ¼" per foot. Exterior drain
191   piping pitched minimum 1%.
192
193   Condensate Drains: Condensate drain piping pitched minimum c" per foot.
194
195
196   FIXTURES
197
198   Install plumb, remove labels and clean with non-abrasive cleanser.
199   Adjust water flow as required.
200   Seal fixtures to floor and/or wall with approved silicone sealant.
201
202
203   TESTING
204
205   General:
206
207              Provide temporary equipment for testing, including pumps, compressors, tanks, and
208              gauges, as required. Test piping systems before insulation (if any) is installed and remove
209              or disengage control devices before testing. Where necessary, test sections of each piping
210              system independently, but do not use piping valves to isolate sections where test pressures
211              exceed local valve operating pressure rating. Fill each section with water, compressed air,
212              or nitrogen and pressurize for the indicated pressure and time.
213
214              Drainage, Waste and Vent Piping: Test in accordance with governing plumbing code or as
215              follows: Test drainage and venting systems, with necessary openings plugged, to permit
216              system to be filled with water and subjected to a water pressure of a minimum of 5 PSI
217              head. System to hold water without a water level drop greater than 1/2 pipe diameter of
218              largest nominal pipe size within a 24-hour period. Test system in sections if minimum head


      PLUMBING                                                                                    15400 - 4
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

219             cannot be maintained in each section. The 5 PSI head to be the minimum pressure at the
220             highest joint.
221
222             Water Piping: Eliminate air from system. Fill and test for a period of 2 hours with no loss in
223             pressure.
224
225             Send all test results to Architect for review and approval.
226
227   Testing of Pressurized Systems:
228
229             Test each pressurized piping system at 150 percent of operating pressure indicated, but
230             not less than 125 PSIG test pressure.
231
232             Observe each test section for leakage at end of test period.         Test fails if leakage is
233             observed or if pressure drop exceeds 2 percent of test pressure.
234
235   Test hot and cold domestic water piping systems upon completion of rough-in and before connection
236             to fixtures at a hydrostatic pressure of 125 PSIG.
237
238   Gas Piping:
239
240             Cap all openings and test with compressed air or nitrogen. Systems to maintain test
241             pressure for a period of as noted with no leaks or pressure loss.
242
243             Test Pressure: Use only nontoxic soap and water or commercially approved leak detector
244             liquids for leak detection. Testing mediums and apparatus required to be oil free.
245
246                       Natural Gas:
247                       6-inch WC to 14-Inch WC Pressure Systems: 30 PSIG for a duration of 1 hour.
248                       Systems Greater than 14-Inch WC Pressure: 60 PSIG for a duration of 1 hour.
249
250             Energize and test equipment connected to piping for proper operation. Test all "final" gas
251             piping and fittings installed on equipment beyond the rough in piping for leakage using an
252             electronic ionization gas detector. Submit a certificate indicating the completion of the
253             prescribed testing procedure and that all such equipment and piping is free from leakage.
254             Test pressures not to exceed recommendations or instructions by manufacturers of
255             equipment and devices.
256
257   Repair:
258
259             Repair piping system sections which fail the required piping test by disassembly and
260             reinstallation, using new materials to the extent required to overcome leakage. Do not use
261             chemicals, stop-leak compounds, mastics, or other temporary repair methods.
262             Drain or purge test water, air, or nitrogen from piping system after testing and repair work
263             have been completed.
264
265
266   DISINFECT
267
268   General: Upon completion of all tests and necessary replacements, thoroughly flush and disinfect all
269   domestic water piping.
270
271   Method: After thoroughly flushing system with water to remove sediment, fill system with a solution
272   containing 50 parts per million of chlorine for not less than 24 hours or 200 parts per million of
273   chlorine for not less than 3 hours, After retention, drain, reflush, and return system to service.

      PLUMBING                                                                                      15400 - 5
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

274
275   Certification: Provide copy of domestic water chlorification certificate in each operations and
276   maintenance manual.
277
278
279   CLOSING IN UNINSPECTED WORK
280
281   General: Do not cover up or enclose work until it has been properly and completely inspected and
282   approved.
283
284   Noncompliance: Should any of the work be covered up or enclosed prior to all required inspection
285   and approvals, uncover the work as required, make all repairs and replacement with such materials
286   as are necessary to the approval of the Architect at no additional cost to the Owner.
287   CLEANING UP
288
289   Prior to acceptance of the building, thoroughly clean exposed portions of the plumbing installation,
290   removing all labels and all traces of foreign substances, using only a cleaning solution approved by
291   the manufacturer of the plumbing item and being careful to avoid all damage to finished surfaces.
292
293
294   PROTECTION
295
296   Keep all pipe openings closed by means of plugs or caps to prevent the entrance of foreign matter.
297
298   Protect all piping, ductwork, fixtures, equipment and apparatus against dirty water, chemical or
299   mechanical damage both before and after installation.
300
301   Restore to its original condition or replace all fixtures, equipment or apparatus damaged prior to final
302   acceptance of the work.
303
304
305
306
307                                             END OF SECTION




      PLUMBING                                                                                      15400 - 6
YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011


SECTION 15800 - MECHANICAL DEVICES AND SYSTEMS


PART 1 GENERAL

DESCRIPTION

The work described on the plans and in these specifications includes all labor, material, equipment,
transportation, testing and startup of the mechanical devices and mechanical systems for the scope
described in the Summary of Work.

The contractor shall be responsible for staffing this section of work with qualified persons experienced in
the particular work described herein. All material shall be new and of the best quality. All work shall be
installed in a neat and orderly appearance. The contractor shall coordinate this work with other portions
of the project to result in a complete operable system.

The intent of the plans and specifications is to describe the general scope of the mechanical work and
mechanical systems. It is not the intent of these plans and specifications to preclude the submittal of
alternative methods or materials. Manufacturers names and catalog number are stated to identify the
type and quality of the equipment or materials required for the project. The contractor may submit shop
drawings and/or technical information on alternative equipment, materials or installation details to
accomplish the intent of the plans and specifications. Approval of the alternative equipment, materials or
installation details shall not relieve the contractor of any responsibility for complying wit the intent of the
plans and specifications. The contractor shall submit four copies of the manufacturers technical
information, shop drawings, and/or written description of alternative methods for each item described by
manufacturers name and catalog number and for each component, equipment, material or installation
detail required.

SUMMARY OF WORK

Provide and install the following mechanical equipment, components, systems and controls and/or
modifications thereto:

        Forced air unit heater.

        Ductwork, thermostat and low voltage wiring.


CODES AND STANDARDS


        Provide and install all equipment, materials and systems in conformance with the latest adopted
        rules and regulations of the following:

        Uniform Building Code (UBC), as amended by the California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 24,
        Part 2.

        Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC), as amended by the CCR Title 24, Part 4.

        California Energy Code (CEC), CCR Title 24, Part 6

WARRANTY

        Provide one year unconditional warranty on all mechanical equipment.




MECHANICAL DEVICES AND SYSTEMS                                                                  15800 - 1
YIHA MAIDEN LANE                          PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                JULY 5, 2011

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Forced Air Unit:

Make, model and size as shown on plans.

DUCTWORK

Use flexible ducting to connect terminal units to the sheet metal ducts. Flexible ducts to be as short a run
as possible. Flexible ductwork to be steel wire heliz reinforced polyester, wrapped with 1-1/2" fiberglass
insulation and reinforced mylar or vinyl jacket. UL smoke/flame rating of 50/25 or less and be listed as a
No. 10-1 and be so labeled.

Construct tees, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1-1/2 times diameter of duct on center
lines.

Increase duct sizes and construct square to round fittings, not exceeding 150 divergence wherever
possible. Maximum divergence upstream of equipment to be 300 and 400 convergence downstream.

Rigidly construct metal ducts with joints mechanically tight, substantially air tight, braced and stiffened so
as not to breathe, rattle, vibrate or sag. Caulk duct joints and connections with sealants as ducts are
being assembled.

Construct plenums of galvanized panels jointed by standing seams on outside of casing riveted or bolted
on approximately 12" centers. Reinforce with steel angles and provide diagonal bracing. Tightly fit at
apparatus and seal with sealant.

FLASHING

Flash and counterflash where mechanical equipment passes through weather- or waterproofed walls,
floors and roofs.


PART 3 - EXECUTION

FLEXIBLE DUCTS

Support flexible ducts every three feet. Use only factory supplied connection collars.              Install in
accordance with the terms of the duct listing.

Install flexible ducts in shortest lengths practical.

Tape all duct joints.


EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS

Support all equipment and duct work to prevent vertical and horizontal movement during a seismic event

FANS

Provide vibration isolators as required to minimize the transfer of vibration into the building, and to
minimize noise transmission.



                                               END OF SECTION



MECHANICAL DEVICES AND SYSTEMS                                                                 15800 - 2
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                      PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                JULY 5, 2011

 1   SECTION 16010 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6
 7   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 8
 9   Work of this Section is bound by General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1
10   bound herewith in addition to this specification and accompanying drawings.
11
12
13   REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
14
15   Codes, Standards: Conform to all Utility Company requirements and to all applicable codes, laws,
16   ordinances, rules and regulations. The apparatus, equipment, materials and installation shall
17   conform with standards of NEMA, UL IEEE, NEC, NFPA and all local codes, laws or ordinances.
18
19   Permits: Contractor will pay all fees and charges required by utilities having jurisdiction over this
20   work.
21
22   Inspections: Owner will provide for inspections and tests required by codes or ordinances during
23   construction.
24
25
26   CUTTING AND PATCHING
27
28   Follow requirements specified in General and Supplementary Conditions.
29
30
31   VISIT SITE
32
33   Visit site of proposed work and become familiar with all job conditions affecting work. No additional
34   allowances will be granted because of lack of such information.
35
36
37   COORDINATION WITH OTHERS
38
39   Examine Architectural, Structural, Civil and Mechanical Plans and coordinate work to avoid conflicts,
40   errors, and delays. Location of electrical outlets and equipment shown on plans is approximate.
41   Verify exact location of all outlets and equipment shown by taking measurements on job and checking
42   other drawings.
43
44
45   MINOR CHANGES
46
47   Make minor changes in outlet and equipment locations as directed or required, before rough-in,
48   without cost to Owner.
49
50
51   GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM
52
53   Work specified under this Section relates to basic power distribution systems, pieces and parts
54   thereof, and their installation through which power consuming devices obtain electricity, lighting,
55   communication and miscellaneous items.

     ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS                                                            16010 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                          PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

 56
 57   Electrical Drawings are diagrammatic and do not necessarily show all raceways, wiring, number and
 58   types of fittings required.
 59   Provide all related Electrical Work specified herein, diagramed or scheduled on Electrical Drawings,
 60   required by code, enforcing agencies and as required for complete and operating electrical systems.
 61
 62   Intent: Provide complete and operating facility. Include all labor and materials, equipment and
 63   transportation necessary for execution of work. By submitting proposal, Contractor represents that he
 64   has made thorough examination of site and existing conditions and limitation; that he has examined
 65   Contract Documents and has determined that the Drawings, Specification and existing conditions are
 66   sufficient, adequate and satisfactory for contract work.
 67
 68
 69   QUALITY ASSURANCE
 70
 71   Qualifications of Installers:
 72
 73               For actual fabrication, installation and testing of Work of this Section, use only thoroughly
 74               trained and experienced personnel familiar with requirements for this Work and with
 75               installation recommendations of Manufacturers of specified items.
 76
 77               In acceptance or rejection of installed electrical systems, no allowance made for lack of skill
 78               on part of installers.
 79
 80   Criteria:
 81
 82               Conform Work with conditions shown and specified.
 83
 84               Where adjustments or modifications of Work, or of items used therein, are necessary for
 85               fabrication and installation of items, or for resolution of conflicts between items, make such
 86               adjustments at no added expense to Owner.
 87
 88               Submit adjustments or modifications of Work affecting functional or aesthetic design of Work
 89               to Architect for review and approval.
 90
 91               Pay for all equipment relocations or modifications necessitated by failure to coordinate Work,
 92               or to advise Architect of conflicts.
 93
 94               Obtain Architect's approval before cutting, notching, or patching structure according to
 95               General Conditions.
 96
 97               Electrical Sleeves and Openings Through Floors and Walls: Responsibility of this Contractor,
 98               carefully coordinated with the General Contractor and the other trades involved. Patching
 99               and sealing around all openings shall be done by this contractor.
100
101   Select equipment to meet design conditions stated and be responsible for meeting technical data and
102   performance requirements of the system.
103
104
105   SUBMITTALS
106
107   Submit four (4) sets of brochures enclosing catalog information and where required, shop drawings
108   on materials to be furnished. Each item shall be reviewed by Contractor and stamped approved
109   before forwarding to Architect. Submittals that do not follow this format will be returned without
110   approval. Brochures shall include, but not be limited to the following:

      ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS                                                                  16010 - 2
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011

111
112           Panels.
113           Wiring devices and plates.
114           Conduits and wiring.
115           Lighting fixtures and control equipment.
116
117   Each brochure must include all the above items. Submittals of individual items will not be accepted.
118
119   Do not order or manufacture equipment until full approval received from Architect when indicated on
120   review stamp.
121
122   Submit, where applicable, certificates denoting conformance to standards adopted by recognized
123   organizations such NEMA, UL, OSHA, etc.
124
125
126   PRODUCT APPROVAL
127
128   The meaning and intent of this statement when affixed to Shop Drawings and catalogs which were
129   prepared and submitted to the Architect, means that the Architect has reviewed said submittal and
130   finds no objection (except those noted thereon or in correspondence) to inclusion of items or Work
131   indicated in construction provided that it:
132
133           1.      Complies with Contract Drawings and Specification as to quantities, space
134                   requirements and dimensions.
135           2.      Does not interfere with other trades.
136           3.      Is not the cause of union tradesmen disputes.
137           4.      Does not infringe on patent rights.
138           5.      Does not cause injury or damage to persons or property.
139           6.      Complies with OSHA regulations.
140
141   Said approval does not relieve Contractor of any Contractual responsibilities.
142
143
144   SUBSTITUTIONS
145
146   By written request only in accordance with Division 1 of specification.
147
148
149   OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
150
151   Scope: Following approval and installation of all electrical equipment, and prior to acceptance of
152   Electrical Work, prepare manual describing operations, servicing and maintenance requirement of all
153   electrical equipment and systems installed.
154
155   Equipment Described In Manual
156
157           All equipment listed under "Submittals" and called for on drawings and in specifications.
158
159           All other auxiliary miscellaneous systems.
160
161   Information Contained in Manual
162
163           Catalog data on lights including catalog number and manufacturer. Diagrams complete for
164           each system installed.
165

      ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS                                                              16010 - 3
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                     JULY 5, 2011

166
167
168
169   Cover
170
171           Enclose each manual in a three-ring post-type binder.
172
173           "Electrical Equipment".
174           Name of Owner.
175           Year Completed.
176           Names of Architect, Engineer and Contractor.
177
178   Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
179
180   Parts List, including current prices, and recommended spare parts to be maintained in storage.
181
182   Submit specified information for the following:
183
184           Electrical Equipment specified in Divisions 15 and 16.
185
186
187   RECORD DRAWINGS
188
189   Provide in accordance with Division 1 of these specifications. Show all deviations from contract
190   drawings by accurate dimensions from building lines.
191
192
193   GUARANTEE
194
195   Guarantee all Work included in this Specification for period of one (1) year from date of final
196   acceptance unless otherwise noted in accordance with the General Conditions.
197
198   During that period, remedy without delay or expense to Owner any defects that are not the result of
199   misuse or abuse on part of the Owner.
200
201
202   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
203
204   MATERIALS
205
206   All materials shall be new of the quality herein specified, free from defects and approved by the
207   Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. Each type of material shall be of the same manufacture throughout
208   the building.
209
210   UL APPROVAL: All materials and equipment, within scope of the UL reexamination service shall be
211   approved by Underwriter's Laboratories for the purpose for which they are used and shall bear their
212   label.
213
214   Provide corrosion protection for ferrous metalwork exposed to weather by hot dip galvanizing, or
215   factory painted finish suitable for outdoor installations.
216
217
218   PART 3 - EXECUTION
219
220   GENERAL

      ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS                                                                   16010 - 4
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                         PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                     JULY 5, 2011

221
222   Inspection: Prior to Installation of the work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of
223   others and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly
224   commence.
225
226   Discrepancies: Do not install work of this Section until all unsatisfactory conditions have been
227   corrected. Commencing work denotes acceptance of existing conditions.
228
229
230   SCHEDULING OF WORK
231
232   Schedule work to maintain progress and avoid conflicts with various trades. Coordinate with General
233   Contractor to provide access for installing large equipment.
234
235
236   MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION DETAILS
237
238   Where available, details shall be followed exactly. Special wiring of fittings required shall be
239   provided.
240
241
242   CLOSING IN UNINSPECTED WORK
243
244   Do not cover up or enclose work until it has been properly and completely inspected and approved.
245
246
247   PROTECTION
248
249   Other Work: Protect other Work against damage and discoloration caused by Work of this Section.
250
251   Work of This Section: Protect against displacement and intrusion by foreign matter.
252
253
254   EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING
255
256   The Electrical Contractor shall coordinate with General Contractor for all necessary excavation and
257   backfill for installation of underground facilities as shown on drawings, depth per Code requirements
258   unless otherwise indicated.
259
260   Backfill in layers not exceeding 8 inches deep and compact to 95% of maximum density at optimum
261   moisture to preclude settlement.
262
263   Backfill: Excavated material with final 8 inches clean soil.
264
265   Following backfilling, grade all trenches to the level of surrounding soil. All excess soil shall be
266   disposed of at the site as directed.
267
268   It shall be the responsibility of this Contractor to determine location of new underground water, sewer,
269   telephone and electric lines. Locate accurately on ground surface and for depth of same before
270   excavation. Uncover by hand digging. Power digging equipment may be used only in direction away
271   from new facilities.
272
273   CUTTING STRUCTURAL FRAMING
274
275   Exposed Members: Not permitted unless shown on Drawings, or otherwise approved.

      ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS                                                                    16010 - 5
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                 JULY 5, 2011

276
277   Concealed Horizontal Wood Members: Notches prohibited.
278
279   Bored Holes prohibited:
280
281          Greater than one-third of member depth.
282          Within 2 inches of member top or bottom.
283   Concealed Vertical Wood Members
284
285   Maximum notching depth:
286
287           At exterior and bearing walls: 25 percent of member width.
288           At all other walls: 40 percent of member width.
289
290   Maximum size of bored holes:
291         At bearing walls: 40 percent of member width.
292         At all other walls: 60 percent of member width.
293
294
295   CLEANING
296
297   Upon completion of work of this Section, promptly remove from the working area all scraps, debris
298   and surplus material of this Section.
299
300
301   COMPLETION
302
303   Final Acceptance: Entire installation turned over to Owner in finished and satisfactory working
304   condition. See Special Provisions and Division 1.
305
306
307
308
309
310                                            END OF SECTION




      ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS                                                              16010 - 6
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                      PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                           JULY 5, 2011

 1   SECTION 16100 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 7
 8   Work of this section is bound by the General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and
 9   Division 1 in addition to this Specification and the accompanying Drawings.
10
11
12   GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
13
14   This section covers the Work necessary to furnish, install and complete the materials specified
15   hereinafter.
16
17   This building is generally run in non-metal sheathed cable (Romex), where permitted by Code.
18   Provide metallic raceway at areas required by Code.
19
20
21   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
22
23   CONDUIT
24
25   Rigid Steel Conduit:
26
27           Standard pipe with screwed joints for electrical raceway use.
28           Zinc coated by hot dip galvanizing or sherardizing.
29           Manufacturer: Allied Tube and Conduit, Carlon, Wheatland, Republic Steel, Anaconda,
30           Triangle PWC.
31
32   Intermediate Metallic Conduit (IMC)
33
34           Standard pipe with screwed joints for electrical raceway use.
35           Zinc coated by hot dip galvanizing or sherardizing.
36           Manufacturer: Allied Tube and Conduit, Robroy Industries, Wheatland Tube Co., or
37           approved.
38
39   Electric Metal Tubing (EMT)
40
41           Zinc coated by hot dip galvanizing or sherardizing.
42           Manufacturer: Allied Tube and Conduit, Cole-Flex Corp., Robroy Industries, V.A.W. of
43           America, Wheatland Tube Co., or approved.
44
45   Flexible Conduit
46
47           Galvanized steel or aluminum, abrasion resistant.
48           Manufacturer: AFC, Carol Cable Co., Hubbell Inc., Triangle PWC or approved.
49
50   Flexible Conduit, Liquid Tight
51
52          Hot dipped galvanized steel core with thermoplastic overcoat.
53          Manufacturer: AFC, Carol Cable Co., Carlon, Cole-Flex Corp., Hubbell Inc., Raco or
54   approved.
55

     BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                           16100 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                JULY 5, 2011

 56   PVC (Rigid Plastic) Conduit
 57
 58           Heavy wall, high impact plastic, Schedule 40 Polyvinyl Chloride, ½” minimum.
 59           Manufacturer: Carlon, Hercules, Triangle PWC.
 60
 61   WIRE
 62
 63   General: All building wire shall be copper (unless otherwise noted) of not less than 98% conductivity,
 64   color coded, marked with gauge type and manufacturer on 24" centers, bear underwriter’s label and
 65   be delivered to job in original unbroken packages. All wire #8 AWG size and larger shall be stranded.
 66   Manufacturers: General Cable Company, Okonite, Triangle Cable Co., Anaconda, or approved.
 67
 68
 69   CONDUCTOR INSULATION
 70
 71   In Conduit:     Main service and runs to distribution panels and any branch wiring not concealed
 72                   within building cavities.
 73                   No. 10 and smaller: Solid Type THHN.
 74                   No. 8 and larger: Stranded type THW.
 75                   Aluminum wire: Stranded type THW, unless otherwise shown on drawings.
 76
 77   Not in Conduit: Branch Circuit Runs: Non-metallic sheathed cable with ground conductor and overall
 78                   neoprene jacket.
 79
 80
 81   CONDUCTOR SPLICES AND CONNECTORS
 82
 83   At No. 8 and Larger Conductor: Solderless Lugs and Connectors: Burndy, T&B, Blackburn, or
 84   approved.
 85
 86   At All Other Conductors:      Pressure type and solderless:   Scotchlock, Ideal "Wingnut", T&B, or
 87   approved.
 88
 89
 90   WALL SWITCHES
 91
 92   Lifetime quiet type, 20 amperes, side wire only, ivory color, Leviton 1200 Series, Hubbel Bryant or
 93   approved.
 94
 95
 96   DUPLEX RECEPTACLES (GFI where required)
 97
 98   Duplex type, 15 amperes at 125 volts, groundable with Composite Base and slots to accommodate
 99   parallel Plug Caps. Two blade grounding type, side wire. Leviton 5242, Bryant, Hubble, Sierra.
100
101   Color: Ivory, except brown required on wood finish surfaces.           Confirm color with Architect
102   immediately before purchasing.
103
104
105   WEATHERPROOF RECEPTACLES
106
107   Each exterior receptacle to consist of corrosion resistant duplex grounding type with gasket and
108   hinged coverplate, 15 AMP, 125V mounted in cast metal box. Match interior series.
109
110

      BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                                 16100 - 2
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011

111   WALL COVER PLATES
112
113   Material: White or brown surface nylon or plastic as required.
114
115   Manufacturers: Leviton or approved.
116
117
118   OUTLET BOXES
119
120   One piece, pressed, galvanized or sherardized steel, or plastic, sized and shaped to accommodate
121   conductors, fixture or indicated device. Use non-metallic boxes when using Romex.
122
123   At 1" and larger conduit: Deep Type Boxes.
124
125   Fixture Boxes: 4" minimum, octagon shape.
126
127   Switch Boxes: Rectangular or square, 1½" deep minimum and with switch plaster ring and gang
128   cover.
129
130   Boxes installed in wet or damp locations: FS or FD type, cast metal. Manufacturers: Bell, Slater or
131   approved.
132
133   Ceiling fan boxes: special box shaped to go over blocking.
134
135   PART 3 - EXECUTION
136
137   CONDUIT, FLEXIBLE CONDUIT (AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION) NON-METALLIC SHEATHED
138   CABLE
139
140   Run concealed in finished areas, exposed in unfinished areas and parallel or at right angles with
141   structural members of building.
142
143   Securely support all conduit runs at 8' intervals or less. Provide pipe clamps and wood screws for
144   support on wood frame structure; pipe clamps and metal inserts for support on concrete or masonry;
145   trapeze type supports using Kindorf, Unistrut, or approved steel channels and clamps where conduit
146   runs are grouped.
147
148   Bends shall conform to code requirements on radii and shall be carefully made to avoid injury or
149   flattening. Bends in conduit 1¼" size and larger shall be factory made ells or be made with
150   manufactured mechanical bender, as required by code requirements.
151
152   Run through walls, floors, or foundation shall be sleeved and sleeves furnished and installed by the
153   Electrical Contractor.
154
155   Cap during construction by means of manufactured seals. Swab out before pulling wires.
156
157   Keep free from contact with all other pipe runs of different systems or of dissimilar metals.
158
159   Rigid Galvanized Steel: Use where run in ground below floor slabs, in masonry, or in contact with the
160   ground. Make up joints with white lead or other approved joint compound, and where underground
161   paint with asphaltic compound 12" each side of coupling.
162
163   Electrical Metallic Tubing(EMT): Use in dry locations in ceiling, walls, and furred areas in sizes of up
164   to and including 2" only. Larger sizes are not acceptable.
165

      BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                                     16100 - 3
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011

166           Fittings: Steel gripping ring-type with insulated throat. Indenter, set screw or cast metal.
167
168   Flexible Metal Conduit: Shall be used for connection of all motors or other moveable or vibrating
169   equipment connections.
170
171           Liquid tight flexible metallic conduit shall be used for similar connections in all wet or damp
172           locations.
173           Provide grounding connections per code requirements.
174
175   WIRE
176
177   Size: No. 12 AWG Wire; the minimum size wire used for lighting and power circuits. Motor control
178   circuits may be No. 14 AWG wire, provided this size is adequate for voltage and current involved.
179
180   Conform to code requirements as to number of wires and conduit sizes. Provide J boxes and pull
181   boxes as required by code and as shown.
182
183   Where conduit is not required: Provide adequate support for wiring. Attach to framing with wire
184   staples as necessary.
185
186   Exercise care to avoid injury to wire or insulation during pull-in. Powdered soap or flax soap: only
187   lubricants used.
188
189   Wires in conduit installation only: Not to be pulled in until all construction is completed which might
190   damage insulation or fill conduit with foreign materials.
191
192   Wire splices and joints: Pressure-type, solderless connectors Scotchlock, Ideal "Wingnut", T&B, or
193   approved. Joints and connections in heavy cables: made with Burndy, T&B, or approved solderless
194   lugs and connectors. Aluminum connections shall be made with Burndy "Hypress" or approved
195   solderless lugs and connectors.      Provide ample application of "Penetrox" at all aluminum
196   connections.
197
198   OUTLET BOXES
199
200   Installation: Place accurately for finish. Support independently and securely with appropriate
201   mounting device and align to present a neat and finished appearance. Do not use through-the-wall
202   type boxes.
203
204           Provide 16" minimum horizontal separation between outlets shown back to back on common
205           walls. Mud ring extension sleeves are not acceptable for boxes improperly set. Do not place
206           any outlet boxes in the same stud space on common walls.
207
208   Mounting Locations: No outlet box to be located with the bottom lower than 15” to finish floor nor
209   shall the top of any box be higher than 48” above finish floor. Locate at the following heights above
210   floor, unless otherwise noted on the drawings, or in the specifications:
211
212           Convenience Outlets in General: 15" to bottom of box (unless indicated otherwise).
213           Convenience Outlets in Counter Splashes: As noted on plans. 48” to top of box.
214           Local Switches: 46" (unless otherwise noted on plans). 48” to top of box.
215           Telephone Outlets: 15" to bottom of box or as noted on plans.
216           Other Outlets: As noted on plans.
217           Where the above heights do not suit the building construction or finish, consult Architect.
218           Verify all door swings with General Contractor at site prior to installing switch boxes.
219
220                                             END OF SECTION

      BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                                    16100 - 4
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

 1   SECTION 16400 - SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6
 7   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 8
 9   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
10   other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
11
12
13   GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
14
15   Refer to General Provisions, Section 16010 of specifications.
16
17   System of Distribution: 120/240V.
18
19
20   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
21
22
23   GENERAL
24
25   Refer to Basic Materials & Methods, Section 16100 of specifications.
26
27
28   PRODUCTS
29
30   Metering: Provide metering as required by serving utility, loads, equipment and appliances shown.
31
32   Grounding: Provide service and equipment grounds per code requirements.
33
34   Main Electrical Service: Underground service from service point indicated by serving utility. Electrical
35   Contractor to provide for service to building with serving utility. Provide service entrance conductors
36   as shown in Riser Diagram.
37
38   Load Centers: Load centers to be flush mounted as indicated with flush lift latches with typewritten
39   protected circuit schedules listing each circuit. Load centers to be circuit breaker type, plug-in,
40   copper bus only, equipped with ground bars.
41
42   Circuit Breaker: Minimum width of circuit breakers shall be ¾", no twins. Minimum interrupting
43   capacity shall be 10,000 amperes.
44
45   Manufacturer: ITE, Square "D", Cutter-Hammer, G.E., Sylvania, Westinghouse, or approved.
46
47
48   POWER SYSTEM
49
50   Run circuits to equipment furnished by Mechanical Contractor and connect as required for finished
51   job.
52

     SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION                                                                      16400 - 1
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

 53   Mount and wire all line voltage starters, pushbutton stations, or other control or protective devices
 54   furnished by Mechanical Contractor and furnish and install necessary incidental devices, materials
 55   and labor required for complete job.
 56
 57   Installation and connection of low voltage control wiring responsibility of Mechanical Contractor.
 58
 59   Furnish and install required or necessary disconnecting means to comply with code requirements
 60   whether specifically shown or not.
 61
 62           Disconnecting switches for 240 volt motors: ITE, Imperial, Westinghouse, General Electric,
 63           Square "D", or approved. Exterior switches shall have NEMA 3 raintight enclosures.
 64
 65           Disconnecting switches for 120 volt motors cHP and smaller shall be 20 amp, 125 volt SPST
 66           toggle type with thermal overload heaters except that where thermal overload heaters are
 67           otherwise provided, disconnect may be 20 amp, SPST switch.
 68
 69
 70   PART 3 - EXECUTION
 71
 72
 73   GENERAL
 74
 75   Install panels and load centers and fasten them to building structure independently of the conduits
 76   and conductors that enter them. Provide non-vibrating supports.
 77
 78   Install circuit breakers and conductors as indicated on the plans.
 79
 80
 81   METERING
 82
 83   As shown on drawings and required by serving utility.
 84
 85
 86   GROUNDING
 87
 88   All conduit systems, supports, cabinets, equipment cases, motor frames and system neutral
 89   conductors shall be permanently and effectively grounded. Continuity of equipment ground shall be
 90   maintained throughout the system. Ground clamps shall be approved types specifically designated
 91   for grounding. Where the grounding conductor is enclosed in conduit, ground clamp shall be of type
 92   which grounds both the conductor and conduit. Copper-clad strap metal is not acceptable for
 93   grounding or bonding purposes.
 94
 95   Grounding shall meet all code requirements. Where other approved grounding means are not
 96   available, ground rods shall be used. All ground rods shall be ¾" x 10'-0" copper clad steel. Two
 97   ground rods shall be installed (if required) to obtain proper grounding per code requirements. Space
 98   a minimum of 6'-0" apart where two rods are used. Bond ground rods to cold water piping.
 99
100
101   POWER SYSTEM
102
103   Provide including service to each power unit and line voltage control wiring.
104

      SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION                                                                       16400 - 2
      YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                  JULY 5, 2011

105   Mechanical Contractor will provide motors, motor starters and low voltage control wiring and
106   components as specified in Division 15.
107
108   Provide flexible conduit connection minimum length ten (10) times diameter of conduit, at each motor.
109
110   Obtain from Mechanical Contractor complete wiring details; wire components in accordance with
111   diagrams. Provide motor disconnects whether specifically shown or not.
112
113   Connect equipment requiring electrical connections.
114
115   After connecting, test for proper operation.
116
117
118   PANELS AND LOAD CENTERS
119
120   Panels and load centers shall be flush mounted as shown on drawings. Install with top of enclosure
121   6'-0" above finished floor.
122
123   Balance electrical loads to all panels or load centers. Check rotation of all motors and, if necessary,
124   correct after final service connections are made.
125
126
127   UNDERGROUND WORK
128
129   Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of all excavating, concrete work and
130   backfilling (unless otherwise noted) with General Contractor. Trenching, backfilling, shoring and
131   compacting shall be in accordance with Section 16010 of this Specification. Electrical Contractor
132   shall furnish and install all conduit, fitting and grounding, unless otherwise noted.
133
134
135
136
137
138                                             END OF SECTION




      SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION                                                                       16400 - 3
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011

 1   SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6
 7   RELATED DOCUMENTS
 8
 9   Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
10   other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
11
12   GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
13
14   Contractor responsible for correct fixture mounting trim to be compatible with ceiling system being
15   provided.
16
17   Accessibility: All products used in Buildings 2 and 3 to be ADA compliant. All installations must
18   comply with manufacturer recommendations and local access codes in terms of clearances,
19   configurations, backing requirements, graspability, insulation, and all other requirements. It is the
20   contractor’s responsibility to install a complete, useable, and permitable installation.
21
22
23   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
24
25   GENERAL
26
27   Refer to Basic Materials and Methods, Section 16100 of these specifications and material specified
28   on electrical drawings.
29
30   LIGHTING FIXTURES:
31
32   Fixture Types: See Fixture Schedule.
33
34
35   PART 3 - EXECUTION
36
37   LIGHTING FIXTURES
38
39   Provide lighting fixtures as shown on the drawings. Fixtures shall be installed complete with lamps.
40   All fixtures to be Energy Star rated.
41
42   LIGHTING CIRCUITS
43
44   Balance loads at panel. Branch circuits to be laid out for a maximum of 1800 watts on a 20 ampere
45   circuit at 120 volts and wired with #12 wire (or larger), per code requirements.
46
47   OUTLETS SHOWN
48
49   On the drawings for lighting, fixtures are located for symmetrical patterns and to suit structural
50   conditions. Major changes in location of outlets shall be approved by the Architect. Consult
51   Architectural Drawings for fixture locations in areas receiving special ceiling or other treatment.
52
53   FIXTURE SUPPORT
54
55   Capable of carrying five times fixture weight or as indicated.
56
57                                              END OF SECTION



     LIGHTING                                                                                        16500 - 1
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                       PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011


 1   SECTION 16700 - COMMUNICATIONS
 2
 3
 4   PART 1 - GENERAL
 5
 6
 7   CONTRACT CONDITIONS
 8
 9   Work of this section is bound by the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1
10   bound herewith in addition to this Specification and accompanying Drawings.
11
12
13   RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
14
15   Basic Materials and methods, Section 16100.
16
17
18   GENERAL
19
20   Systems included under this Section:
21
22           Telephone/Computer
23           Cable Television
24
25   All products of section to be UL listed or approved by a comparable national testing agency.
26
27   All work to comply with NFPA standards, National Electrical Code, Uniform Building Code and
28   Uniform Fire Code.
29
30
31   PART 2 - PRODUCTS
32
33
34   CONDUIT AND BOXES
35
36   Same materials as for power wiring.
37
38   Refer to Section 16050.
39
40
41   TELEPHONE/COMPUTER
42
43   Telephone/Computer stations in locations shown on drawings. Coordinate with Owner provided
44   system installer. Do not allow cover until system installed.
45
46   CABLE TELEVISION
47
48   Locations as indicated on drawings.
49
50




     COMMUNICATIONS                                                                                 16700 - 1
     YIHA MAIDEN LANE                        PROJECT NUMBER 9007.5                                   JULY 5, 2011


51
52   PART 3 - EXECUTION
53
54
55   GENERAL
56
57   Review specific requirements of various Owner supplied systems with Architect.
58
59   Terminate conduits in wall boxes (minimum 4" x 4" x 2", unless noted) at various outlet locations.
60
61   Cap empty conduits terminating outside box or panel.
62
63   Label each conduit at ends for system and location.
64
65   Provide pull wire with all empty conduits.
66
67
68   TELEPHONE/COMPUTER
69
70   Provide underground telephone service.
71
72   Wall Telephone Outlets: 2” X 4" plastic box with single gang plaster ring and flexible plastic conduit to
73   accessible ceiling space.
74
75   Telephone and computer to have 1 CAT 5E or CAT 6 cable from each box to telephone entrance
76   service box. Terminate at each box and install cover plate. Telephone service box provided by utility.
77   Terminations at service box by utility.
78
79   Telephones to be purchased by Owner.
80
81
82   CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEMS
83
84   Provide underground cable television service to location adjacent to main electrical panel at 48”
85   above adjacent grade.
86
87   Provide 2” x 4” plastic boxes and wiring to outlet locations. Circuitry to be installed by Contractor.
88   One coax cable to each location indicated. Provide termination and coverplate.
89
90
91
92
93
94                                                END OF SECTION




     COMMUNICATIONS                                                                                  16700 - 2

								
To top